AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 6, 1999

REGISTRATION NO. 333-85499


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

             DELAWARE                               4832                              13-3827791
   (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION         (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL               (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)              IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                                                                        RAUL ALARCON, JR.
                   3191 CORAL WAY                                         3191 CORAL WAY
                MIAMI, FLORIDA 33145                                   MIAMI, FLORIDA 33145
                   (305) 441-6901                                         (305) 441-6901
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,     (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE
   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL       NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                 EXECUTIVE OFFICES)


COPIES TO:

          JASON L. SHRINSKY, ESQ.                               BONNIE A. BARSAMIAN, ESQ.
       WILLIAM E. WALLACE, JR., ESQ.                              G. DAVID BRINTON, ESQ.
KAYE, SCHOLER, FIERMAN, HAYS & HANDLER, LLP                         ROGERS & WELLS LLP
              425 PARK AVENUE                                        200 PARK AVENUE
          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022                               NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10166
               (212) 836-8000                                         (212) 878-8000


APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as

practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. [ ]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


TITLE OF                                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM                            AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                     AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE(1)                  REGISTRATION FEE(2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A Common Stock....................                $411,335,680                             $114,351.32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Includes shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

(2) Computed in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.


THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.




THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Subject to Completion, dated October 6, 1999

PROSPECTUS

22,355,200 Shares
SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
Class A Common Stock
[SBS LOGO]

This is our initial public offering of shares of Class A Common Stock. We are offering 17,500,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock and the selling stockholders are offering 4,855,200 shares of Class A Common Stock. We will receive no proceeds from the sale of Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders.

We are authorized to issue Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The rights of each class are essentially identical, except each share of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote per share and each share of Class B Common Stock entitles its holder to ten votes per share.

No public market currently exists for our Class A Common Stock. Our shares of Class A Common Stock have been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market under the symbol "SBSA," subject to official notice of issuance. The anticipated price range of the Class A Common Stock will be $15.00 to $17.00 per share.

INVESTING IN OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. RISK FACTORS BEGIN ON PAGE

12.

                                                              PER SHARE    TOTAL
                                                              ---------    ------
Public Offering Price.......................................   $           $
Underwriting Discount.......................................   $           $
Proceeds to SBS.............................................   $           $
Proceeds to Selling Stockholders............................   $           $

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 3,353,280 additional shares of Class A Common Stock on the same terms as set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Lehman Brothers Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock on or about November , 1999.


LEHMAN BROTHERS

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
CIBC WORLD MARKETS

OCTOBER , 1999


[ARTWORK]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                     PAGE
                                     ----
Summary............................    1
Risk Factors.......................   12
Use of Proceeds....................   19
Dividend Policy....................   20
Dilution...........................   21
Capitalization.....................   22
Selected Historical Consolidated
  Financial Information............   23
Management's Discussion and
  Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations........   26
Business...........................   37
Management.........................   62
Executive Compensation.............   64
Principal Stockholders.............   69

                                     PAGE
                                     ----
Selling Stockholders...............   70
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.....................   72
Description of Capital Stock.......   74
Description of Indebtedness........   80
Shares Eligible for Future Sale....   83
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Considerations...................   85
Underwriting.......................   89
Legal Matters......................   92
Experts............................   92
Where You Can Find More
  Information......................   93
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements.......................  F-1

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

- You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not, and our underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate on the date of this prospectus.

- You should read the entire prospectus before making an investment decision. The information in this prospectus may not contain all of the information that may be important to you.

- All references to "we", "us", "our", "SBS" or "our Company" in this prospectus mean Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all entities owned or controlled by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and, if prior to 1994, refer to our predecessor parent company SBS-NJ.

- All references to "SBS-NJ" in this prospectus mean our predecessor parent company Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a New Jersey corporation.

- Unless otherwise indicated, the titles of each officer are those which each officer will hold upon completion of this offering.

- All references to "FCC" in this prospectus refer to the Federal Communications Commission.

- When citing Arbitron(C) Survey data, all references to the "United States" include the 50 states, the District of Columbia and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

- Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "U.S. Hispanic", "Hispanic markets in the United States" and similar phrases in this prospectus include Hispanics in the United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

- All references to "N/A" in this prospectus mean "not available."

ii

- The term "broadcast cash flow" means operating income before depreciation, amortization and corporate expenses. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, net income or cash flow and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data or as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Although broadcast cash flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, broadcast cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

- The term "EBITDA" means earnings before extraordinary items, gain on sale of AM stations, net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other income or expenses. We have included information concerning EBITDA in this prospectus because it is used by some investors as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt obligations. Although EBITDA is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, EBITDA is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

- The term "after-tax cash flow" means income before income tax benefit (expense) and extraordinary items, minus net gain on sale of AM stations (net of tax) and the current income tax provision, plus depreciation and amortization expense. Although after-tax cash flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, after-tax cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

- On September 29, 1999, we filed our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation which resulted in (1) the redesignation of our previously outstanding shares of Class A Common stock into shares of Class B Common Stock, (2) a 50-to-1 stock split of our Class B Common Stock, and (3) a reduction in the par value of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock from $0.01 per share to $0.0001 per share. All financial information has been restated to reflect this redesignation, stock split and change in par value.

- Our fiscal year is the twelve months ended on the last Sunday in September.

- Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase up to 3,353,280 additional shares of Class A Common Stock.

- We operate a Web site at www.lamusica.com. The information on our Web site is not part of this prospectus.

iii

SOURCES OF INFORMATION

- Unless otherwise indicated, all market revenue share and revenue rankings in this prospectus are based on information for calendar year 1999 contained in James H. Duncan, Jr., Duncan's Radio Market Guide (1999 ed.), Miller, Kaplan, Arase & Co., Certified Public Accountants, Executive Summary, June 1999 (Miller Kaplan), Hungerford Radio Revenue Reports, 1999 (Hungerford) and BIA Research, Inc.'s, Investing in Radio, 1999 Market Report (BIA Research).

- Revenue rank and revenue share information are reported cumulatively for each calendar quarter and, therefore, include the period from January 1 through the date indicated.

- Unless otherwise indicated, rank in audience share data in this prospectus is based on the "12+ average quarter hour share." This refers to the number of persons, aged 12 and over, who listen to a radio station for at least five minutes in a quarter-hour segment Monday through Sunday, 6:00 a.m. to midnight in the most recent survey period (Spring 1999) as reported by the Arbitron(C) Company, Arbitron(C) Radio Market Reports (copyright 1999). Further, and unless otherwise noted, references in this prospectus to the rank of a station among all the radio stations within a market have been determined with reference to all radio stations rated by Arbitron(C) within the applicable market.

- Arbitron(C) does not rank radio stations. All references in this prospectus to radio station rankings from Arbitron(C) Surveys reflect our analysis of information published by Arbitron(C).

- Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the demographic statistics in this prospectus are derived from the Strategy Research Corporation -- 1998 United States Hispanic Market Study, the 1990 and 1997 reports by the Bureau of the U.S. Census and Hispanic Business Magazine. This market study is sponsored by advertisers and other businesses targeting the Hispanic market, including SBS and many of our principal competitors.

iv

SUMMARY

This summary contains a general discussion of our business, this offering and summary financial information. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus and the documents to which we have referred you, including the financial data and the information set forth under the heading "Risk Factors" for a more complete understanding of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and this offering.

OUR COMPANY

INTRODUCTION

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. was founded in 1983 and is the second largest Spanish-language radio broadcasting company in the United States. We currently own and operate 13 FM radio stations and have agreed to purchase eight additional stations in Puerto Rico. We also have entered into a memorandum of understanding to sell our two radio stations located in the Florida Keys. Eleven of our stations are located in six of the largest Hispanic markets in the United States, including Los Angeles, Puerto Rico, New York, Miami, Chicago and San Antonio. Our radio stations reach over 51% of the U.S. Hispanic population. Our WSKQ-FM station in New York is ranked in the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) ratings as the number one station in its target demographic group (men and women, ages 25-54).

Our strategy is to maximize the profitability of our radio station portfolio and to expand in our existing markets and into additional markets that have a significant Hispanic population. We believe that the favorable demographics of the U.S. Hispanic population and the rapid increase in advertising targeting Hispanics provide us with significant opportunities for growth. We also believe that we have competitive advantages in the radio industry due to our focus on formats targeting U.S. Hispanic audiences and our skill in programming and marketing to these audiences.

Our Internet strategy complements our existing business and enables us to capitalize on our U.S. Hispanic market expertise. We recently purchased 80% of JuJu Media, Inc., the owner of LaMusica.com, a bilingual Spanish-English Internet Web site and on-line community that focuses on the U.S. Hispanic market. LaMusica.com is a provider of original information and interactive content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. LaMusica.com provides our advertisers with an additional means of reaching the U.S. Hispanic consumer markets and is a growing revenue source for us.

Due to the successful implementation of our strategy, we have achieved significant growth over the last two years. From the twelve-month period ended June 29, 1997 to the twelve-month period ended June 27, 1999, our:

- net revenues grew at a compound annual rate of 29.3%, from $55.0 million to $91.9 million;

- broadcast cash flow grew at a compound annual rate of 35.8%, from $26.5 million to $48.9 million; and

- EBITDA grew at a compound annual rate of 35.5%, from $21.5 million to $39.5 million.

SBS is led by Mr. Raul Alarcon, Jr., who has been our Chief Executive Officer since June 1994, President and a director since October 1985 and who will become Chairman of the Board of Directors upon completion of this offering. The Alarcon family has been involved in

1

Spanish-language radio broadcasting since the 1950's, when Mr. Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr., our Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors, established his first radio station in Camaguey, Cuba. Members of our senior management team, on average, have over 15 years of experience in Spanish-language media and radio broadcasting.

We are a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our executive offices are located at 3191 Coral Way, Miami, Florida 33145, and our telephone number is (305) 441-6901.

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

Our radio stations target the largest Hispanic markets in the United States, including Puerto Rico. We believe that these markets have significant growth potential for the following reasons:

- HISPANIC POPULATION GROWTH. The U.S. Hispanic population, approximately 34.3 million people, is the fastest growing segment of the U.S. population, growing at approximately four times the rate of the population as a whole. By 2005, Hispanics are projected to become the largest minority group in the United States and by 2010, the second largest Spanish-speaking population in the world.

- SIGNIFICANT GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION. The U.S. Hispanic population is highly concentrated with over 62% of U.S. Hispanics residing in the top ten U.S. Hispanic markets. Because our stations are located in six of these markets, advertisers can reach the U.S. Hispanic population more cost effectively by advertising on our stations rather than advertising through competing national media.

- ATTRACTIVE DEMOGRAPHIC GROUP FOR ADVERTISERS. The U.S. Hispanic population accounted for estimated consumer spending of $380.0 billion in 1998 (7.4% of total U.S. consumer spending), an increase of 78.4% since 1990. By 2000, U.S. Hispanics are expected to account for estimated consumer spending of $457.8 billion (8.2% of total U.S. consumer spending), and by 2010 are expected to account for estimated consumer spending of $965.3 billion (12% of total U.S. consumer spending), far outpacing the expected growth of overall U.S. consumer spending during the same period.

- GROWTH IN SPANISH-LANGUAGE ADVERTISER SPENDING. In 1998, a total of $1.7 billion was spent on Spanish-language advertising, compared to $1.1 billion in 1995. This represents a compound annual growth rate of 17.2%, which is more than double the total advertising growth rate over the same period. Approximately 26% of the $1.7 billion spent on Spanish-language advertising was directed to Spanish-language radio.

- GROWTH IN SPANISH-LANGUAGE ADVERTISING RATES. We believe Spanish-language advertising rates have been rising at a faster rate in recent years than rates for general media, yet Spanish-language advertising rates are still generally lower than for comparable English- language media.

- USE OF SPANISH LANGUAGE. Approximately 69% of U.S. Hispanics speak Spanish at home and we believe this percentage will remain relatively constant for the near future. We believe that the continued use of Spanish by U.S. Hispanics and their preference for Spanish-language music will contribute to the continued popularity of Spanish-language radio as a source of entertainment, information and culture for the U.S. Hispanic population.

2

- INTERNET USAGE. Approximately 36% of the U.S. Hispanic population (excluding Puerto Rico) currently accesses the Internet, a percentage which we expect will increase over the next few years. We believe the Internet represents a complementary medium for our advertisers to reach our target audience.

SBS AND OUR MARKETS

The table below lists the six markets where we currently own and operate radio stations in the United States.

                                                                                     1999
                                  HISPANIC     AUDIENCE     TOTAL      TOTAL        ANNUAL        MARKET       1998 POPULATION
                                   MARKET       SHARE      AUDIENCE   REVENUE       RADIO        RANKING     --------------------
                        NUMBER    AUDIENCE       RANK      SHARE %    SHARE %      REVENUE      BY SIZE OF     TOTAL     HISPANIC
                          OF        SHARE     (BY TARGET   (GENERAL   (GENERAL   ALL MARKETS     HISPANIC       (IN        % OF
MARKET                 STATIONS     RANK      AUDIENCE)    MARKET)    MARKET)    ($ MILLIONS)   POPULATION   MILLIONS)    TOTAL
------                 --------   ---------   ----------   --------   --------   ------------   ----------   ---------   --------
Los Angeles..........      1         3            8          3.0         2.7         $727           1          16.3        38.7
Puerto Rico..........      3        N/A       2, 12, 25      6.7         N/A           90           2           3.8        99.6
New York.............      2        1, 2        1, 11        8.0         7.3          688           3          20.1        18.1
Miami................      3      3, 4, 5     7, 10, 14      9.4        11.7          233           4           3.7        38.1
Chicago..............      1         1            7          2.4         2.6          471           6           9.4        12.7
San Antonio..........      1         3            8          2.5         2.7           78           8           2.1        51.6
                          --
Total................     11

- Audience share and audience share rank data were obtained from the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey.

- Estimated revenue share information for all markets other than Chicago was obtained from BIA Research and Miller Kaplan data. Revenue share information for the Chicago market was obtained from Hungerford data.

- Population data were derived from the Strategy Research Corporation -- 1998 U.S. Hispanic Market Report and 1990 and 1997 population reports from the Bureau of the U.S. Census.

- We currently own three radio stations in Puerto Rico, WCMA-FM (formerly WDOY-FM), WMEG-FM and WEGM-FM. WMEG-FM and WEGM-FM are simulcast, but have separate Arbitron(C) ratings. We have agreed to purchase eight additional radio stations in Puerto Rico.

- We own and operate one radio station in each of Key West and Key Largo, WVMQ-FM and WZMQ-FM, respectively, which are simulcast but are not rated by Arbitron(C). We have entered into a memorandum of understanding to sell these stations to Mr. Alarcon, Sr. upon completion of this offering. Information with respect to these stations is not included in this table.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

We focus on maximizing the profitability of our radio station portfolio by strengthening the performance of our existing radio stations and making additional strategic station acquisitions in both our existing markets and in new markets that have a significant Hispanic population. In addition, we are implementing an Internet strategy in order to develop new revenue sources.

3

OPERATING STRATEGY. Our operating strategy focuses on maximizing our radio stations' appeal to our audience and our advertisers while minimizing operating expenses, in order to grow revenue and cash flow. To achieve these goals, we focus on:

- providing high-quality Spanish-language programming;

- retaining strong local management teams;

- utilizing aggressive sales efforts;

- controlling operating costs;

- making effective use of promotions and special events; and

- maintaining strong community involvement.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY. Our acquisition strategy is to acquire radio stations in the largest U.S. Hispanic markets. We consider acquisitions of stations in our existing markets, as well as acquisitions in other markets with a large Hispanic population where we can maximize our revenues through aggressive sales to U.S. Hispanic and general market advertisers. These acquisitions may include stations that do not currently target the U.S. Hispanic market, but which we believe can be successfully reformatted.

INTERNET STRATEGY. Our Internet strategy is designed to complement our existing business and to enable us to capitalize on our U.S. Hispanic market expertise. The core of our strategy is LaMusica.com, an Internet Web site and on-line community focused on the U.S. Hispanic market. This Web site offers all of our radio stations' broadcasts through the use of audio streaming technology and will provide our advertisers with a complementary means of reaching their target audience.

PENDING TRANSACTIONS

PURCHASE OF ADDITIONAL PUERTO RICO STATIONS. On September 22, 1999, we entered into an agreement to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of nine subsidiaries of Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles. The companies we have agreed to purchase own and operate eight radio stations in Puerto Rico:
WIOA-FM, WIOB-FM, WIOC-FM, WCOM-FM, WZMT-FM, WZNT-FM, WOYE-FM, and WCTA-FM. The purchase price we have agreed to pay for these companies is $90.0 million. In connection with this acquisition, we have made an initial nonrefundable deposit of $10.0 million. The agreement contains customary representations and warranties, and the closing of our acquisition of these companies is subject to the satisfaction of certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approval from the FCC. We expect to finance the purchase of these companies from a combination of bank borrowings and cash on hand. Prior to the closing of this acquisition (but following the expiration of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), we intend to operate these stations under a local marketing agreement pursuant to which we will pay a monthly fee in exchange for the exclusive right to program and sell commercial announcements for each of the stations. We expect to close our acquisition of these companies by the end of December 1999. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to complete the acquisition of these companies during the expected time frame or at all.

4

According to financial information provided to us by Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles, these companies had the following financial results:

- Net revenues of $6.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1999 (unaudited); and

- Broadcast cash flow of $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1999 (unaudited).

SALE OF FLORIDA KEYS STATIONS. We have entered into a memorandum of understanding with Mr. Alarcon, Sr., our Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors for the sale by us of the assets and liabilities of radio station WVMQ-FM operating in Key West, Florida and radio station WZMQ-FM operating in Key Largo, Florida. The sale price to be paid by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. for these stations is $700,000. The definitive agreement will contain customary representations, warranties and indemnities, and the closing of the sale of these stations will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including approval from the FCC, the completion of this offering and the receipt by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. of his portion of the proceeds of this offering as a selling stockholder. We cannot assure you that the sale of these stations will occur during the expected time frame or at all.

These two stations had the following financial results:

- Net revenues of $165,873 for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 (unaudited) and $8,712 for the fiscal year ended September 28, 1998 (unaudited); and

- Negative broadcast cash flow of $351,666 for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 (unaudited) and negative broadcast cash flow of $324,219 for the fiscal year ended September 28, 1998 (unaudited).

CONCURRENT SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES OFFERING AND FINANCING PLAN

The net proceeds we will receive from this offering and the concurrent offering of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior subordinated notes due 2009 are estimated to be approximately $260.8 million and $227.0 million, respectively. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders. This offering of our Class A Common Stock is not conditioned upon any other offering. The senior subordinated notes offering is conditioned upon the completion of this offering. We have entered into a commitment letter for the arrangement of financing in an amount of up to $200 million with Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent and Lehman Brothers Inc., as sole lead arranger and book running manager. This financing is expected to consist of senior credit facilities including: (1) a $50.0 million six-year revolving credit facility, maturing in 2005, and (2) a $150.0 million six-year delayed draw (15-months to draw) senior term loan facility, maturing in 2005. The senior credit facilities are conditioned upon, among other things, (1) the execution of definitive documentation on or before November 12, 1999 in form and substance satisfactory to the senior lenders, (2) the completion of this offering and the senior subordinated notes offering, and
(3) the redemption of our preferred stock.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering and the repayment of stockholder loans to (1) redeem our preferred stock at 105% of aggregate liquidation preference, (2) repurchase our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes at approximately 111% and 114% of their par value, respectively, pursuant to the tender offers and consent solicitations we commenced on September 30, 1999, (3) purchase an annuity for two of our retiring executives at an estimated cost of approximately $10.6 million, and (4) for general

5

corporate purposes. We cannot assure you that we will complete the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering or the senior credit facilities on terms that are favorable to us, or at all or that any or all of the 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes will be tendered or the requisite consents achieved. This prospectus relates only to the offering of our Class A Common Stock and not to any other securities. If only this offering of our Class A Common Stock is completed, we would use the net proceeds from this offering, the repayment of stockholder loans and cash on hand to redeem our outstanding preferred stock and purchase an annuity for two of our retiring executives. The following table presents the sources and uses of funds (1) pro forma for this offering, and (2) pro forma as adjusted for this offering and the senior subordinated notes offering:

                                                             PRO FORMA FOR THIS    PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
                                                                  OFFERING          FOR BOTH OFFERINGS
                                                             ------------------    ---------------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)         (IN THOUSANDS)
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
  This offering............................................       $280,000               $280,000
  Senior subordinated notes offering.......................             --                235,000
  Repayment of loans by stockholders.......................          3,019                  3,019
  Cash on hand.............................................         12,359                     --
                                                                  --------               --------
         Total.............................................       $295,378               $518,019
                                                                  ========               ========
USES OF FUNDS:
  Redemption of preferred stock............................       $265,611               $265,611
  Annuity for retiring executives..........................         10,567                 10,567
  Repurchase of our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes............             --                195,952
  General corporate purposes...............................             --                 18,639
  Estimated fees and expenses..............................         19,200                 27,250
                                                                  --------               --------
         Total.............................................       $295,378               $518,019
                                                                  ========               ========

6

THIS OFFERING

Class A Common Stock offered
by SBS(1).....................   17,500,000 Total shares offered by SBS

Class A Common Stock offered
by selling stockholders.......   4,855,200 Total shares offered by selling
                                 stockholders

Common stock to be outstanding
  after this offering(1)......   22,355,200 shares of Class A Common Stock
                                 34,593,350 shares of Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights.................   Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to
                                 one vote per share. Holders of Class B Common
                                 Stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Our
                                 Class B Common Stock is convertible at the
                                 option of its holder into an equal number of
                                 shares of Class A Common Stock. Class B Common
                                 Stock automatically converts to Class A Common
                                 Stock, on a share-for-share basis, upon
                                 transfer to any entity or person other than an
                                 affiliate of a holder of shares of Class B
                                 Common Stock. After this offering, our Chairman
                                 of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive
                                 Officer will beneficially own shares of Class B
                                 Common Stock having approximately 71% of the
                                 combined voting power of the outstanding shares
                                 of common stock.

Other Rights..................   Except as to voting and conversion rights, each
                                 class of common stock has the same rights.


Use of Proceeds...............   We estimate that the net proceeds we will
                                 receive from this offering will be
                                 approximately $260.8 million, based on an
                                 offering price at the mid-point of the range
                                 stated on the cover page of this prospectus. We
                                 will not receive any proceeds from the Class A
                                 Common Stock sold by the selling stockholders
                                 which are estimated to be $77.7 million. This
                                 offering of our Class A Common Stock is not
                                 conditioned upon any other offering. We
                                 estimate that the net proceeds from the
                                 concurrent senior subordinated notes offering
                                 will be approximately $227.0 million. We intend
                                 to use the net proceeds of these offerings and
                                 the repayment of stockholder loans to (1)
                                 redeem our preferred stock at 105% of aggregate
                                 liquidation preference, (2) repurchase our 11%
                                 notes and 12 1/2% notes at approximately 111%
                                 and 114% of their par value, respectively,
                                 pursuant to the tender offers and consent
                                 solicitations we commenced on September 30,
                                 1999, (3) purchase an annuity for two of our
                                 retiring executives at an estimated cost of
                                 approximately $10.6 million, and (4) for
                                 general corporate purposes. The amounts for
                                 redemption of preferred stock and repurchase of
                                 our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes, assume that
                                 such events will occur on December 1, 1999 and
                                 November 2, 1999, respectively. If only our
                                 Class A

7

Common Stock offering is completed, then we would use the net proceeds of this offering, the repayment of stockholder loans and a portion of our current cash on hand to redeem our outstanding preferred stock and purchase the annuity for two of our retiring executives.

Nasdaq National Market
symbol........................ "SBSA"


(1) Excludes 3,353,280 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued by us to cover over-allotment shares, if any.
8

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIOS, SHARES OUTSTANDING AND PER SHARE DATA)

The following tables contain summary historical financial information for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998 and the nine months ended June 27, 1999 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants. The tables also contain summary unaudited historical financial information for the nine months ended June 28, 1998 and summary unaudited pro forma financial information.

                                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                                                    PRO FORMA AS
                                                                                                   PRO FORMA FOR    ADJUSTED FOR
                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED                NINE MONTHS ENDED      THIS OFFERING   BOTH OFFERINGS
                                  ------------------------------------   -----------------------   -------------   --------------
                                   9/29/96      9/28/97      9/27/98      6/28/98      6/27/99        6/27/99         6/27/99
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -------------   --------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)                        (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Gross revenues..................  $   55,338   $   67,982   $   86,766   $   62,099   $   80,437    $   80,437       $   80,437
Less: agency commissions........       6,703        7,972       10,623        7,508       10,082        10,082           10,082
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------       ----------
  Net revenues..................      48,635       60,010       76,143       54,591       70,355        70,355           70,355
Station operating expenses......      27,876       31,041       39,520       28,298       31,782        31,782           31,782
Depreciation and amortization...       4,556        7,619        8,877        6,867        7,223         7,223            7,223
Corporate expenses..............       3,748        5,595        6,893        5,122        7,658         7,658            7,658
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------       ----------
  Operating income..............      12,455       15,755       20,853       14,304       23,692        23,692           23,692
Interest expense, net...........     (16,533)     (22,201)     (20,860)     (16,002)     (15,736)      (15,736)         (15,997)
Other income (expense), net.....      (1,574)        (791)        (213)          --         (485)         (485)            (485)
Gain on sale of AM stations.....          --           --       36,242       36,247           --            --               --
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------       ----------
  Income (loss) before income
    taxes and extraordinary
    items.......................      (5,652)      (7,237)      36,022       34,549        7,471         7,471            7,210
Income tax expense (benefit)....      (1,166)      (2,715)      15,624       13,820        3,177         3,177            3,066
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------       ----------
  Income (loss) before
    extraordinary items.........      (4,486)      (4,522)      20,398       20,729        4,294         4,294            4,144
Extraordinary gain (loss) net of
  income taxes..................          --       (1,647)      (1,613)      (1,613)          --            --               --
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------       ----------
  Net income (loss).............  $   (4,486)  $   (6,169)  $   18,785   $   19,116   $    4,294    $    4,294       $    4,144
                                  ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========       ==========
Dividends on preferred stock....      (2,994)     (17,044)     (30,270)     (22,391)     (25,951)           --               --
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------       ----------
  Net income (loss) applicable
    to common stock.............  $   (7,480)  $  (23,213)  $  (11,485)  $   (3,275)  $  (21,657)   $    4,294       $    4,144
                                  ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========       ==========
Dividends per share on common
  stock.........................  $       --   $       --   $     0.11   $     0.11   $       --    $       --       $       --
                                  ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========       ==========
Earnings (loss) per common
  share:
  Basic and diluted (before
    extraordinary item).........  $    (0.25)  $    (0.71)  $    (0.33)  $    (0.06)  $    (0.68)   $     0.09       $    (0.08)
  Basic and diluted.............  $    (0.25)  $    (0.77)  $    (0.38)  $    (1.11)  $    (0.68)   $     0.09       $    (0.08)
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding:
  Basic and diluted.............  30,333,400   30,333,400   30,333,400   30,333,400   31,629,918    49,129,918       49,129,918
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Broadcast cash flow.............  $   20,759   $   28,969   $   36,623   $   26,293   $   38,573    $   38,573       $   38,573
Broadcast cash flow margin......        42.7%        48.3%        48.1%        48.2%        54.8%         54.8%            54.8%
EBITDA..........................  $   17,011   $   23,374   $   29,730   $   21,171   $   30,915    $   30,915       $   30,915
After-tax cash flow.............          70        3,097        7,530        5,848       11,517        11,517           11,367
Capital expenditures............       3,811        2,022        1,645        1,290        1,684         1,684            1,684

                                                                          TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                                                          PRO FORMA AS
                                                                    PRO FORMA             ADJUSTED FOR
                                                                FOR THIS OFFERING        BOTH OFFERINGS
                                                                -----------------        --------------
                                                                     6/27/99                6/27/99
                                                                -----------------        --------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA...............................       4.38x                   6.10x
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, net....................       1.92x                   1.89x

9

- Our summary historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements as of and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998 and for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, the related notes and independent auditor's report included in this prospectus. For additional information, see the financial section of this prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

- The financial information for the nine months ended June 28, 1998 is unaudited, but in our opinion reflects all adjustments (which include any normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair representation of the financial information.

- Operating results for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended September 26, 1999. Our summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations would actually have been had the transactions described below occurred on the dates indicated or to project our results of operations for any future period or date.

- The pro forma amounts for the period ended June 27, 1999, in the column "Pro Forma for this Offering" are adjusted to give effect to (1) this offering, (2) the redemption of all of our outstanding preferred stock at 105% of aggregate liquidation preference, (3) the repayment of the loans receivable from two of our selling stockholders with the net proceeds that such selling stockholders will receive from this offering, as if they had occurred as of the beginning of the period, and (4) the purchase of an annuity for two of our retiring executives. These pro forma amounts do not reflect (a) the impact to net income available to common stockholders resulting from the redemption of our preferred stock at a premium and (b) the impact to net income resulting from the purchase of an annuity for two of our retiring executives.

- The pro forma amounts for the period ended June 27, 1999, in the column "Pro Forma As Adjusted for Both Offerings" are adjusted to give effect to the transactions described above and further adjusted for the offering of approximately $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes due 2009 at an estimated interest rate of 9 1/4% and the repurchase of our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes at approximately 111% and 114% of their par value, respectively, pursuant to the tender offers and consent solicitations we commenced on September 30, 1999, as if they had occurred as of the beginning of the period. The pro forma interest expense for the period ended June 27, 1999 is based on a current estimated interest rate of 9 1/4%. If the actual interest rate in the offering varies by 1/8%, the effect on pro forma interest expense for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 would be approximately $0.2 million. These pro forma amounts do not reflect items (a) and (b) in the paragraph above and the extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt including the write-off of related deferred financing costs, which we will record as a result of repurchasing the 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes at a premium.

- On September 29, 1999, we filed a third amended and restated certificate of incorporation which resulted in (1) the redesignation of our previously outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock, (2) a 50-to-1 stock split of our Class B Common Stock and (3) a reduction in the par value of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock from $0.01 per share to $0.0001 per share. All financial information has been restated to reflect this redesignation, stock split and change in par value.

- The term "broadcast cash flow" means operating income before depreciation, amortization and corporate expenses. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, net income or cash flow and other consolidated income or cash flow statement

10

data or as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Although broadcast cash flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, broadcast cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

- The term "EBITDA" means earnings before extraordinary items, gain on sale of AM stations, net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other income or expense. We have included information concerning EBITDA in this prospectus because it is used by some investors as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt obligations. Although EBITDA is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, EBITDA is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

- The term "after-tax cash flow" means income before income tax benefit (expense) and extraordinary items, minus net gain on sale of AM stations (net of tax) and the current income tax provision, plus depreciation and amortization expense. Although after-tax cash flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, after-tax cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

                                                                          AS OF JUNE 27, 1999
                                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                                                            PRO FORMA AS
                                                                           PRO FORMA FOR    ADJUSTED FOR
                                                              HISTORICAL   THIS OFFERING   BOTH OFFERINGS
                                                              ----------   -------------   --------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...................................   $ 20,895      $ 23,600         $ 57,193
Total assets................................................    359,501       361,299          396,877
Total debt (including current portion)......................    172,767       172,767          240,653
Preferred stock.............................................    218,802            --               --
Total stockholders' equity (deficiency).....................    (67,848)      167,189          150,383

- The pro forma balance sheet data are adjusted to give effect to the transactions described above as if they had occurred as of June 27, 1999. These pro forma adjustments reflect (1) the redemption of our outstanding preferred stock at 105% of aggregate liquidation preference which results in an additional dividend of $22.1 million and will reduce net income applicable to common stockholders in the period such redemption occurs as if such redemption occurred on June 27, 1999, (2) the repurchase of our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes at approximately 111% and 114% of their par value, respectively, which results in an extraordinary loss (net of income taxes) amounting to $16.8 million, assuming such repurchases occurred on June 27, 1999, and (3) the purchase of an annuity for two of our retiring executives which results in an estimated nonrecurring charge (net of income taxes) of approximately $6.1 million, assuming such purchase occurred on June 27, 1999. Actual amounts will differ based upon the actual dates the preferred stock is redeemed, the 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes are repurchased, and the annuity for two of our retiring executives is purchased.

11

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following factors and other information in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our shares of Class A Common Stock.

SUBSTANTIAL DEBT -- OUR SUBSTANTIAL LEVEL OF DEBT COULD LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO GROW AND COMPETE.

Our consolidated debt is substantial when compared to our common stockholders' equity. As of June 27, 1999, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions described in this prospectus (including the concurrent senior subordinated note offering), we had outstanding long term debt (including current portions) of approximately $240.7 million and a stockholders' equity of $150.4 million. We are likely to incur more debt following the closing of this offering. Such additional debt is expected to include the senior credit facilities.

Our substantial level of debt could have several important consequences to the holders of our securities, including the following:

- a significant portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to servicing our debt obligations and will not be available for operations, future business opportunities or other purposes;

- our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes may be limited; and

- our substantial debt could make us more vulnerable to economic downturns, limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures and reduce our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to satisfy all of our debt obligations depends upon our future operating performance. Our operating performance will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We believe that our operating cash flow will be sufficient to meet our operating expenses and to service our debt requirements as they become due. However, if we are unable to pay our debts, whether upon acceleration of our debt or in the ordinary course of business, we will be forced to pursue alternative strategies such as selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that we can successfully complete any of these strategies on satisfactory terms or that the approval of the FCC could be obtained on a timely basis, or at all, for the transfer of any of the stations' licenses in connection with a proposed sale of assets.

RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY OUR DEBT -- THE TERMS OF OUR DEBT RESTRICT US FROM ENGAGING IN MANY ACTIVITIES AND REQUIRE US TO SATISFY VARIOUS FINANCIAL TESTS.

The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes to be issued in our concurrent senior subordinated notes offering will contain covenants that restrict, among other things, our ability to:

- incur additional debt;

- create liens;

- pay dividends, distributions or make other specified restricted payments;

- sell assets;

- enter into transactions with affiliates;

- sell capital stock of our subsidiaries; and

- merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

12

If an event of default occurs under this indenture, the noteholders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the indenture, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, there is a change of control provision in the indenture which would require us to make an offer to repurchase all of our notes in the event that we experience a change of control. If we do not complete the tender offers and consent solicitations for our 12 1/2% and 11% notes and the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering, we will continue to be subject to the indentures that govern our existing 12 1/2% notes and 11% notes, which contain similar, but more restrictive, covenants. See "Description of Indebtedness -- 12 1/2% Notes" and "Description of Indebtedness -- 11% Notes."

Similarly, if we enter into the senior credit facilities they will contain covenants that restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional debt, pay cash dividends, repurchase our capital stock, make capital expenditures, make investments or other restricted payments, swap or sell assets, engage in transactions with related parties, secure non-senior debt with our assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

Our senior credit facilities will require us to get our lenders' consent before we make certain acquisitions involving the payment of cash or assumption of indebtedness. This restriction may make it more difficult to pursue our acquisition strategy. Our senior credit facilities will also require us to maintain specific financial ratios. Events beyond our control could affect our ability to meet those financial ratios, and we cannot assure you that we will meet them.

Our senior credit facilities will mature in 2005 and will be (1) guaranteed by our subsidiaries (other than our foreign subsidiaries created or acquired after the date of the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes); (2) secured by all of our assets and all material assets of each guarantor (except to the extent prohibited by law, broadcast licenses); (3) secured by the stock of our domestic subsidiaries, including the stock of our broadcasting license subsidiaries; and (4) secured by two-thirds of the stock of our foreign subsidiaries that are not guarantors, including the stock of our broadcasting license subsidiaries. A breach of any of the covenants contained in our senior credit facilities could allow our lenders to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities to be immediately due and payable. In addition, our lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. If the amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities are accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets will be sufficient to repay in full the money owed to the banks or to our other debt holders.

HISTORY OF NET LOSSES -- WE HAVE EXPERIENCED NET LOSSES IN THE PAST AND TO THE EXTENT THAT WE EXPERIENCE LOSSES IN THE FUTURE, OUR ABILITY TO RAISE CAPITAL AND THE MARKET PRICES OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING OUR COMMON STOCK AND ANY NOTES TO BE ISSUED IN THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES OFFERING, COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

We have experienced net losses in fiscal years 1996 and 1997. The primary reasons for these losses are interest expense and significant charges for depreciation and amortization related to the acquisition of radio stations and refinancing costs. If we acquire additional stations, these charges will probably increase.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain profitability. Failure to achieve profitability may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which in turn may adversely affect our ability to raise additional equity capital and to incur additional debt.

13

IMPORTANCE OF THE NEW YORK AND MIAMI MARKETS -- A LARGE PORTION OF OUR NET BROADCAST REVENUE AND BROADCAST CASH FLOW COMES FROM THESE MARKETS.

Based upon the stations we owned and operated as of June 27, 1999, our radio stations in New York and Miami collectively accounted for 69.3% of our net broadcast revenue and for 75.6% of our broadcast cash flow for the nine-month period ended June 27, 1999. A significant decline in net broadcast revenue or broadcast cash flow from our stations in any of these markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL -- LOSS OF KEY PERSONNEL COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

Our business depends upon the efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other key employees, including Raul Alarcon, Jr., our Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of any of these officers and key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not maintain key man life insurance on any of our personnel.

COMPETITION -- WE COMPETE FOR ADVERTISING REVENUE WITH OTHER RADIO GROUPS AS WELL AS TELEVISION AND OTHER MEDIA, MANY OPERATORS OF WHICH HAVE GREATER RESOURCES THAN WE DO.

Broadcasting is a highly competitive business. Our radio stations compete in their respective markets for audiences and advertising revenues with other radio stations of all formats, as well as with other media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, cable television, outdoor advertising, the Internet and direct mail. As a result of this competition, our stations' audience ratings and market shares may decline and any adverse change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the revenue of our stations located in that market.

Although we believe that each of our stations is able to compete effectively in its respective market, we cannot assure you that any station will be able to maintain or increase its current audience ratings and advertising revenues. Radio stations can change formats quickly. Any other radio station currently broadcasting could shift its format to duplicate the format of any of our stations. If a station converts its programming to a format similar to that of one of our stations, or if one of our competitors strengthens its operations, the ratings and broadcast cash flow of our station in that market could be adversely affected. In addition, other radio companies which are larger and have more resources may also enter markets in which we operate.

RISKS OF ACQUISITION STRATEGY -- OUR GROWTH DEPENDS ON SUCCESSFULLY EXECUTING OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY.

We intend to grow by acquiring radio stations primarily in the largest U.S. Hispanic markets. We cannot assure you that our acquisition strategy will be successful. In particular, we cannot assure that our pending purchase of the eight radio stations located in Puerto Rico will close during the expected time frame or at all. Our acquisition strategy is subject to a number of risks, including, but not limited to:

- our pending acquisitions may not be consummated;

- acquired stations may not increase our broadcast cash flow or yield other anticipated benefits;

- required regulatory approvals may result in unanticipated delays in completing acquisitions;

- we may have difficulty managing our rapid growth; and

14

- we may be required to raise additional financing and our ability to do so is limited by the terms of our debt instruments.

CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER -- OUR CHAIRMAN AND CEO WILL HAVE MAJORITY CONTROL.

After this offering, Raul Alarcon, Jr., our Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, will own shares of Class B Common Stock having approximately 71% of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will have the ability to elect all of our directors and will effectively have control of our policies and affairs. This control may discourage certain types of transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of SBS such as a merger or sale of SBS.

TECHNOLOGY CHANGES, NEW SERVICES AND EVOLVING STANDARDS -- WE MUST BE ABLE TO RESPOND TO RAPIDLY CHANGING TECHNOLOGY, SERVICES AND STANDARDS WHICH CHARACTERIZE OUR INDUSTRY IN ORDER TO REMAIN COMPETITIVE.

The FCC is considering ways to introduce new technologies to the radio broadcast industry, including satellite and terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting, and the standardization of available technologies which significantly enhance the sound quality of AM and FM broadcasts. We cannot predict the effect new technology of this nature will have on our financial condition and the results of our operations. Several new media technologies are being developed, including the following:

- cable television operators have introduced a service commonly referred to as "cable radio" which provides cable television subscribers with several high-quality channels of music, news and other information;

- the Internet is poised to offer new and diverse forms of program distribution;

- direct satellite broadcast television companies are supplying subscribers with several high quality music channels;

- the introduction of satellite digital audio radio technology could result in new satellite radio services with sound quality equivalent to that of compact discs; and

- the introduction of in-band on-channel digital radio could provide multi-channel, multi-format digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied by traditional AM and FM radio services.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION -- OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON MAINTAINING OUR FCC LICENSES. WE CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT WE WILL BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN THESE LICENSES.

The domestic broadcasting industry is subject to extensive federal regulation which, among other things, requires approval by the FCC for the issuance, renewal, transfer and assignment of broadcasting station operating licenses and limits the number of broadcasting properties we may acquire. Federal regulations create significant new opportunities for broadcasting companies but also create uncertainties as to how these regulations will be interpreted and enforced by the courts.

Our success depends in part on acquiring and maintaining broadcast licenses issued by the FCC, which are typically issued for a maximum term of eight years and are subject to renewal. While we believe that the FCC will approve applications for renewal of our existing broadcasting licenses when made, we cannot guarantee that pending or future renewal applications submitted by us will be approved, or that renewals will not include conditions or qualifications that could adversely affect our operations. Although we may apply to renew our FCC licenses, interested third parties may challenge our renewal applications. In addition, if we or any of our stockholders, officers, or directors violate the FCC's rules and regulations or the Communications

15

Act of 1934, or are convicted of a felony, the FCC may commence a proceeding to impose sanctions upon us. Examples of possible sanctions include the imposition of fines; the revocation of our broadcast licenses; or the renewal of one or more of our broadcasting licenses for a term of fewer than eight years. If the FCC were to issue an order denying a license renewal application or revoking a license, we would be required to cease operating the radio station covered by the license only after we had exhausted administrative and judicial review without success.

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing federal regulation. Among other things, the Communications Act and FCC rules and policies limit the number of broadcasting properties that any person or entity may own (directly or by attribution) in any market and require FCC approval for transfers of control and assignments. The filing of petitions or complaints against SBS or any FCC licensee from which we acquire a station could result in the FCC delaying the grant of, or refusing to grant or imposing conditions on its consent to the assignment or transfer of licenses. The Communications Act and FCC rules also impose limitations on non-U.S. ownership and voting of the capital stock of SBS.

Moreover, governmental regulations and policies may change over time and we cannot assure you that those changes would not have a material adverse impact upon our business, financial position or results of operations. In addition, the loss of any of our existing Los Angeles or New York stations' broadcasting licenses is an event of default under the indenture that governs our 12 1/2% notes, and could cause an acceleration of amounts due under those notes prior to maturity.

ANTITRUST MATTERS -- WE MAY FACE REGULATORY REVIEW FOR ADDITIONAL ACQUISITIONS IN OUR EXISTING MARKETS AND, POTENTIALLY, NEW MARKETS.

An important part of our growth strategy is the acquisition of additional radio stations. After the passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the U.S. Department of Justice has become more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations and radio station networks. The Justice Department is particularly concerned when the proposed buyer already owns one or more radio stations in the market of the station it is seeking to buy. Recently, the Justice Department has challenged a number of radio broadcasting transactions. Some of those challenges ultimately resulted in consent decrees requiring, among other things, divestitures of certain stations. In general, the Justice Department has more closely scrutinized radio broadcasting acquisitions that result in market shares in excess of 40% of local radio advertising revenue. Similarly, the FCC has announced new procedures to review proposed radio broadcasting transactions even if the proposed acquisition otherwise complies with the FCC's ownership limitations. In particular, the FCC may invite public comment on proposed radio transactions that the FCC believes, based on its initial analysis, may present ownership concentration concerns in a particular local radio market.

RECESSION OR DOWNTURN IN THE ECONOMY -- NATIONAL OR REGIONAL RECESSIONS COULD IMPAIR OUR REVENUES.

Our broadcasting revenues could be adversely affected by a recession or downturn in the United States economy since advertising expenditures generally decrease as the economy slows down. In addition, our operating results in individual geographic markets could be adversely affected by local or regional economic downturns. Our broadcasting revenues have been materially adversely affected by past recessions. Future economic downturns might have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate advertising revenue and might materially and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

16

NO PRIOR MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK -- OUR INVESTORS WILL PAY A PRICE FOR OUR CLASS

A COMMON STOCK THAT WAS NOT DETERMINED IN A COMPETITIVE MARKET.

Prior to this offering, there has not been any market for the Class A Common Stock. Our shares of Class A Common Stock have been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market under the symbol "SBSA," subject to official notice of issuance. We do not know the extent to which investor interest in our business will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. If you purchase shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you will pay a price that was negotiated between us and our underwriters. The price of the Class A Common Stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay. For a description of the factors we will consider in negotiating the public offering price, see "Underwriting."

In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced extreme price fluctuations, sometimes without regard to the performance of particular companies. Broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the Class A Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE -- FUTURE SALES BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS COULD DEPRESS THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

The market price of our Class A Common Stock could drop as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (convertible into Class A Common Stock) by our existing stockholders after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur. These factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our Class A Common Stock.

The shares of Class B Common Stock held by Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr., Raul Alarcon, Jr. and Jose Grimalt not being offered by this prospectus and the shares of Class B Common Stock held by Joseph A. Garcia are subject to "lock-up" agreements that prohibit them from selling these shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. When the 180-day "lock-up" period expires, or if Lehman Brothers Inc., in its sole discretion, consents to an earlier sale, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr., Alarcon, Jr., Grimalt, and Garcia will be able to sell their shares in the open market, subject to certain legal restrictions.

Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock (which were Class A Common Stock prior to our redesignation) issued upon exercise of the 1994 and 1997 warrants have demand registration rights (permitting them to have their shares registered for resale within 180 days of making such demand for registration) and piggyback registration rights (permitting them to have their shares registered in this offering, subject to reduction upon determination by Lehman Brothers Inc. as the managing underwriter of this offering). After completion of this offering, there will be 34,593,350 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding, of which 6,884,950 shares will have registration rights and are not subject to "lock-up" agreements. Upon registration, these shareholders will be able to sell their shares in the open market without restriction.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be 22,355,200 shares of Class A Common Stock and 34,593,350 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding. The shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction, except for any shares acquired by one of our affiliates, which can be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933 subject to certain volume and other restrictions.

17

YEAR 2000 -- COMPUTER PROGRAMS AND MICROPROCESSORS THAT HAVE DATE SENSITIVE SOFTWARE MAY RECOGNIZE A DATE USING "00" AS YEAR 1900 RATHER THAN 2000, OR NOT RECOGNIZE THE DATE AT ALL, WHICH COULD RESULT IN MAJOR SYSTEM FAILURES OR MISCALCULATIONS.

We rely, directly and indirectly, on information technology systems to operate our radio stations, provide our radio stations with up-to-date news and perform a variety of administrative services, including accounting, financial reporting, advertiser spot scheduling, payroll and invoicing. We also use non-information technology systems, such as microchips, for dating and other automated functions. We are in the process of assessing and remediating potential risks to our business related to the year 2000 problem. Although we believe that, as a result of these efforts, our critical systems are or will be substantially year 2000 compliant, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. One of our greatest potential year 2000 risks may be that third parties with whom we deal will fail to be year 2000 compliant. For example, if our programming suppliers or key advertisers experience significant disruptions in their businesses because of the year 2000 problem, we may lose access to programming and significant advertising revenue. We are in the process of developing a contingency plan to address any possible failures by us or our vendors related to year 2000 compliance.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, including statements under the captions "Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus, concerning our expectations of future sales, gross profits, research and development expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses, product introductions and cash requirements. Forward-looking statements often include words or phrases such as "will likely result", "expect", "will continue", "anticipate", "estimate", "intend", "plan", "project", "outlook" or similar expressions. The statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. Factors which could cause actual results to differ from expectations include those in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. We cannot assure you that our results of operations will not be adversely affected by one or more of these factors. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our management's view only as of the date of this prospectus. We are not obligated to update these statements or publicly release the results of any revisions to them to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

18

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds we will receive from this offering and the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering are estimated to be approximately $260.8 million and $227.0 million, respectively. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares of Class A Common Stock being sold by the selling stockholders, which are estimated to be $77.7 million. This offering of our Class A Common Stock is not conditioned upon any other offering. The senior subordinated notes offering is conditioned upon the completion of this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering and the repayment of stockholder loans to (1) redeem our preferred stock at 105% of aggregate liquidation preference, (2) repurchase our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes at approximately 111% and 114% of their par value, respectively, pursuant to the tender offers and consent solicitations we commenced on September 30, 1999, (3) purchase an annuity for two of our retiring executives at an estimated cost of approximately $10.6 million, and (4) for general corporate purposes. The pro forma amounts for redemption of preferred stock and repurchase of our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes assume that such events will occur on December 1, 1999 and November 2, 1999, respectively. We cannot assure you that we will complete the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering on terms that are favorable to us or at all or that any or all of the 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes will be tendered. If only this offering is completed, we would use the net proceeds of this offering, the repayment of stockholder loans and a portion of our current cash on hand to redeem our outstanding preferred stock and purchase an annuity for two of our retiring executives. The following table presents the sources and uses of funds (1) pro forma for this offering, and (2) pro forma as adjusted for this offering and the senior subordinated notes offering:

                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                AS ADJUSTED
                                                            PRO FORMA             FOR BOTH
                                                        FOR THIS OFFERING        OFFERINGS
                                                        -----------------    ------------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)        (IN THOUSANDS)
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
This offering.........................................      $280,000              $280,000
Senior subordinated notes offering....................            --               235,000
Repayment of loans by stockholders....................         3,019                 3,019
Cash on hand..........................................        12,359                    --
                                                            --------              --------
          Total.......................................      $295,378              $518,019
                                                            ========              ========
USES OF FUNDS:
Redemption of preferred stock.........................      $265,611              $265,611
Annuity for retiring executives.......................        10,567                10,567
Repurchase of our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes.........            --               195,952
General corporate purposes............................            --                18,639
Estimated fees and expenses...........................        19,200                27,250
                                                            --------              --------
          Total.......................................      $295,378              $518,019
                                                            ========              ========

Preferred Stock. As of June 27, 1999 we had outstanding $229.5 million aggregate liquidation preference of our preferred stock. Our preferred stock accrues dividends at a rate of 14 1/4% per year payable semi-annually. We can redeem our preferred stock at 105% of its liquidation preference plus accumulated and unpaid dividends.

Senior Notes. As of June 27, 1999 we had outstanding $93.9 million aggregate principal amount of our 12 1/2% notes and $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11% notes. The 12 1/2% notes accrue interest at an annual rate of 12 1/2% and mature on June 15, 2002. The 11% notes accrue interest at an annual rate of 11% and mature on March 15, 2004.

19

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to retain future earnings for use in our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash or stock dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, any determination to declare and pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of our earnings, financial position, capital requirements and other factors that the board of directors deems relevant. Furthermore, the indentures governing the senior subordinated notes to be issued in the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering, our 12 1/2% notes and our 11% notes, and the agreement governing the senior credit facilities each contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. See "Description of Indebtedness." We previously declared and paid an extraordinary dividend in March 1998, pursuant to which some of our warrantholders elected to increase the conversion rates of their warrants instead of receiving cash. We do not expect to make any similar dividends in the near future.

20

DILUTION

Purchasers of the Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus will suffer an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share. Dilution is the amount by which the initial public offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of Class A Common Stock will exceed the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. The net tangible book value per share of common stock is determined by subtracting total liabilities from the total book value of the tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding on the date the book value is determined. As of June 27, 1999, we had a negative tangible book value of $361.9 million or $9.17 per share, excluding this offering. Assuming the sale of 17,500,000 shares at an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and deducting the underwriters' discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and after giving effect to the redemption of all our outstanding preferred stock, the repayment of loans receivable by selling stockholders with the net proceeds that such selling stockholders will receive from this offering, and the purchase of an annuity for our retiring executives, our pro forma tangible book value as of June 27, 1999 would have been a negative $126.5 million or $2.22 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $6.95 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $18.22 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

                                                                       PER SHARE
                                                                       ---------
Assumed initial public offering price.......................            $16.00
  Net negative tangible book value before this offering.....  $(9.17)
  Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
     to this offering.......................................    6.95
                                                              ------
Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering.......             (2.22)
                                                                        ------
Dilution to new investors...................................            $18.22
                                                                        ======

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma adjusted basis as of June 27, 1999, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchased from us, the estimated value of the total consideration paid for or attributed to the Class A Common Stock, and the average price per share paid by or attributable to existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares in this offering at an initial offering price of $16.00 per share.

                                                                                              AVERAGE
                                          SHARES OF COMMON                                   PRICE PER
                                           STOCK PURCHASED       TOTAL CASH CONSIDERATION    SHARE OF
                                        ---------------------    ------------------------     COMMON
                                          NUMBER      PERCENT       NUMBER       PERCENT       STOCK
                                        ----------    -------    ------------    --------    ---------
Existing stockholders.................  39,448,550       69%       6,873,186         2%       $ 0.17
New investors.........................  17,500,000       31%     280,000,000        98%        16.00
                                        ----------      ---      -----------       ---
          Total.......................  56,948,550      100%     286,873,186       100%
                                        ==========      ===      ===========       ===

21

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our capitalization as of June 27, 1999 on an actual basis, on a pro forma basis giving effect to this offering, and on a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering and our concurrent senior subordinated notes offering.

                                                                       AS OF JUNE 27, 1999
                                                        -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                                                         PRO FORMA FOR    AS ADJUSTED FOR
                                                            ACTUAL       THIS OFFERING    BOTH OFFERINGS
                                                        --------------   --------------   ---------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)   (IN THOUSANDS)   (IN THOUSANDS)
Cash and cash equivalents.............................     $ 20,895         $ 23,600         $ 57,193
                                                           ========         ========         ========
Long-term debt (including current portion):
  12 1/2% notes.......................................       92,114           92,114               --
  11% notes...........................................       75,000           75,000               --
  Senior subordinated notes...........................           --               --          235,000
     Other debt, including current portion............        5,653            5,653            5,653
                                                           --------         --------         --------
          Total long-term debt........................      172,767          172,767          240,653
Preferred stock.......................................      218,802               --               --
Stockholders' equity (deficiency):
  Class A Common Stock................................           --                2                2
  Class B Common Stock................................            4                4                4
  Additional paid-in capital..........................        6,869          267,667          267,667
  Accumulated deficit.................................      (72,262)        (100,484)        (117,290)
     Less: loans receivable from stockholders.........       (2,459)              --               --
                                                           --------         --------         --------
          Total stockholders' equity (deficiency).....      (67,848)         167,189          150,383
                                                           --------         --------         --------
Total capitalization..................................     $323,721         $339,956         $391,036
                                                           ========         ========         ========

- The pro forma amounts as of June 27, 1999, in the column "Pro Forma for this Offering" are adjusted to give effect to (1) this offering, (2) the redemption of all of our outstanding preferred stock at 105% of aggregate liquidation preference, which results in an additional dividend of $22.1 million and will reduce net income applicable to common stockholders in the period such redemption occurs as if such redemption occurred on June 27, 1999, (3) the repayment of the loans receivable from selling stockholders with the net proceeds that such selling stockholders will receive from this offering, and (4) the purchase of an annuity for two of our retiring executives which results in an estimated nonrecurring charge (net of income taxes) of approximately $6.1 million, as if they had occurred as of June 27, 1999.

- The pro forma amounts as of June 27, 1999, in the column "Pro Forma As Adjusted for Both Offerings" are adjusted to give effect to the transactions described above and further adjusted for the concurrent offering of approximately $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior subordinated notes due 2009 and the repurchase of our 11% notes and 12 1/2% notes at 111% and 114% of their par value, respectively, pursuant to the tender offers and consent solicitations we commenced on September 30, 1999 which results in an extraordinary loss (net of income taxes) amounting to $16.8 million, as if they had occurred as of June 27, 1999.

- Actual amounts will differ based upon the actual dates the preferred stock is redeemed, the 11% notes and 12 1/2 notes are repurchased, and the annuity for two of our retiring executives is purchased.

22

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIOS, SHARES OUTSTANDING AND PER SHARE DATA)

The following table sets forth the historical financial information of our business. The selected historical consolidated financial information presented below under the caption "Statement of Operations Data" for each of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended September 27, 1998 and for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, are derived from our historical consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants. The financial information for the nine months ended June 28, 1998 is unaudited, but in our opinion reflects all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information. Operating results for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending September 26, 1999. Our selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements as of September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999 and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998 and the nine months ended June 27, 1999, the related notes and independent auditor's report, included elsewhere in this prospectus. For additional information see the financials section of this prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                             9/25/94     9/24/95     9/29/96     9/28/97     9/27/98      6/28/98      6/27/99
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Gross revenues............................  $  45,825   $  54,152   $ 55,338    $  67,982   $  86,766    $  62,099    $  80,437
Less: agency commissions..................      5,688       6,828      6,703        7,972      10,623        7,508       10,082
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
  Net revenues............................     40,137      47,324     48,635       60,010      76,143       54,591       70,355
Station operating expenses(1).............     22,145      22,998     27,876       31,041      39,520       28,298       31,782
Depreciation and amortization.............      3,256       3,389      4,556        7,619       8,877        6,867        7,223
Corporate expenses........................      2,884       4,281      3,748        5,595       6,893        5,122        7,658
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
  Operating income........................     11,852      16,656     12,455       15,755      20,853       14,304       23,692
Interest expense, net(2)..................    (14,203)    (12,874)   (16,533)     (22,201)    (20,860)     (16,002)     (15,736)
Other income (expense), net(3)............     (3,423)       (381)    (1,574)        (791)       (213)          --         (485)
Gain on sale of AM stations...............         --          --         --           --      36,242       36,247           --
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
  extraordinary items.....................     (5,774)      3,401     (5,652)      (7,237)     36,022       34,549        7,471
Income tax expense (benefit)..............     (2,231)      1,411     (1,166)      (2,715)     15,624       13,820        3,177
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
    items.................................     (3,543)      1,990     (4,486)      (4,522)     20,398       20,729        4,294
Extraordinary gain (loss) net of income
  taxes(4)................................     70,255          --         --       (1,647)     (1,613)      (1,613)          --
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
  Net income (loss).......................  $  66,712   $   1,990   $ (4,486)   $  (6,169)  $  18,785    $  19,116    $   4,294
                                            =========   =========   =========   =========   =========    =========    =========
Dividends on preferred stock..............         --          --     (2,994)     (17,044)    (30,270)     (22,391)     (25,951)
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common
    stock.................................  $  66,712   $   1,990   $ (7,480)   $ (23,213)  $ (11,485)   $  (3,275)   $ (21,657)
                                            =========   =========   =========   =========   =========    =========    =========
Dividends per share on common stock.......  $      --   $      --   $     --    $      --   $    0.11    $    0.11    $      --
                                            =========   =========   =========   =========   =========    =========    =========
Earnings (loss) per common share:
  Basic (before extraordinary item).......  $   (0.36)  $    0.07   $  (0.25)   $   (0.71)  $   (0.33)   $   (0.06)   $   (0.68)
  Diluted (before extraordinary item).....      (0.36)       0.06      (0.25)       (0.71)      (0.33)       (0.06)       (0.68)
  Basic...................................       6.75        0.07      (0.25)       (0.77)      (0.38)       (0.11)       (0.68)
  Diluted.................................       6.75        0.06      (0.25)       (0.77)      (0.38)       (0.11)       (0.68)

Weighted average common shares
  outstanding(8):
  Basic...................................  9,882,318   30,333,400  30,333,400  30,333,400  30,333,400  30,333,400    31,629,918
  Diluted.................................  9,882,318   35,793,409  30,333,400  30,333,400  30,333,400  30,333,400    31,629,918

23

                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                             9/25/94     9/24/95     9/29/96     9/28/97     9/27/98      6/28/98      6/27/99
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Broadcast cash flow(5)....................  $  17,992   $  24,326   $ 20,759    $  28,969   $  36,623    $  26,293    $  38,573
Broadcast cash flow margin................       44.8%       51.4%      42.7%        48.3%       48.1%        48.2%        54.8%
EBITDA(6).................................     15,108      20,045     17,011       23,374      29,730       21,171       30,915
After-tax cash flow(7)....................       (287)      5,379         70        3,097       7,530        5,848       11,517
Capital expenditures......................        897       4,888      3,811        2,022       1,645        1,290        1,684

                                                                            AS OF
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             9/25/94     9/24/95     9/29/96     9/28/97     9/27/98     6/27/99
                                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.................  $  12,137   $  17,817   $   5,468   $  12,288   $  37,642   $  20,895
Total assets..............................     98,733     103,629     176,860     334,367     351,034     359,501
Total debt (including current portion)....     93,573      95,523     135,914     183,013     171,126     172,767
Preferred stock...........................         --          --      35,939     171,262     201,368     218,802
Total stockholders' deficiency............     (2,960)     (1,150)     (3,569)    (32,047)    (46,193)    (67,848)

NOTES TO SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(1) Station operating expenses include engineering, programming, selling and general and administrative expenses.

(2) Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs.

(3) During the 1996 and 1997 fiscal years, we wrote down the value of our land and building located on Sunset Boulevard in Los Angeles by $697,741 and $487,973, respectively. For the nine months ended June 27, 1999, we wrote down the value of this land and building by $451,048. The write-downs were based on current market values of real estate in the Los Angeles area. Financing costs are also included in other income (expenses).

(4) On June 29, 1994, we sold 107,059 units, each consisting of $1,000 principal amount of our 12 1/2% notes and warrants to purchase one share of common stock per unit. The 12 1/2% notes were issued at a substantial discount from their principal amount. The sale of the 12 1/2% notes and warrants generated gross proceeds of $94,000,000 and proceeds to us of $87,774,002, net of financing costs of $6,225,998. Of the $94,000,000 of gross proceeds from the sale of the 12 1/2% notes and warrants, $88,603,000 was allocated to the 12 1/2% notes and $5,397,000 was determined to be the value of the warrants. Of the net proceeds from the sale of the 12 1/2% notes and the warrants, $83,000,000 was used to satisfy in full our obligations to our two former principal lenders and the balance was used to settle litigation with a former stockholder and for general corporate purposes. We realized a gain of $70,254,772 in connection with our repayment of all obligations to our two former principal lenders because we were able to satisfy in full these obligations at substantial discounts to their face amounts in accordance with restructuring agreements between us and the lenders.

For the fiscal year ended September 28, 1997, we recorded an extraordinary loss resulting from the redemption of our 12 1/4% senior secured notes due 2001 at par which was approximately $1.5 million in excess of their carrying value and from the write-off of the related unamortized deferred financing costs of approximately $1.3 million, net of the related tax benefit of approximately $1.1 million.

For the fiscal year ended September 27, 1998, we recorded an extraordinary loss resulting from the repurchase of $13.2 million par value of 12 1/2% notes, at a premium of

24

approximately $2.2 million in excess of their carrying value and from the write-off of the related unamortized deferred financing costs of approximately $0.5 million, net of the related tax benefit of approximately $1.1 million.

(5) The term "broadcast cash flow" means operating income before depreciation, amortization and corporate expenses. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, net income or cash flow and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data or as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Although broadcast cash flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, broadcast cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

(6) The term "EBITDA" means earnings before extraordinary items, gain on sale of AM stations, net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other income or expense. We have included information concerning EBITDA in this prospectus because it is used by some investors as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt obligations. Although EBITDA is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, EBITDA is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

(7) The term "after-tax cash flow" means income before income tax benefit (expense) and extraordinary items, minus net gain on sale of AM stations (net of tax) and the current income tax provision, plus depreciation and amortization expense. Although after-tax cash flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, after-tax cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a broadcasting company's operating performance.

(8) On September 29, 1999, we filed a third amended and restated certificate of incorporation which resulted in (1) the redesignation of our previously outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock, (2) a 50-to-1 stock split of our Class B Common Stock and (3) a reduction in the par value of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock from $0.01 per share to $0.0001 per share. The financial information has been restated to reflect this redesignation, stock split and change in par value.

25

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information" and the Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

BACKGROUND

We commenced operations with the purchase of our first radio station, WXLX-AM (formerly WSKQ-AM) serving the New York metropolitan area in 1983. Since 1983 we have purchased 15 stations, including two additional AM stations in six U.S. markets. Today, we are the second largest Spanish-language radio broadcasting company in the United States, currently owning and operating a total of 13 FM radio stations. We have agreed to purchase eight additional radio stations in Puerto Rico. We also have entered into a memorandum of understanding to sell our two radio stations located in the Florida Keys. Eleven of our stations are located in six of the largest Hispanic markets in the United States, including Los Angeles, Puerto Rico, New York, Miami, Chicago and San Antonio. In total, our radio stations reach over 51% of the U.S. Hispanic population.

Our financial results depend on a number of factors, including the strength of the national economy and the local economies served by our stations, total advertising dollars dedicated to the markets served by our stations, advertising dollars targeted to the Hispanic consumers in the markets served by our stations, our stations' audience ratings, our ability to provide popular programming, local market competition from other radio stations and other advertising media, and government regulations and policies.

We report our revenues and expenses on a broadcast month basis. "Broadcast month basis" means a four or five week period ending on the last Sunday of each calendar month. For the nine months ended June 27, 1999, and the nine months ended June 28, 1998, we reported 39 weeks of revenues and expenses. For fiscal year 1996, we reported 53 weeks of revenues and expenses compared to 52 weeks for each of fiscal year 1997 and 1998.

As is true of other radio groups, our performance is customarily measured by our ability to generate broadcast cash flow, EBITDA and after-tax cash flow. Broadcast cash flow consists of operating income before depreciation, amortization and corporate expenses. EBITDA consists of earnings before extraordinary items, gain on sale of AM stations, net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other income or expenses. After-tax cash flow consists of income before income tax benefit (expense) and extraordinary items, minus net gain on sale of AM stations (net of tax) and the current income tax provision, plus depreciation and amortization expense. Although broadcast cash flow, EBITDA and after-tax cash flow are not measures of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we believe that broadcast cash flow, EBITDA and after-tax cash flow are useful in evaluating us because these measures are accepted by the broadcasting industry as generally recognized measures of performance and are used by securities industry analysts who publish reports on the performance of broadcasting companies. In addition, we have included information concerning broadcast cash flow, EBITDA and after-tax cash flow in this prospectus because it is used by some investors as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt obligations and it is also the basis for determining compliance with certain covenants contained in the indentures governing our debt securities and in the certificate of designation governing our preferred stock. Broadcast cash flow, EBITDA and after-tax cash flow are not intended to be substitutes for

26

operating income as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or alternatives to cash flow from operating activities (as a measure of liquidity) or net income.

REVENUES

Our primary source of revenue is the sale of advertising time on our radio stations to local and national advertisers. Our revenues are affected primarily by the advertising rates that our radio stations are able to charge as well as the overall demand for radio advertising time in a market. Advertising rates are based primarily on (1) a radio station's audience share in the demographic groups targeted by advertisers, as measured principally by periodic reports developed by Arbitron(C), (2) the number of radio stations in the market competing for the same demographic groups, and (3) the supply of and demand for radio advertising time. Advertising rates fluctuate daily and are generally highest during the morning and afternoon commuting hours. Seasonal net broadcasting revenue fluctuations are common in the radio broadcasting industry and are due primarily to fluctuations in advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. Our second fiscal quarter (January through March) generally produces the lowest net broadcasting revenue for the year because of normal post-holiday decreases in advertising expenditures.

Our advertising contracts are generally short term, usually for periods of three months or less, and we generate most of our revenues from local advertising. In the 1998 fiscal year, approximately $63.1 million, or 72.7% of our gross broadcasting revenues, was generated from local advertising and approximately $23.7 million, or 27.3% of our gross broadcasting revenues, was generated from national advertising. Each of our station's local sales staff solicits advertising directly from local advertisers or through an advertising agency representing local advertisers. For national advertising sales, we have engaged Caballero Spanish Media, LLC, a subsidiary of Interep National Radio Sales, Inc., a national representative company.

In the broadcasting industry, radio stations sometimes utilize trade or barter agreements to reduce cash expenses by exchanging advertising time for advertising time with other media, and for goods and services related to promotional campaigns. In each of our 1996, 1997 and 1998 fiscal years, we sold approximately 5.9%, 4.4% and 3.1%, respectively, of our available advertising time for trade or barter. Our percentage of advertising time sold for trade or barter may increase slightly in the next two years upon completion of the acquisition of radio stations in Puerto Rico, a market which traditionally has had a higher percentage of trade and barter. However, we believe that after these stations have been integrated into our existing operations, our percentage of advertising time sold for trade or barter will decrease.

EXPENSES

Our most significant expenses are employee compensation, rating services, advertising and promotion expenses, lease expenses for studios and transmission tower space and music license fees. We strive to control expenses by (1) centralizing functions such as finance, accounting, payables, budgeting, legal, human resources, management information systems and the overall programming management function, and (2) using our multiple stations, market presence and purchasing power to negotiate favorable rates with certain vendors and national representative selling agencies. Depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of costs associated with the acquisition of additional stations and interest carrying charges are also significant factors in determining our overall expense level.

27

Our operating results in any period may be affected by advertising and promotion expenses that do not produce commensurate broadcast revenue in the period in which such expenses are incurred. We generally incur advertising and promotion expenses in order to increase listenership and Arbitron(C) ratings. Increased advertising revenue may wholly or partially lag behind the incurrence of such advertising and promotion expenses because Arbitron(C) only reports complete ratings information on a quarterly basis.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

From fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 1998, we acquired five radio stations, disposed of all of our AM radio stations and issued and repurchased certain of our securities. The impact of these transactions on our results of operations is described below:

- In March 1996, we acquired the FCC broadcast license and substantially all of the assets of WPAT-FM in New York for $86.4 million, including closing costs of $1.8 million. The acquisition of WPAT-FM was financed by cash on hand and by the issuance of senior secured notes and redeemable preferred stock, each of which was subsequently redeemed in March 1997 in connection with the refinancing associated with the purchase of WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WLEY-FM. Pursuant to the terms of a local marketing agreement, we began operating WPAT-FM on January 26, 1996 and the revenues and operating expenses of WPAT-FM are included in our operating results from that date.

- In March 1997, we issued (1) $175.0 million of our 14 1/4% preferred stock, (2) warrants to purchase 74,900 shares of our Class A Common Stock (redesignated into shares of Class B Common Stock and subsequently split on a 50-to-1 basis pursuant to the third amended and restated certificate of incorporation), and (3) $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11% notes due 2004 (collectively, the "1997 Financings"). In connection with the 1997 Financings, we capitalized finance costs of $5.7 million related to the 11% notes due 2004 and charged issuance costs of $9.0 million related to our preferred stock and warrants. A portion of the proceeds from the 1997 Financings was used to retire all of our then outstanding redeemable preferred stock and 12 1/4% senior secured notes due 2001. We realized a loss on the retirement of the 12 1/4% senior secured notes due 2001 of approximately $1.6 million, net of taxes of approximately $1.1 million. This amount has been classified as an extraordinary item in the accompanying "Consolidated Statement of Operations" in the financial statements of this prospectus.

- In March 1997, we acquired the FCC broadcast licenses and substantially all of the assets of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM in Miami for $112.1 million, including closing costs of $1.1 million. The acquisitions of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM were financed by the proceeds we received from the 1997 Financings. Our results include the operation of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM from their respective dates of acquisition.

- In March 1997, we acquired the FCC broadcast license and substantially all of the assets of WLEY-FM in Chicago for $33.2 million including closing costs of $0.2 million. The acquisition of WLEY-FM was financed by the proceeds we received from the 1997 Financings and a note payable to the seller of WLEY-FM for $3.0 million. Our results include the operation of WLEY-FM from its date of acquisition.

- In September 1997, we sold the assets and FCC licenses of WXLX-AM (serving the New York market) and WCMQ-AM (serving the Miami area) for $26.0 million. We recorded a gain of $18.6 million on the sale which is classified under other income as

28

"Gain on sale of AM stations" in the accompanying "Consolidated Statement of Operations" in the financial statements of this prospectus.

- In October and November 1997, we repurchased through a tender offer and open-market purchases $13.2 million in principal amount of our 12 1/2% senior notes due 2002. The total amount paid by us for these notes was $15.0 million, plus accrued interest of $0.7 million. We recognized a loss on the tender offer of $1.6 million, net of income taxes of $1.1 million, due to the premium paid for the notes and the write-off of the deferred financing costs and original issue discounts related to the notes purchased. This amount has been classified as an extraordinary item in the accompanying "Consolidated Statement of Operations" in the financial statements of this prospectus.

- In December 1997, we sold the assets and FCC license of KXMG-AM (serving the Los Angeles metropolitan area) for $18.0 million. We recorded a gain of $17.6 million on the sale which is classified under other income as "Gain on sale of AM stations" in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations" in the financial statements of this prospectus.

- On May 13, 1998, we acquired the FCC broadcast license and substantially all of the assets of KLEY-FM (formerly KRIO-FM) in San Antonio, Texas for $9.3 million, including closing costs of $0.1 million. The acquisition of KLEY-FM was financed with cash on hand. Our results include the operation of this station from the date of its acquisition.

During fiscal year 1999, we acquired three stations, WCMA-FM (formerly WDOY-FM), WMEG-FM and WEMG-FM (all serving Puerto Rico), and eighty percent of the issued and outstanding capital stock of JuJu Media, Inc., the owner of LaMusica.com. The acquisitions of WCMA-FM, WMEG-FM and WEGM-FM were financed by cash on hand. The acquisition of JuJu Media, Inc. was financed by cash on hand and the issuance of promissory notes. The results of these acquisitions did not meet the significance test for pro forma presentation and, consequently, no pro forma results have been included with respect to these acquisitions. Our results include the operations of these stations and JuJu Media, Inc. from the date of their respective acquisitions.

On September 22, 1999, we entered into an agreement to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of nine subsidiaries of Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles. The companies we have agreed to purchase own and operate eight radio stations in Puerto Rico: WIOA-FM, WIOB-FM, WIOC-FM, WCOM-FM, WZMT-FM, WZNT-FM, WOYE-FM and WCTA-FM. The purchase price we have agreed to pay for these companies is $90.0 million. In connection with this acquisition, we have made an initial nonrefundable deposit of $10.0 million. The agreement contains customary representations and warranties, and the closing of our acquisition of these companies is subject to the satisfaction of certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals from the FCC. We expect to finance the purchase of these companies from a combination of bank borrowings and cash on hand. Prior to the closing of these acquisitions, (but following the expiration of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), we intend to operate these stations under a local marketing agreement pursuant to which we will pay a monthly fee in exchange for the exclusive right to program and sell commercial announcements for each of the stations. We expect to close our acquisition of these companies by the end of December 1999. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to complete our acquisition of the

29

companies during the expected time frame or at all. The results of operations of these companies have not been included in our pro forma financial statements.

We have entered into a memorandum of understanding with Mr. Alarcon, Sr., our Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors, for the sale by us of the assets and liabilities of radio station WVMQ-FM operating in Key West, Florida and radio station WZMQ-FM operating in Key Largo, Florida. The sale price to be paid by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. for these stations is $700,000. The definitive agreement will contain customary representations, warranties and indemnities, and the closing of the sale of these stations will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including approval of the FCC, the completion of this offering and the receipt by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. of the proceeds of this offering as a selling stockholder. We cannot assure you that the sale of these stations will occur during the expected time frame or at all.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Nine Months Ended June 27, 1999 Compared to the Nine Months Ended June 28, 1998

Net Revenues. Our net revenues were $70.4 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $54.6 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $15.8 million or 28.9%. The increase in net revenues was mostly attributable to the Chicago and New York market stations where our net revenues increased 34.3% and 31.7%, respectively, due to high ratings, robust local economies and increased advertising rates. All of the markets in which we operate stations experienced strong increases in net revenues, including our Los Angeles FM station where net revenue increased by 19.4%.

Station Operating Expenses. Total station operating expenses were $31.8 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $28.3 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $3.5 million or 12.4%. The higher station operating expenses were caused mainly by the inclusion of the results of the recent acquisitions in San Antonio and Puerto Rico as well as JuJu Media, Inc. accounting for $2.7 million or 77.1% of the increase in station operating expenses. To a lesser extent, all of our other radio stations experienced a 2.7% increase in operating expenses due to higher commissions and music license fees associated with higher sales. In the New York and Miami markets, we had an increase in advertising, promotional and audience research expenses. This increase in operating expenses was offset by lower general and administrative expenses due to improved collections.

Broadcast Cash Flow. Broadcast cash flow was $38.6 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $26.3 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $12.3 million or 46.8%. This increase was attributable to strong revenue growth and effective management of operating expenses. Our broadcast cash flow margin increased to 54.8% for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 compared to 48.2% for the nine months ended June 28, 1998.

Corporate Expenses. Total corporate expenses were $7.7 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to approximately $5.1 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $2.6 million or 51.0%. The increase in corporate expenses resulted mainly from performance bonuses paid to our Chief Executive Officer, increases in the number of our employees and increased travel and other corporate overhead expenses relating to our expansion into new markets.

EBITDA. EBITDA was $30.9 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $21.2 million for the nine months ended June 29, 1998, an increase of $9.7 million or 45.7%. Our EBITDA margin was 43.9% for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to 38.8%

30

for the nine months ended June 28, 1998. The increase in EBITDA and EBITDA margin was caused by the increase in net revenues which was partially offset by the increase in station operating expenses and corporate expenses.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.2 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $6.9 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $0.3 million or 4.3%. The increase was related to an increase in amortization costs as a result of the stations purchased in Puerto Rico, WCMA-FM, WMEG-FM and WEGM-FM.

Operating Income. Operating income was $23.7 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $14.3 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $9.4 million or 65.7%. The increase was due to the increase in net revenues, partially offset by the increase in operating expenses.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense was $15.7 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $16.0 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, a decrease of $0.3 million or 1.9%. This decrease was due to the repurchase of $13.2 million aggregate principal amount of our 12 1/2% notes due 2002 in the first quarter of fiscal 1998.

Other Income (Expense). We had other expenses of $0.5 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to other income of $36.2 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998. The other expenses in 1999 resulted primarily from an additional write-down of owned vacant real estate in the Los Angeles area. The other income in 1998 was the result of a gain on the sale of our AM stations during the nine months ended June 28, 1998.

Net Income. Our net income was $4.3 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $19.1 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, a decrease of $14.8 million or 77.5%. The decrease was caused by the absence of the gain on the sale of our AM stations.

After-Tax Cash Flow. After-tax cash flow was $11.5 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, compared to $5.8 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998, an increase of $5.7 million or 98.3%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in EBITDA offset by higher income taxes.

Fiscal Year 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year 1997

Net Revenues. Net revenues were $76.1 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $60.0 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $16.1 million or 26.8%. This increase was due primarily to the inclusion of the full year results of WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WLEY-FM which we purchased on March 27, 1997. The increase in net revenues also resulted from a significant increase in the net revenues of our New York stations, WPAT-FM and WSKQ-FM, and our Miami station, WCMQ-FM, each of whose results were positively impacted by increased ratings. The increase in net revenues at each of our stations was partially offset by a decrease in net revenues from our Los Angeles station, KLAX-FM, in addition to the loss of revenues attributable to the sale of our AM stations in New York, Miami and Los Angeles.

Station Operating Expenses. Total station operating expenses were $39.5 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $31.0 million for the fiscal year 1997, an increase of $8.5 million or 27.4%. The increase in operating expenses was caused mainly by the inclusion of the full year results of WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WLEY-FM.

31

Broadcast Cash Flow. Broadcast cash flow was $36.6 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $29.0 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $7.6 million or 26.2%. This increase was attributable to significant increases in net revenues partially offset by increased station operating expenses. Our broadcast cash flow margin was 48.1% for fiscal year 1998, compared to 48.3% for fiscal year 1997.

Corporate Expenses. Total corporate expenses were $6.9 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $5.6 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $1.3 million or 23.2%. The increase in corporate expenses was caused mainly by increased professional fees resulting from potential acquisitions and related financings.

EBITDA. EBITDA was $29.7 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $23.4 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $6.3 million or 26.9%. The increase in EBITDA was caused by the increase in net revenues, partially offset by increases in broadcasting operating expenses and corporate expenses, as described above. Our EBITDA margin was 39.0% for each of the fiscal years 1998 and 1997.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $8.9 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $7.6 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $1.3 million or 17.1%. The increase was related to an increase in amortization costs as a result of the acquisitions of WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WLEY-FM offset by the decrease attributable to the sale of the AM stations.

Operating Income. Operating income was $20.9 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $15.8 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $5.1 million or 32.3%. The increase was due to the significant increase in net revenues, partially offset by the increase in operating expenses.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense was $20.9 million for fiscal year 1998 compared to $22.2 million for fiscal year 1997, a decrease of $1.3 million or 5.9%. The decrease was primarily due to the repurchase of $13.2 million aggregate principal amount of our 12 1/2% notes due 2002 in the first quarter of 1998.

Other Income (Expense). Other income was $36.0 million for fiscal year 1998, including gain on sale of AM stations of $36.2 million, compared to other expense of $0.8 million for fiscal year 1997. The other income in 1998 was due to the gain on the sale of the AM stations. The other expense in 1997 was due primarily to an additional write-down of owned vacant real estate in the Los Angeles area.

Net Income (Loss). Our net income for fiscal year 1998 was $18.8 million, compared to a net loss of $6.2 million for fiscal year 1997. The net income resulted from the increase in operating income, the gain from the sale of the AM stations and a slight decrease in interest expenses, partially offset by additional income taxes.

After-Tax Cash Flow. After-tax cash flow was $7.5 million for fiscal year 1998, compared to $3.1 million for fiscal year 1997, an increase of $4.4 million or 141.9%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in EBITDA, decrease in net interest expense and gain offset by higher income taxes.

Fiscal Year 1997 Compared to Fiscal Year 1996

Net Revenues. Net revenues were $60.0 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $48.6 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $11.4 million, or 23.5%. This increase was due primarily to the inclusion of results of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM, which we purchased on

32

March 27, 1997, and the inclusion of the results of WPAT-FM for the entire year. The increase in net revenues also resulted from an increase of $1.1 million in net revenues from our Los Angeles stations and our acquisition of WLEY-FM in Chicago which increased net revenues by $0.4 million. These increases in net revenues were offset by decreases in net revenues from certain of our existing stations, including a decrease of $3.0 million from the operations of WCMQ-AM and WCMQ-FM, and a decrease of $0.5 million from the operations of WSKQ-FM and WXLX-AM.

Station Operating Expenses. Total station operating expenses were $31.0 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $27.9 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $3.1 million, or 11.1%. The increase in station operating expenses was caused mainly by the inclusion of the results of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM in Miami and our station in Chicago, WLEY-FM, as well as the inclusion of a full year of expenses for WPAT-FM.

Broadcast Cash Flow. Broadcast cash flow was $29.0 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $20.8 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $8.2 million or 39.4%. Our broadcast cash flow margin was 48.3% for fiscal year 1997, compared to 42.8% for fiscal year 1996. The increases in broadcast cash flow and broadcast cash flow margin were attributable to our purchase of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM which contributed to an increase in sales generated by our Miami stations of $4.6 million, partially offset by increased expenses of $0.3 million.

Corporate Expenses. Total corporate expenses were $5.6 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $3.7 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $1.9 million or 51.4%. The increase in corporate expenses was caused by higher salary expense and higher professional fees associated with potential acquisitions and related financings.

EBITDA. EBITDA was $23.4 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $17.0 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $6.4 million or 37.6%. The increase in EBITDA was caused by the increase in net revenues, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses, as described above. Our EBITDA margin was 39.0% for fiscal year 1997, compared to 35.0% for fiscal year 1996. This increase was attributable to the increased broadcast cash flow margin offset by the increased corporate expenses related to operating more stations.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.6 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $4.6 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $3.0 million or 65.2%. The significant increase was related to an increase in amortization costs as a result of the acquisition of WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM, WLEY-FM and WPAT-FM.

Operating Income. Operating income was $15.8 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $12.5 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $3.3 million, or 26.4%. The increase was due to the significant increase in net revenues partially offset by the increase in operating expenses.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense was $22.2 million for fiscal year 1997 compared to $16.5 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $5.7 million or 34.5%. The increase was caused primarily by the increase in interest expense associated with our 11% notes issued to partially finance the acquisitions of WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM and WLEY-FM.

Other Expense. Other expense for fiscal year 1997 was $0.8 million compared to $1.6 million for fiscal year 1996, a decrease of $0.8 million or 50.0%. This expense was due primarily to an additional write-down of owned vacant real estate in the Los Angeles area.

33

Net Loss. Our net loss for fiscal year 1997 was $6.2 million, compared to a net loss of $4.5 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase in the net loss of $1.7 million, or 37.8%. The increase in the net loss was a result of an extraordinary loss on the retirement of old debt for an amount paid in excess of our carrying value and the write-off of the related unamortized debt issuance costs.

After-Tax Cash Flow. After-tax cash flow was $3.1 million for fiscal year 1997, compared to $0.1 million for fiscal year 1996, an increase of $3.0 million. This increase was attributable to increased EBITDA offset by higher interest expense.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operations and, to the extent necessary, undrawn commitments that will be available under the senior credit facilities we intend to enter into after the completion of this offering and the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering. We intend to use a significant portion of our capital resources to make future acquisitions. These acquisitions will be funded from the senior credit facilities and internally generated cash flow.

From time to time we may borrow under the senior credit facilities in order to finance acquisitions, make capital improvements and to pay for other similar investments and transactions. The purchase price for our pending acquisition in Puerto Rico is $90.0 million. In connection with this acquisition, we have made an initial nonrefundable deposit of $10.0 million. We expect to finance this acquisition from a combination of bank borrowings and cash on hand. Other sources of liquidity will include amounts available under the revolving credit line included in the senior credit facilities. Our ability to borrow in excess of the commitments provided by the senior credit facilities will be limited by the terms of the indenture governing our senior subordinated notes due 2009 to be issued in the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering. Additionally, such terms will place restrictions on us with respect to the sale of assets, liens, investments, dividends, debt repayments, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates and consolidations and mergers, among other things.

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $11.7 million and $5.0 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 and June 28, 1998, respectively. Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $10.9 million, $6.4 million and $8.8 million for fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Changes in our net cash flow from operating activities are primarily a result of changes in advertising revenues and station operating expenses which are affected by the acquisition and disposition of stations during those periods.

Net cash flows used in investing activities were $28.0 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 and net cash flows provided by investing activities were $32.5 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1998. Net cash flows provided by investing activities were $32.2 million for fiscal year 1998 and net cash flows used in investing activities were $144.4 million and $90.2 million for fiscal years 1997 and 1996, respectively. Net cash flows used in financing activities were $0.4 million and $17.7 million for the nine months ended June 27, 1999 and June 28, 1998, respectively. Net cash flows used in financing activities were $17.8 million for fiscal year 1998 and net cash flows provided by financing activities were $144.8 million and $69.0 million for fiscal years 1997 and 1996, respectively.

For fiscal year 1999, management anticipates total capital expenditures to be between $2.0 million and $2.4 million. We anticipate that these expenditures will be financed by funds from operations.

34

Management believes that cash from operating activities, together with cash on hand, should be sufficient to permit us to meet our obligations for the foreseeable future, including: (1) required significant cash interest payments pursuant to the terms of the senior subordinated notes due 2009, (2) operating obligations, and (3) capital expenditures. We base these beliefs on the following assumptions, but cannot assure you that they will be true:

- the economic conditions within the radio broadcasting market and economic conditions in general will not deteriorate in any material respect;

- we will be able to successfully implement our business strategy;

- we will not incur any material unforeseen liabilities, including, without limitation, environmental liabilities; and

- no future acquisitions will adversely affect our liquidity.

We continuously review, and are currently reviewing, opportunities to acquire additional radio stations, primarily in the largest Hispanic markets in the United States. We engage in discussions regarding potential acquisitions from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Other than the pending acquisition in Puerto Rico described in this prospectus, we have no written understandings, letter of intent or contracts to acquire radio stations. We anticipate that any future radio station acquisitions would be financed primarily by borrowings under our senior credit facilities and funds generated from operations, as well as equity financings, additional permitted debt financings or a combination of these sources. However, there can be no assurance that financing from any of these sources, if available, will be available on favorable terms.

IMPACT OF INFLATION, MARKET RISK EXPOSURE, CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS

We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for each of our fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998 and in the nine month period ended June 27, 1999. However, there can be no assurance that future inflation would not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

We do not have significant market risk exposure since we do not have any outstanding variable rate debt or derivative financial and commodity instruments as of June 27, 1999. We are not subject to currency fluctuations since we do not have any international operations.

YEAR 2000 ISSUE

The year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs which use two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of our computer programs or hardware that have date-sensitive software or embedded chips may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could cause system failures or miscalculations at our broadcast and corporate locations which in turn could cause disruptions of our operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to: produce broadcast signals, process financial transactions, or engage in similar normal business activities.

We have performed a preliminary analysis of potential problems related to the year 2000 issue. Internally, we bear some risks in the following areas:
computer hardware and software for our accounting and administrative functions, computer-controlled programming of music and the transmission of our signals. Externally, we are at risk, like most companies, of losing power and phone lines.

35

In the administrative area, the vast majority of our hardware and software has been purchased over the past two years and is year 2000 compliant. We have no more than 30 computers that may need to be replaced or upgraded. In the programming areas we utilize a system which is year 2000 compliant. Studio equipment, transmitters and other broadcasting equipment are not date sensitive and, consequently, do not pose a significant year 2000 threat, although we will continue to seek assurances and/or upgrades from all significant vendors. Our MIS manager and one of our engineers have visited the majority of our locations and reported to upper management on definitive problems and solutions. As of September 1, 1999, they have visited and inspected all of our stations. As of June 27, 1999 we have spent $0.1 million to upgrade/replace non-compliant systems and equipment.

The greatest threat to our ability to continue broadcasting on and after January 1, 2000 comes from the utilities upon which we are dependent. To date, we are not aware of any external utility vendor with a year 2000 issue that would materially impact our results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources. However, we have no means for ensuring that such vendor will be year 2000 compliant. The inability of such vendors to adequately address the year 2000 issue on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on us, including loss of revenue, and substantial unanticipated costs and service interruptions. In addition, disruptions in the economy generally resulting from the year 2000 issue could also materially adversely affect us.

While we believe our efforts will provide reasonable assurance that material disruptions will not occur due to internal failure, the possibility of interruption still exists. We do not anticipate spending more than an additional $0.2 million to become year 2000 compliant. We are performing this analysis with our MIS manager, our engineers and our accounting staff. We have anticipated that all assessments and solutions will be in place by the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1999. We are in the process of developing a contingency plan to address possible failures by us or our vendors related to Year 2000 compliance.

36

BUSINESS

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. was founded in 1983 and is the second largest Spanish-language radio broadcasting company in the United States. We currently own and operate 13 FM radio stations and have agreed to purchase eight additional radio stations in Puerto Rico. We also have entered into a memorandum of understanding to sell our two stations located in the Florida Keys. Eleven of our stations are located in six of the largest Hispanic markets in the United States, including Los Angeles, Puerto Rico, New York, Miami, Chicago and San Antonio. Our radio stations reach over 51% of the U.S. Hispanic population. Our WSKQ-FM station in New York is ranked in the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) ratings as the number one station in its target demographic group (men and women ages 25-54).

Our strategy is to maximize the profitability of our radio station portfolio and to expand in our existing markets and into additional markets that have a significant Hispanic population. We believe that the favorable demographics of the U.S. Hispanic population and the rapid increase in advertising targeting Hispanics provide us with significant opportunities for growth. We also believe that we have competitive advantages in the radio industry due to our focus on formats targeting U.S. Hispanic audiences and our skill in programming and marketing to these audiences.

Our Internet strategy complements our existing business and enables us to capitalize on our U.S. Hispanic market expertise. We recently purchased 80% of JuJu Media, Inc., the owner of LaMusica.com, a bilingual Spanish-English Internet Web site and on-line community that focuses on the U.S. Hispanic market. LaMusica.com is a provider of original information and interactive content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. LaMusica.com provides our advertisers with an additional means of reaching the U.S. Hispanic consumer markets and is a growing revenue source for us.

Due to the successful implementation of our strategy, we have achieved significant growth over the last two years. From the twelve-month period ended June 29, 1997 to the twelve-month period ended June 27, 1999, our:

- net revenues grew at a compound annual rate of 29.3%, from $55.0 million to $91.9 million;

- broadcast cash flow grew at a compound annual rate of 35.8%, from $26.5 million to $48.9 million; and

- EBITDA grew at a compound annual rate of 35.5%, from $21.5 million to $39.5 million.

SBS is led by Mr. Raul Alarcon, Jr., who has been Chief Executive Officer since June 1994, President and a director since October 1985 and who will become Chairman of the Board of Directors upon completion of this offering. The Alarcon family has been involved in Spanish-language radio broadcasting since the 1950's, when Mr. Raul Alarcon, Sr., our Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors, established his first radio station in Camaguey, Cuba. Members of our senior management team, on average, have over 15 years of experience in Spanish-language media and radio broadcasting.

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

Our radio stations target the largest Hispanic markets in the United States, including Puerto Rico. We believe that these markets have significant growth potential for the following reasons:

- HISPANIC POPULATION GROWTH. The U.S. Hispanic population, approximately 34.3 million people, is the fastest growing segment of the U.S. population, growing at approximately

37

four times the rate of the population as a whole. By 2005, Hispanics are projected to become the largest minority group in the United States and by 2010, the second largest Spanish-speaking population in the world. We believe that these factors will lead to significant increases in demand for Spanish-language radio, music and entertainment.

- SIGNIFICANT GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION. The U.S. Hispanic population is highly concentrated with over 62% of U.S. Hispanics residing in the top ten U.S. Hispanic markets. Because our stations are located in six of these markets, advertisers can reach the U.S. Hispanic population more cost effectively by advertising on our stations rather than advertising through competing national media.

- ATTRACTIVE DEMOGRAPHIC GROUP FOR ADVERTISERS. The U.S. Hispanic population accounted for consumer spending of $380.0 billion in 1998 (7.2% of total U.S. consumer spending), an increase of 78.4% since 1990. By 2000, U.S. Hispanics are expected to account for estimated consumer spending of $457.8 billion (8.2% of total U.S. consumer spending), and by 2010 are expected to account for estimated consumer spending of $965.3 billion (12% of total U.S. consumer spending), far outpacing the expected growth of overall U.S. consumer spending during the same period. Although Hispanic consumer spending represented 7.2% of total consumer spending in the United States in 1998, advertising expenditures targeted at Hispanics represented only 1.4% of total advertising expenditures. We believe that as U.S. Hispanic consumer spending continues to grow relative to overall consumer spending, the advertising expenditures targeted at Hispanics will increase significantly, eventually closing the gap between the current level of advertising targeted at Hispanics and the buying power that the Hispanic population in the United States represents. In addition to increasing buying power, according to market research and compared to the population as a whole, U.S. Hispanics (1) generally spend a larger percentage of their household income on consumer goods, (2) have larger households (3.6 persons per household compared to the average 2.5 persons), (3) are generally younger (median 26 years compared to 35 years) and, (4) on average, tend to be more brand conscious. These factors make U.S. Hispanics an attractive target audience for many major U.S. advertisers.

- GROWTH IN SPANISH-LANGUAGE ADVERTISER SPENDING. In 1998, a total of $1.7 billion was spent on Spanish-language advertising, compared to $1.1 billion in 1995. This represents a compound annual growth rate of 17.2%, which is more than double the total advertising growth rate over the same period. Approximately 26% of the $1.7 billion spent on Spanish-language advertising was directed to Spanish-language radio. We believe that major advertisers have found that Spanish-language advertising, and Spanish-language radio advertising in particular, is a more effective means of reaching the growing U.S. Hispanic audience compared to English-language media.

- GROWTH IN SPANISH-LANGUAGE ADVERTISING RATES. We believe Spanish-language advertising rates have been rising at a faster rate in recent years than rates for general media, yet Spanish-language advertising rates are still generally lower than for comparable English-language media. We believe that as advertisers continue to recognize the buying power of the U.S. Hispanic population, the gap in advertising rates between Spanish-language and English-language media will continue to narrow.

- USE OF SPANISH LANGUAGE. Approximately 69% of U.S. Hispanics speak Spanish at home and we believe this percentage will remain relatively constant for the near future. We believe that the continued use of Spanish by U.S. Hispanics and their preference for

38

Spanish-language music will contribute to the continued popularity of Spanish-language radio as a source of entertainment, information and culture for the U.S. Hispanic population.

- INTERNET USAGE. Approximately 36% of the U.S. Hispanic population (excluding Puerto Rico) currently accesses the Internet, a percentage which we expect will increase over the next few years. We believe the Internet represents a complementary medium for our advertisers to reach our target audience.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

We focus on maximizing the profitability of our radio station portfolio by strengthening the performance of our existing radio stations and making additional strategic station acquisitions in both our existing markets and in new markets that have a significant Hispanic population. In addition, we are implementing an Internet strategy in order to develop new revenue sources.

OPERATING STRATEGY

Our operating strategy focuses on maximizing our radio stations' appeal to our audience and our advertisers while minimizing operating expenses in order to grow revenue and cash flow. To achieve these goals, we focus on:

Providing High-Quality Spanish-Language Programming. We format the programming of each of our stations to capture a significant share of the Spanish-language audience. We use extensive market research including third party consultants and periodic music testing to assess listener preferences in each station's target demographic audience. We then refine our programming to reflect the results of this research and testing. Because the U.S. Hispanic population is so diverse, consisting of numerous identifiable groups from many different countries of origin each with its own cultural and musical heritage, we strive to make ourselves intimately familiar with the musical tastes and the preferences of each of the various ethnic Hispanic groups and customize our programming accordingly.

Retaining Strong Local Management Teams. We employ local management teams in each of our markets who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of our radio stations. Our key local managers generally consist of a general station manager, general sales manager and programming director. Stations are staffed with managers who have experience and knowledge of the local radio market and the local Hispanic market. Because of the cultural diversity of the Hispanic population from region to region in the United States, decisions regarding day-to-day programming, sales and promotional efforts are made by local managers. We believe this approach improves our flexibility and responsiveness to changing conditions in each of the markets we serve.

Utilizing Aggressive Sales Efforts. Our sales force focuses on converting audience share into advertising revenue. In order to encourage an aggressive and focused sales force, we have developed compensation structures tied to advertising revenue. We seek to maximize our sales to national advertisers because national advertising generally commands a higher rate per advertising spot than does local advertising. We have attracted key sales executives from general market radio who have applied their expertise and relationships with the advertising community to increase our share of advertising from leading general market advertisers. We believe that our focused sales efforts are working to increase media spending targeted at the U.S. Hispanic consumer market and will enable us to continue to achieve significant revenue growth, and to

39

narrow the gap between the level of advertising currently targeted at U.S. Hispanics and the potential buying power of the U.S. Hispanic population.

Controlling Operating Costs. By employing a disciplined approach to operating our radio stations, we have been able to achieve operating margins which we believe are among the highest in the radio broadcast industry. We emphasize control of each station's operating costs through detailed budgeting, tight control over staffing levels and expense analysis. While local management is responsible for the day-to-day operation of each station, corporate management is responsible for long-range and strategic planning, establishing policies and procedures, maximizing cost savings where centralized activity is appropriate, allocating resources and maintaining overall control of the stations.

Making Effective Use of Promotions and Special Events. We believe that effective promotional efforts play a significant role in both adding new listeners and increasing listener loyalty. Our promotional and marketing campaigns focus on increasing Hispanic consumer awareness of advertisers' products and services. Our goal is to use our expertise at marketing to the Hispanic consumer in each of the markets in which we own and operate stations, thereby attracting a large share of advertising revenue. We have organized special promotional appearances, such as station van appearances at client events, concerts and tie-ins to major events which form an important part of our marketing strategy. Many of these events build advertiser loyalty because they enable us to offer advertisers an additional means of reaching the Hispanic consumer. In many instances, these events are co-sponsored by local television and newspapers, allowing our advertisers to reach a larger combined audience.

Maintaining Strong Community Involvement. We have historically been, and will continue to be, actively involved within the local communities that we serve. Our radio stations participate in numerous community programs, fund-raisers and activities benefitting the local community and Hispanics abroad. Other examples of our community involvement include free public service announcements, free equal-opportunity employment announcements, tours and discussions held by radio station personalities with school and community groups designed to limit drug and gang involvement, free concerts and events designed to promote family values within the local Hispanic communities, and extended coverage, when necessary, of significant events which have an impact on the U.S. Hispanic population. Our stations and members of our management have received numerous community service awards and acknowledgments from government entities and community and philanthropic organizations for their service to the community. We believe that this involvement helps to build and maintain station awareness and listener loyalty.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY

Our acquisition strategy is to acquire radio stations in the largest U.S. Hispanic markets. We consider acquisitions of stations in our existing markets, as well as acquisitions of stations in other markets with a large Hispanic population, where we can maximize our revenues through aggressive sales to U.S. Hispanic and general market advertisers. These acquisitions may include stations which do not currently target the U.S. Hispanic market, but which we believe can be successfully reformatted.

In analyzing potential radio station acquisition candidates, we consider many factors including:

- the size of the Hispanic market;

- anticipated growth, demographics, and other characteristics of the market;

40

- the nature and number of competitive stations in the market;

- the nature of other media competition in the station's market;

- the probability of achieving operating synergies through multiple station ownership within the target market;

- the existing or potential quality of the broadcast signal and transmission facility;

- the station's ratings, revenue and operating cash flow; and

- the price and terms of the purchase.

By implementing our operating strategy, we are successful in many markets where our competitors have greater resources than we do. For example:

- WPAT-FM -- NEW YORK. When we acquired WPAT-FM in March of 1996, the station had net broadcasting revenues of $8.1 million for the year ended December 1995. Following our acquisition of WPAT-FM, we changed the station's format to Spanish Adult Contemporary and integrated the station into our existing New York operations. For the nine-month period ended June 27, 1999, WPAT-FM generated net broadcasting revenues of $9.6 million, and according to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey was the number two ranked Spanish-language radio station in the New York market.

- WLEY-FM -- CHICAGO. When we acquired WLEY-FM (formerly WYSY-FM) in March of 1997, the station had net broadcasting revenues of $5.0 million for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1996. Following our acquisition of WLEY-FM, we hired new management, changed the station's format to Regional Mexican. For the nine-month period ended June 27, 1999, WLEY-FM generated net broadcasting revenues of $7.4 million and according to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey was the number one ranked Spanish-language radio station in Chicago.

- KLEY-FM -- SAN ANTONIO. When we acquired KLEY-FM in May of 1998, the station had net broadcasting revenues of $1.2 million for the 12-month period ended February 28, 1998, and was the number four ranked Spanish-language radio station in San Antonio. Following our acquisition of KLEY-FM, we hired new management, changed the station's format to Tejano-Regional Mexican. For the nine-month period ended June 27, 1999, KLEY-FM generated net broadcasting revenues of $1.3 million and according to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey was the number three ranked Spanish-language radio station in San Antonio.

INTERNET STRATEGY

Our Internet strategy is designed to complement our existing business and to enable us to capitalize on our U.S. Hispanic market expertise. The core of our strategy is LaMusica.com, an Internet Web site and on-line community focused on the U.S. Hispanic market. This Web site offers all of our radio stations' broadcasts through the use of audio streaming technology and will provide our advertisers with a complementary means of reaching their target audience.

PENDING TRANSACTIONS

On September 22, 1999, we entered into an agreement to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of nine subsidiaries of Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles. The companies we have agreed to purchase own and operate eight radio stations in Puerto Rico:

41

WIOA-FM, WIOB-FM, WIOC-FM, WCOM-FM, WZMT-FM, WZNT-FM, WOYE-FM, and WCTA-FM. The purchase price we have agreed to pay for these companies is $90.0 million. In connection with this acquisition, we have made an initial nonrefundable deposit of $10.0 million. The definitive agreement contains customary representations and warranties, and the closing of our acquisition of these companies is subject to the satisfaction of certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approval from the FCC. We expect to finance the purchase of these companies from a combination of bank borrowings and cash on hand. Prior to the closing of these acquisitions, (but following the expiration of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), we intend to operate these stations under a local marketing agreement pursuant to which we will pay a monthly fee in exchange for the exclusive right to program and sell commercial announcements for each of the stations. We expect to close our acquisition of these companies by the end of December 1999. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to complete our acquisition of the companies during the expected time frame or at all. The results of operations of these companies have not been included in our pro forma financial statements.

We have entered into a memorandum of understanding with Mr. Alarcon, Sr., our Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors for the sale by us of the assets and liabilities of radio station WVMQ-FM operating in Key West, Florida and radio station WZMQ-FM operating in Key Largo, Florida. The sale price to be paid by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. for these stations is $700,000. The definitive agreement will contain customary representations, warranties and indemnities, and the closing of the sale of these stations will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including approval from the FCC, the completion of this offering and the receipt by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. of all payments due to him as a selling stockholder in this offering. We cannot assure you that the sale of these stations will occur during the expected time frame or at all.

TOP 10 HISPANIC RADIO MARKETS IN THE UNITED STATES

The shaded areas in the table below indicate markets where we currently own and operate radio stations in the United States. Population estimates are for 1998 and are based upon statistics provided by the U.S. Bureau of the Census and the Strategy Research Corporation -- 1998 U.S. Hispanic Market Report.

                                     HISPANIC     % HISPANIC OF      % OF TOTAL
                                    POPULATION   TOTAL POPULATION   U.S. HISPANIC
RANK            MARKET                (000)       IN THE MARKET      POPULATION
----  ---------------------------   ----------   ----------------   -------------
  1.  Los Angeles                     6,325.9          38.7%            18.4%
  2.  Puerto Rico                     3,811.7          99.6             11.1
  3.  New York                        3,645.1          18.1             10.6
  4.  Miami                           1,422.6          38.1              4.1
  5.  San Francisco/San Jose          1,243.0          18.4              3.6
  6.  Chicago                         1,198.3          12.7              3.5
  7.  Houston                         1,141.0          24.2              3.3
  8.  San Antonio                     1,064.7          51.6              3.1
  9.  McAllen/Brownsville (Texas)       823.7          89.5              2.4
 10.  Dallas/Ft. Worth                  786.9          14.9              2.3
                                     --------                           ----
      TOP 10 HISPANIC MARKETS        21,462.9          29.3%            62.4%
                                     ========                           ====

42

PROGRAMMING

We format the programming of each of our stations to capture a substantial share of the U.S. Hispanic audience. The U.S. Hispanic population is diverse, consisting of numerous identifiable groups from many different countries of origin, each with its own musical and cultural heritage. The music, culture, customs and Spanish dialects vary from one radio market to another. We strive to be very familiar with the musical tastes and preferences of each of the various ethnic Hispanic groups and customize our programming to match the local preferences of our target demographic audience in each market we serve. We have an in-house research department in Miami of 16 employees who conduct extensive radio market research on a daily, weekly, monthly and annual basis. By employing listener study groups and telephone surveys modeled after Arbitron(C) written survey methodology, but with even larger sample sizes than Arbitron(C), we are able to assess listener preferences, track trends and gauge our success on a daily basis, well before Arbitron(C) results are published. In this manner, we can respond immediately to changing listener preferences and trends by refining our programming to reflect the results of our research and testing. Each of our programming formats is described below.

- Spanish Tropical. The Spanish Tropical format primarily consists of salsa, merengue, and cumbia music. Salsa is dance music combining Latin Caribbean rhythms with jazz originating from Puerto Rico, Cuba and the Dominican Republic, which is popular with Hispanics living in New York and Miami. Merengue music is up-tempo dance music originating from the Dominican Republic. Cumbia is a festive, folkloric music which originated in Colombia.

- Regional Mexican. The Regional Mexican format consists of various types of music played in different regions of Mexico such as ranchera, nortena, banda and cumbia. Ranchera music, originating from Jalisco, Mexico, is a traditional folkloric sound commonly referred to as mariachi music. Mariachi music features acoustical instruments and is considered the music indigenous to Mexicans who live in country towns. Nortena means northern, and is representative of Northern Mexico. Featuring an accordion, nortena has a polka sound with a distinct Mexican flavor. Banda is a regional format from the state of Sinaloa, Mexico and is popular in California. Banda resembles up-tempo marching band music with synthesizers.

- Tejano. The Tejano format consists of music based on Mexican themes but which originated in Texas. Tejano music is a combination of contemporary rock, ranchera and country music, the lyrics of which are primarily sung in Spanish.

- Spanish Adult Contemporary. The Spanish Adult Contemporary format includes pop, Latin rock, and ballads. This format is similar to English Adult Contemporary featured on contemporary hit radio stations.

- Spanish Adult Top 40. The Spanish Adult Top 40 format consists of a variety of Latin hit songs from the 1980's and 1990's.

- Spanish Oldies. The Spanish Oldies format includes a variety of Latin music mainly from the 1950's, 1960's and 1970's.

- Dance. The Dance format consists of upbeat dance and house rhythms, mainly from the 1980's and 1990's, that are played in dance clubs, and it includes English-language music.

43

The programming formats of our radio stations and the target demographic of each station are as follows:

                                                           TARGET
                                                         DEMOGRAPHIC
      CITY        STATION             FORMAT              (BY AGE)
      ----        -------   --------------------------   -----------
New York          WSKQ-FM   Spanish Tropical                25-54
                  WPAT-FM   Spanish Adult Contemporary      25-54

Los Angeles       KLAX-FM   Regional Mexican                18-34

Puerto Rico       WCMA-FM   Spanish Adult Top 40            18-34
                  WMEG-FM   Dance                           18-34
                  WEGM-FM   Dance                           18-34

Miami             WRMA-FM   Spanish Adult Contemporary      25-49
                  WXDJ-FM   Spanish Tropical                18-34
                  WCMQ-FM   Spanish Oldies                  35-54

Chicago           WLEY-FM   Regional Mexican                18-34

San Antonio       KLEY-FM   Tejano-Regional Mexican         18-34

RADIO STATION PORTFOLIO

The following is a general description of each of our markets and our radio stations within each of these markets. Audience share and audience share rank data for the New York, Los Angeles, Miami, Chicago and San Antonio markets are from the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey based on surveys reported four times a year. Audience share and audience share rank data for the Puerto Rico market are from the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, based on surveys reported twice a year. Estimated revenue share information for our Chicago market is derived from Hungerford data, and for all other markets, revenue share information is derived from BIA Research and Miller Kaplan data. Revenue rank and revenue share information are reported cumulatively for each calendar quarter and, therefore, include the period from January 1 through the date indicated.

NEW YORK

The New York market is the second largest radio market in terms of advertising revenues which are projected to be $688.1 million in 1999. In 1998, the New York market had the third largest U.S. Hispanic population, with approximately 3.6 million Hispanics, which is approximately 18.1% of the New York market's total population. We believe that we own the strongest franchise in terms of audience share and number of Spanish-language radio stations in the New York market, with two of the three FM Spanish-language radio stations. New York experienced annual radio revenue growth of 10.3% between 1992 and 1998, and radio revenue in New York is expected to continue growing at an annual rate of 9.7% between 1999 and 2002.

                                                                                               SUMMER
                                                       SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998    1998
                      WSKQ-FM                          -----------   -----------   ---------   ------
Audience share (12-plus).............................      4.8           4.5          5.2       6.0
Audience share rank (12-plus)........................        3             3            3         1
Audience share (25-54)...............................      5.9           5.6          6.2       7.2
Audience share rank (25-54)..........................        1             2            2         1

                                                           YTD           YTD          YTD        YTD
                                                         6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98    9/30/98
                                                       -----------   -----------   ---------   -------
Estimated revenue share..............................      5.2           4.7          4.8        4.6
Revenue rank.........................................        8            10           11         11

44

                                                                                               SUMMER
                                                       SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998    1998
                      WPAT-FM                          -----------   -----------   ---------   ------
Audience share (12-plus).............................      3.2           2.9          3.0       3.2
Audience share rank (12-plus)........................       11            13           12        12
Audience share (25-54)...............................      3.6           3.3          3.6       4.0
Audience share rank (25-54)..........................       11            12            9         7

                                                           YTD           YTD          YTD        YTD
                                                         6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98    9/30/98
                                                       -----------   -----------   ---------   -------
Estimated revenue share..............................      2.1           1.9          2.0        1.9
Revenue rank.........................................       21            20           19         19

- WSKQ-FM. In January 1989, we acquired WSKQ-FM for $52.5 million. WSKQ-FM was the first Spanish-language FM station to serve the New York market, making its debut in 1989. In 1993, after extensive research, we changed the station's format to Spanish Tropical. This format is a mix of salsa and merengue rhythms. The Spanish Tropical format has proven to be very successful and according to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WSKQ-FM is New York's number one ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number three ranked station overall. WSKQ-FM is ranked number one in its targeted audience, the 25-54 age demographic, with a 5.9 share.

- WPAT-FM. In March 1996, we purchased WPAT-FM for $86.4 million, including closing costs of $1.8 million, because we believed that the New York Spanish-language radio market was underserved. Consequently, we reformatted WPAT-FM with a Spanish Adult Contemporary format designed to complement WSKQ-FM's upbeat salsa and merengue format. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WPAT-FM is New York's number two ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number eleven ranked station overall. WPAT-FM is ranked number eleven in its targeted audience, the 25-54 age demographic, with a 3.6 share.

LOS ANGELES

The Los Angeles market is the largest radio market in terms of advertising revenues which are projected to be $726.5 million in 1999. In 1998, the Los Angeles market had the largest U.S. Hispanic population, with approximately 6.3 million Hispanics, which is approximately 38.7% of the Los Angeles market's total population. Los Angeles experienced annual radio revenue growth of 7.5% between 1992 and 1998, and radio revenue in Los Angeles is expected to continue growing at an annual rate of 10.3% between 1999 and 2002.

                                                                                              SUMMER
                                                    SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998      1998
                    KLAX-FM                         -----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
Audience share (12-plus)..........................      3.0           3.3          4.1          3.2
Audience share rank (12-plus).....................        9             9            3           11
Audience share (18-34)............................      4.6           5.0          6.3          5.1
Audience share rank (18-34).......................        8             8            4            6

                                                        YTD           YTD          YTD          YTD
                                                      6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98      9/30/98
                                                    -----------   -----------   ---------   -----------
Estimated revenue share...........................      2.7           2.4          2.4          2.3
Revenue rank......................................       19            18           20           19

- KLAX-FM. In February 1988, we acquired KLAX-FM for $15.0 million. The station features a Regional Mexican format. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, KLAX-FM is Los Angeles' number three ranked Spanish-language radio station and the

45

number nine ranked station overall. KLAX-FM is ranked number eight in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 4.6 share.

PUERTO RICO

The Puerto Rico market is the twenty-eighth largest radio market in terms of advertising revenues which are projected to be $90.0 million in 1999. In 1998, the Puerto Rico market had the second largest U.S. Hispanic population, with approximately 3.8 million Hispanics, which is approximately 99.6% of the Puerto Rico market's total population. Puerto Rico experienced annual radio revenue growth of 5.4% between 1992 and 1998, and radio revenue in Puerto Rico is expected to continue growing at an annual rate of 5.7% between 1999 and 2002. We have not included results for Fall 1998 because we did not own the Puerto Rico stations during that rating period. Additionally, estimated revenue share and revenue rank data are not yet available.

                                                               SPRING 1999
WCMA-FM                                                        -----------
  Audience share (12-plus)..................................       2.3
  Audience share rank (12-plus).............................        11
  Audience share (18-34)....................................       3.0
  Audience share rank (18-34)...............................        12
                                                               YTD 6/30/99
                                                                   ---
  Estimated revenue share...................................       N/A
  Revenue rank..............................................       N/A
WMEG-FM                                                        SPRING 1999
                                                                   ---
  Audience share (12-plus)..................................       3.8
  Audience share rank (12-plus).............................         7
  Audience share (18-34)....................................       7.4
  Audience share rank (18-34)...............................         2
                                                               YTD 6/30/99
                                                                   ---
  Estimated revenue share...................................       N/A
  Revenue rank..............................................       N/A
WEGM-FM                                                        SPRING 1999
                                                                   ---
  Audience share (12-plus)..................................       0.6
  Audience share rank (12-plus).............................        38
  Audience share (18-34)....................................       1.2
  Audience share rank (18-34)...............................        25
                                                               YTD 6/30/99
                                                                   ---
  Estimated revenue share...................................       N/A
  Revenue rank..............................................       N/A

- WCMA-FM. In December 1998, we acquired WCMA-FM (formerly WDOY-FM) for $8.3 million. WCMA-FM's format is Spanish Adult Top 40. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WCMA-FM is Puerto Rico's number eleven ranked radio station. WCMA-FM is ranked number twelve in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 3.0 share.

- WMEG-FM. In April 1999, we acquired WMEG-FM and WEGM-FM for $16.1 million. The format of WMEG-FM is Dance. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WMEG-FM is Puerto Rico's number seven ranked radio station. WMEG-FM is ranked number two in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 7.4 share.

46

- WEGM-FM. The format of WEGM-FM, which is simulcast with WMEG-FM, is Dance. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WEGM-FM is Puerto Rico's number thirty-eight ranked radio station. WEGM-FM is ranked number twenty-five in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 1.2 share.

We have entered into an agreement to purchase nine companies owned by Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles. The companies we have agreed to purchase own and operate eight radio stations in Puerto Rico: WIOA-FM, WIOB-FM, WIOC-FM, WCOM-FM, WZMT-FM, WZNT-FM, WOYE-FM and WCTA-FM. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to complete our acquisition of the companies during the expected time frame or at all.

MIAMI

The Miami market is the twelfth largest radio market in terms of advertising revenues which are projected to be $233.0 million in 1999. In 1998, the Miami market had the fourth largest U.S. Hispanic population, with approximately 1.4 million Hispanics, which is approximately 38.1% of the Miami market's total population. Miami experienced annual radio revenue growth of 12.1% between 1992 and 1998, and radio revenue in Miami is expected to continue growing at an annual rate of 9.0% between 1999 and 2002.

                                                                                               SUMMER
                                                      SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998     1998
                     WCMQ-FM                          -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Audience share (12-plus)............................      2.4           3.1          2.8         2.7
Audience share rank (12-plus).......................       18            13           18          17
Audience share (35-54)..............................      4.1           4.2          4.4         3.4
Audience share rank (35-54).........................       10             8            6          12

                                                          YTD           YTD          YTD         YTD
                                                        6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98     9/30/98
                                                      -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Estimated revenue share.............................      2.4           2.4          2.1         2.1
Revenue rank........................................       17            17           19          20

                                                                                               SUMMER
                                                      SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998     1998
                     WRMA-FM                          -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Audience share (12-plus)............................      3.1           2.9          3.3         3.3
Audience share rank (12-plus).......................       13            18           10          12
Audience share (25-49)..............................      3.0           3.5          3.4         3.7
Audience share rank (25-49).........................       14            14           14          11

                                                          YTD           YTD          YTD         YTD
                                                        6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98     9/30/98
                                                      -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Estimated revenue share.............................      3.8           3.7          4.1        14.7
Revenue rank........................................       15            15           14           3

                                                                                                 SUMMER
                                                         SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998    1998
WXDJ-FM                                                  -----------   -----------   ---------   ------
  Audience share (12-plus).............................      3.9           3.4          3.1       2.9
  Audience share rank (12-plus)........................        8            10           12        14
  Audience share (18-34)...............................      5.0           4.4          3.1       3.4
  Audience share rank (18-34)..........................        7             8           10        11

                                                           YTD           YTD          YTD        YTD
                                                         6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98    9/30/98
                                                         -------       -------     --------    -------
Estimated revenue share..............................      5.5           5.0          5.5       20.0
Revenue rank.........................................        7            11            8          2

47

- WCMQ-FM. In November 1986, we acquired WCMQ-FM (and WCMQ-AM) for $15.0 million. In 1997, we sold WCMQ-AM for $8.0 million. In October 1996, to complement WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM, we reformatted WCMQ-FM by implementing a Spanish Oldies format. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WCMQ-FM is Miami's number five ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number eighteen ranked station overall. WCMQ-FM is ranked number ten in its targeted audience, the 35-54 age demographic, with a 4.1 share.

- WRMA-FM. In March 1997, we purchased WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM for $112.2 million, including closing costs of $1.1 million. A Spanish Adult Contemporary station, WRMA-FM features a blend of ballads and pop songs from the 1970's to the present. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WRMA-FM is Miami's number four ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number thirteen ranked station overall. WRMA-FM is ranked number fourteen in its targeted audience, the 25-49 age demographic, with a 3.0 share.

- WXDJ-FM. By blending salsa and merengue, this station's Spanish Tropical format targets the emerging musical tastes of the rapidly changing Miami Hispanic population. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WXDJ-FM is Miami's number three ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number eight ranked station overall. WXDJ-FM is ranked number seven in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 5.0 share.

CHICAGO

The Chicago market is the third largest radio market in terms of advertising revenues which are projected to be $471.0 million in 1999. In 1998, the Chicago market had the sixth largest U.S. Hispanic population, with approximately 1.2 million Hispanics, which is approximately 12.7% of the Chicago market's total population. We believe that we own the strongest franchise in the Chicago market with the number one ranked FM Spanish-language radio station. Chicago experienced annual radio revenue growth of 8.7% between 1992 and 1998, and radio revenue in Chicago is expected to continue growing at an annual rate of 9.0% between 1999 and 2002.

                                                                                               SUMMER
                                                      SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998     1998
                     WLEY-FM                          -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Audience share (12-plus)............................      2.4           2.6          2.3         1.9
Audience share rank (12-plus).......................       18            15           18          21
Audience share (18-34)..............................      4.2           4.4          4.1         3.3
Audience share rank (18-34).........................        7             6            7          10

                                                          YTD           YTD          YTD         YTD
                                                        6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98     9/30/98
                                                      -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Estimated revenue share.............................      2.6           2.3          2.5         2.5
Revenue rank........................................       18            20           20          19

- WLEY-FM. In March 1997, we acquired WLEY-FM (formerly WYSY-FM) for $33.0 million because we believed that the Chicago Spanish-language radio market was underserved and offered significant opportunities for growth. In July 1997, after extensive research, we changed WLEY-FM's format from 70's rock to a Regional Mexican format. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, WLEY-FM is Chicago's number one ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number eighteen ranked station overall.

48

WLEY-FM is ranked number seven in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 4.2 share.

SAN ANTONIO

The San Antonio market is the thirty-second largest radio market in terms of advertising revenues which are projected to be $78.4 million in 1999. In 1998, San Antonio had the eighth largest U.S. Hispanic population, with approximately 1.1 million Hispanics, which is approximately 51.6% of the San Antonio market's total population. San Antonio experienced annual radio revenue growth of 8.8% between 1992 and 1998, and radio revenue in San Antonio is expected to continue growing at an annual rate of 7.7% between 1999 and 2002.

                                                                                               SUMMER
                                                      SPRING 1999   WINTER 1999   FALL 1998     1998
                     KLEY-FM                          -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Audience share (12-plus)............................      2.5           3.5          3.2         1.9
Audience share rank (12-plus).......................       15            13           12          16
Audience share (18-34)..............................      4.0           4.4          3.3         1.8
Audience share rank (18-34).........................        8             8            9          12

                                                          YTD           YTD          YTD         YTD
                                                        6/30/99       3/31/99     12/31/98     9/30/98
                                                      -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
Estimated revenue share.............................      2.7           2.1          1.5         1.4
Revenue rank........................................       14            14           16          16

- KLEY-FM. In May 1998, we acquired KLEY-FM (formerly KRIO-FM) for $9.3 million. At the time, KLEY-FM was programmed as a strictly Tejano station. In July 1998, we expanded the format to Regional Mexican and Tejano. According to the Spring 1999 Arbitron(C) Survey, KLEY-FM is San Antonio's number three ranked Spanish-language radio station and the number fifteen ranked station overall. KLEY-FM is ranked number eight in its targeted audience, the 18-34 age demographic, with a 4.0 share.

LATIN MUSIC ON-LINE ("LAMUSICA.COM")

LaMusica.com is a bilingual Spanish-English Internet Web site and on-line community that focuses on the U.S. Hispanic market. LaMusica.com is a provider of original information and interactive content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. We believe that LaMusica.com, together with our radio station portfolio, enables our audience to enjoy additional targeted and culturally-specific entertainment options, such as concert listings, CD reviews, local entertainment calendars, and interactive content on popular Latin recording artists and musicians. Similarly, LaMusica.com enables our advertisers to cost-effectively reach their targeted Hispanic consumer through an additional, dynamic and rapidly growing medium.

LaMusica.com has links to the Web sites for all of our radio stations. This network of Web sites, among other things, permit our target audiences to listen to streaming audio of live radio broadcasts from each of our radio stations from anywhere in the United States and the world. In addition to our network of station Web sites and our production of original interactive content relating to Latin music and entertainment, we plan to offer enhanced community features on LaMusica.com such as branded e-mail, bulletin boards, fan clubs, chat rooms, personals and horoscopes.

We anticipate LaMusica.com will generate revenues primarily from two distinct sources: (1) advertising and sponsorship and (2) electronic commerce opportunities, such as on-line

49

music sales. We will use our stations' on-air marketing power to draw visitors to LaMusica.com. We are currently initiating a nationwide advertising campaign on our radio stations in order to increase audience awareness of LaMusica.com. We will also utilize our strong relationships with advertisers and the music industry to develop banner advertising and sponsorships. With respect to electronic commerce, we are developing a business model to sell music directly to consumers on our Web sites, as music represents the most frequently purchased item on-line. We plan to utilize the services of a leading music order fulfillment company in order to facilitate our on-line music sales. As music technology and industry standards evolve, we will explore additional opportunities for the sale of music on-line, including downloads of digital music and the sale of customized compact discs. We also plan to sell t-shirts, posters and other Latin music-related merchandise.

In addition to the rapidly growing U.S. Hispanic population, we believe that LaMusica.com will benefit from the following:

- the percentage of Hispanics in the United States (excluding Puerto Rico) accessing the Internet either at home or at work is currently estimated at 36%, a percentage which we believe will increase substantially over the next few years;

- the percentage of Hispanic households in the United States (excluding Puerto Rico) that own a computer is estimated at 26%;

- $571.0 million was spent on Latin music CDs, cassettes and music videos in the United States (excluding Puerto Rico) during 1998, an increase in dollar terms of 16.0% from 1997, representing the fastest growing segment of the music industry;

- approximately two-thirds of respondents in Arbitron(C) surveys expressed interest in purchasing music from Web sites maintained by radio stations; and

- we believe that the U.S. Hispanic market is currently underserved by the Internet and that there are a limited number of on-line businesses targeting the U.S. Hispanic consumer.

We plan to use our knowledge of our Internet user base to help advertisers create more effective on-line advertising campaigns. In addition, we intend to use advertising techniques and tracking technologies to:

- target advertising to users with specific demographic profiles;

- gather extensive data on our users; and

- use daily tracking data to analyze a particular campaign's effectiveness.

Our management team has been developing LaMusica.com for the past four years and has extensive technological knowledge and experience in the development and creation of original content. LaMusica.com has been recognized for its excellence in Latin music content on the Internet and received a "Top 5%" award from Lycos(R), has been named a "Top Latino" Web site by Tesoros del Web, received a "Best of the Web" award from Home PC and is a snap.com editor's choice for Latin music on-line.

MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL

As of September 24, 1999, we had 398 full-time employees, 11 of whom were primarily involved in senior management, 158 in programming, 134 in sales, 83 in general administration and 12 in technical activities.

50

To facilitate efficient management from our Miami, Florida headquarters, we access and utilize computerized accounting systems from our properties to provide current information to management on station operations and to assist in cost control and the preparation of monthly financial statements. Corporate executives regularly visit each station to monitor its operations and ensure that our policies are properly followed.

SEASONALITY

Seasonal net broadcasting revenue fluctuations are common in the radio broadcasting industry and are due primarily to fluctuations in advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. Our second fiscal quarter (January through March) generally produces the lowest net broadcasting revenue for the year because of normal post-holiday decreases in advertising expenditures.

ADVERTISING

Virtually all radio station revenue is derived from advertising. This revenue is usually classified in one of two categories -- "national" or "local." "National" refers to advertising that is solicited by a national representative firm that represents the station and is paid commissions based on collected net revenues. Our national sales representative is Caballero Spanish Media, LLC, a division of Interep National Radio Sales, Inc. "Local" refers to advertising purchased by advertisers in the local community served by a particular station.

We believe that radio is one of the most efficient and cost-effective means for advertisers to reach targeted demographic groups. Advertising rates charged by a radio station are based primarily on the station's ability to attract listeners in a given market and on the attractiveness to advertisers of the station's listener demographics. Rates vary depending upon a program's popularity among the listeners an advertiser is seeking to attract, the number of advertisers vying for available air time and the availability of alternative media in the market. Radio advertising rates generally are highest during the morning and afternoon drive-time hours which are the peak hours for radio audience listening. We believe that having multiple stations in a market is desirable to national advertisers enabling the broadcaster to command higher advertising rates. We believe we will be able to increase our rates as new and existing advertisers recognize the increasing desirability of targeting the growing Hispanic population in the United States.

Each station broadcasts a predetermined number of advertisements each hour with the actual number depending upon the format of a particular station. We determine the number of advertisements broadcast hourly that can maximize the station's available revenue dollars without jeopardizing its audience listener levels. While there may be shifts from time to time in the number of advertisements broadcast during a particular time of the day, the total number of advertisements broadcast on a particular station generally does not vary significantly from year to year.

Our revenue mix between local and national advertising varies significantly by market. We strive to increase the level of national advertising since national advertising generally commands a higher dollar rate per advertising spot than does local advertising. Currently, approximately 73% of our advertising is local and 27% is national.

Although the majority of our advertising contracts are short-term (generally running for less than three months), we have long-term relationships with some of our advertisers. In each of our broadcasting markets, we employ salespeople to obtain local advertising revenues. We believe that our local sales force is crucial to maintaining relationships with key local advertisers and

51

agencies and identifying new advertisers. We generally pay sales commissions to our local sales staff upon the receipt from advertisers of the payments related to these sales. We offer assistance to local advertisers by providing them with studio facilities to produce 60-second commercials free of charge.

COMPETITION

The success of each of our stations depends significantly upon its audience ratings and its share of the overall advertising revenue within its market. The radio broadcasting industry is a highly competitive business. Each of our radio stations competes with both Spanish-language and English-language radio stations in its market as well as with other advertising media such as newspapers, broadcast television, cable television, the Internet, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising and direct mail marketing. Several of the stations with which we compete are subsidiaries of large national or regional companies that have substantially greater resources than we do. Factors which are material to competitive position include management experience, the station's rank in its market, signal strength and frequency, and audience demographics, including the nature of the Spanish market targeted by a particular station.

Although the radio broadcasting industry is highly competitive, some barriers to entry exist. These barriers can be mitigated to some extent by changing existing radio station formats and upgrading power, among other actions. The operation of a radio station requires a license or other authorization from the FCC, and the number of radio stations that can operate in a given market is limited by the availability of FM and AM radio frequencies allotted by the FCC to communities in that market. In addition, the FCC's multiple ownership rules regulate the number of stations that may be owned and controlled by a single entity in a given market. However, in recent years, these rules have changed significantly. For a discussion of FCC regulation, see "Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting."

The radio industry is also subject to competition from new media technologies that are being developed or introduced, such as the delivery of audio programming by cable television systems, by satellite and by terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting (known as "DAB"). DAB may deliver to nationwide and regional audiences, multi-channel, multi-format, digital radio services with sound quality equivalent to that of compact discs. The FCC has recently authorized spectrum for the use of a new technology, satellite digital audio radio services (known as "SDARS"), to deliver audio programming. SDARS may provide a medium for the delivery by satellite of multiple new audio programming formats to local and national audiences. It is not known at this time whether digital technology also may be used in the future by existing radio broadcast stations either on existing or alternate broadcasting frequencies. There are also proposals before the FCC to permit a new "low power" radio or "microbroadcasting" service which could open up opportunities for low cost neighborhood service on frequencies which would not interfere with existing stations. No FCC action has been taken on these proposals to date.

The delivery of information through the presently unregulated Internet also could create a new form of competition. The radio broadcasting industry historically has grown despite the introduction of new technologies for the delivery of entertainment and information, such as television broadcasting, cable television, audio tapes and compact discs. A growing population and the greater availability of radios, particularly car and portable radios, have contributed to this growth. We cannot assure you, however, that the development or introduction in the future of any new media technology will not have an adverse effect on the radio broadcasting industry.

52

We cannot predict what other matters might be considered in the future by the FCC, nor can we assess in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or changes might have on our business. See "Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting."

ANTITRUST

An important part of our growth strategy is the acquisition of additional radio stations. After the passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the Justice Department has become more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations and radio station networks. The Justice Department is particularly aggressive when the proposed buyer already owns one or more radio stations in the market of the station it is seeking to buy. Recently, the Justice Department has challenged a number of radio broadcasting transactions. Some of those challenges ultimately resulted in consent decrees requiring, among other things, divestitures of certain stations. In general, the Justice Department has more closely scrutinized radio broadcasting acquisitions that result in local market shares in excess of 40% of radio advertising revenue. Similarly, the FCC staff has announced new procedures to review proposed radio broadcasting transactions even if the proposed acquisition otherwise complies with the FCC's ownership limitations. In particular, the FCC may invite public comment on proposed ratio transactions that the FCC believes, based on its initial analysis, may present ownership concentration concerns in a particular local radio market.

FEDERAL REGULATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing regulation by the FCC of programming, technical operations, employment and other business practices. The FCC regulates radio broadcast stations pursuant to the Communications Act. The Communications Act permits the operation of radio broadcast stations only in accordance with a license issued by the FCC upon a finding that the grant of a license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. The Communications Act provides for the FCC to exercise its licensing authority to provide a fair, efficient and equitable distribution of broadcast service throughout the United States. Among other things, the FCC:

- assigns frequency bands for radio broadcasting;

- determines the particular frequencies, locations and operating power of radio broadcast stations;

- issues, renews, revokes and modifies radio broadcast station licenses;

- establishes technical requirements for certain transmitting equipment used by radio broadcast stations;

- adopts and implements regulations and policies that directly or indirectly affect the ownership, operation, program content and employment and business practices of radio broadcast stations; and

- has the power to impose penalties, including monetary forfeitures, for violations of its rules and the Communications Act.

The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of an FCC license, or other transfer of control of an FCC licensee, without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to approve assignments or transfers, and in determining whether to grant or renew a radio broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the licensee (and any proposed

53

licensee), including restrictions on foreign ownership, compliance with FCC media ownership limits and other FCC rules, licensee character and compliance with the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988.

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and specific FCC rules and policies. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to the text of the Communications Act, the FCC's rules and regulations, and the rulings of the FCC. You should refer to the Communications Act and these FCC rules and rulings for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of radio broadcast stations.

A licensee's failure to observe the requirements of the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies may result in the imposition of various sanctions, including admonishment, fines, the grant of renewal terms of less than eight years, the grant of a license with conditions or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of an FCC license or the denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties.

Congress and the FCC have had under consideration, and may in the future consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation, ownership and profitability of SBS's radio stations, result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenue for our radio broadcast stations or affect our ability to acquire additional radio broadcast stations or finance these acquisitions. Such matters may include:

- changes to the license authorization and renewal process;

- proposals to impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC licensees;

- auction of new broadcast licenses;

- changes to the FCC's equal employment opportunity regulations and other matters relating to involvement of minorities and women in the broadcasting industry;

- proposals to change rules relating to political broadcasting including proposals to grant free air time to candidates, and other changes regarding program content;

- proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of beer, wine and other alcoholic beverages;

- technical and frequency allocation matters, including creation of a new low power radio broadcast service;

- the implementation of digital audio broadcasting on both a satellite and terrestrial basis;

- changes in broadcast cross-interest, multiple ownership, foreign ownership, cross-ownership and ownership attribution policies;

- proposals to allow telephone companies to deliver audio and video programming to homes in their service areas; and

- proposals to alter provisions of the tax laws affecting broadcast operations and acquisitions.

We cannot predict what changes, if any, might be adopted, nor can we predict what other matters might be considered in the future, nor can we judge in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of any particular proposals or changes might have on our business.

54

FCC LICENSES

The Communications Act provides that a broadcast station license may be granted to any applicant if the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served thereby, subject to certain limitations. In making licensing determinations, the FCC considers an applicant's legal, technical, financial and other qualifications. The FCC grants radio broadcast station licenses for specific periods of time and, upon application, may renew them for additional terms. Under the Communications Act, radio broadcast station licenses may be granted for a maximum term of eight years.

Generally, the FCC renews radio broadcast licenses without a hearing upon a finding that:

- the radio station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;

- there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations; and

- there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations which, taken together, indicate a pattern of abuse.

After considering these factors, the FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a term less than the maximum term otherwise permitted by law, or hold an evidentiary hearing.

In addition, the Communications Act authorizes the filing of petitions to deny a license renewal application during specific periods of time after a renewal application has been filed. Interested parties, including members of the public, may use these petitions to raise issues concerning a renewal applicant's qualifications. If a substantial and material question of fact concerning a renewal application is raised by the FCC or other interested parties, or if for any reason the FCC cannot determine that granting a renewal application would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity, the FCC will hold an evidentiary hearing on the application. If as a result of an evidentiary hearing the FCC determines that the licensee has failed to meet the requirements specified above and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition of a lesser sanction, then the FCC may deny a license renewal application. Historically, our licenses have been renewed without any conditions or sanctions being imposed, but we cannot assure you that the licenses of each of our stations will continue to be renewed or will continue to be renewed without conditions or sanctions.

The FCC classifies each AM and FM radio station. An AM radio station operates on either a clear channel, regional channel or local channel. A clear channel is one on which AM radio stations are assigned to serve wide areas, particularly at night.

The minimum and maximum facilities requirements for an FM radio station are determined by its class. Possible FM class designations depend upon the geographic zone in which the transmitter of the FM radio station is located. In general, commercial FM radio stations are classified as follows, in order of increasing power and antenna height: Class A, B1, C3, B, C2, C1 or C radio stations. The FCC recently has proposed to divide Class C stations into two subclasses based on antenna height. Stations not meeting the minimum height requirement within a three-year transition period would be downgraded automatically to the new Class C0 category.

Ownership Matters. The Communications Act requires prior approval of the FCC for the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a corporation or other entity

55

holding a license. In determining whether to approve an assignment of a radio broadcast license or a transfer of control of a broadcast licensee, the FCC considers, among other things:

- the financial and legal qualifications of the prospective assignee or transferee, including compliance with FCC restrictions on non-U.S. citizen or entity ownership and control;

- compliance with FCC rules limiting the common ownership of attributable interests in broadcast and newspaper properties;

- the history of compliance with FCC operating rules; and

- the character qualifications of the transferee or assignee and the individuals or entities holding attributable interests in them.

Applications to the FCC for assignments and transfers are subject to petitions in favor of denying the assignment and transfer by interested parties.

To obtain the FCC's prior consent to assign or transfer a broadcast license, appropriate applications must be filed with the FCC. The application must be placed on public notice for a period of 30 days during which petitions to deny the application may be filed by interested parties, including members of the public. Informal objections may be filed any time up until the FCC acts upon the application. If the FCC grants an assignment or transfer application, interested parties have 30 days from public notice of the grant to seek reconsideration of that grant. The FCC usually has an additional ten days to set aside such grant on its own motion. When ruling on an assignment or transfer application, the FCC is prohibited from considering whether the public interest might be served by an assignment or transfer to any party other than the assignee or transferee specified in the application.

Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license may not be granted to or held by any corporation that has more than 20% of its capital stock owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or entities or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations. Furthermore, the Communications Act provides that no FCC broadcast license may be granted to or held by any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than 25% of its capital stock is owned of record or voted by non-U.S. citizens or entities or their representatives, or foreign governments or their representatives or by non-U.S. corporations, if the FCC finds the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. These restrictions apply in modified form to other forms of business organizations, including partnerships and limited liability companies. Thus, the licenses for our stations could be revoked if more than 25% of our outstanding capital stock is issued to or for the benefit of non-U.S. citizens.

The FCC generally applies its other broadcast ownership limits to "attributable" interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other association or entity, including limited liability companies. In the case of a corporation holding broadcast licenses, the interests of officers, directors and those who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote five percent or more of the stock of a licensee corporation are generally deemed attributable interests, as are positions as an officer or director of a corporate parent of a broadcasting licensee. The FCC treats all partnership interests as attributable, except for those limited partnership interests that under FCC policies are considered insulated from material involvement in the management or operation of the media-related activities of the partnership. The FCC currently treats limited liability companies like limited partnerships for purposes of attribution. Stock interests held by insurance companies, mutual funds, bank trust departments and certain other passive investors

56

that hold stock for investment purposes only become attributable with the ownership of ten percent or more of the voting stock of the corporation holding broadcast licenses.

To assess whether a voting stock interest in a direct or an indirect parent corporation of a broadcast licensee is attributable, the FCC uses a "multiplier" analysis in which non-controlling voting stock interests are deemed proportionally reduced at each non-controlling link in a multi-corporation ownership chain. A time brokerage agreement with another radio station in the same market creates an attributable interest in the brokered radio station as well for purposes of the FCC's local radio station ownership rules, if the agreement affects more than 15% of the brokered radio station's weekly broadcast hours.

Debt instruments, non-voting stock, options and warrants for voting stock that have not yet been exercised, insulated limited partnership interests where the limited partner is not materially involved in the media-related activities of the partnership, and minority voting stock interests in corporations where there is a single holder of more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock whose vote is sufficient to affirmatively direct the affairs of the corporation, generally do not subject their holders to attribution. However, the FCC's rules also specify other exceptions to these general principles for attribution. The FCC is currently evaluating whether to:

- raise the benchmark for voting stock from five to ten percent;

- raise the benchmark for passive investors holding voting stock from ten to twenty percent;

- continue the single 50% stockholder exception; and/or

- attribute non-voting stock or perhaps only when combined with other rights such as voting shares or contractual relationships.

More recently, the FCC has solicited comment on proposed rules that would:

- treat an otherwise non-attributable ownership equity or debt interest in a licensee as an attributable interest where the interest holder is a program supplier or the owner of a broadcast station in the same market and the equity and/or debt holding is greater than a specified benchmark; and

- in some circumstances, treat the licensee of a broadcast station that sells advertising time of another station in the same market pursuant to a joint sales agreement as having an attributable interest in the station whose advertising is being sold.

Communications Act and FCC rules generally restrict ownership, operation or control of, or the common holding of attributable interests in:

- radio broadcast stations above certain limits servicing the same local market;

- a radio broadcast station and a television broadcast station servicing the same local market; and

- a radio broadcast station and a daily newspaper serving the same local market.

These rules include specific signal contour overlap standards to determine compliance, and the FCC defined market will not necessarily be the same market used by Arbitron(C) or other surveys, or for purposes of the HSR Act. Under these "cross-ownership" rules, we, absent waivers, would not be permitted to own a radio broadcast station and acquire an attributable interest in any daily newspaper or television broadcast station, other than a low-powered television station, in the same market where we then owned any radio broadcast station. Our stockholders, officers or

57

directors, absent a waiver, may not hold an attributable interest in a daily newspaper or television broadcast station in those same markets.

The FCC is currently reviewing the ban on common ownership of a radio station and a daily newspaper in the same market. The FCC's rules provide for the liberal grant of a waiver of the rule prohibiting common ownership of radio and television stations in the same geographic market in the top 25 television markets if specific conditions are satisfied, and the FCC will consider waivers in other markets under more restrictive standards. The FCC is reviewing its ban on the common ownership of a radio station and a television station or newspaper including extending the policy of liberal waivers of common ownership of radio and television stations to the top 50 television markets.

Although current FCC nationwide radio broadcast ownership rules allow one entity to own, control or hold attributable interests in an unlimited number of FM radio stations and AM radio stations nationwide, the Communications Act and the FCC's rules limit the number of radio broadcast stations in local markets in which a single entity may own an attributable interest as follows:

- In a radio market with 45 or more commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to eight commercial radio stations, not more than five of which are in the same service (AM or FM).

- In a radio market with between 30 and 44 (inclusive) commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to seven commercial radio stations, not more than four of which are in the same service (AM or FM).

- In a radio market with between 15 and 29 (inclusive) commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to six commercial radio stations, not more than four of which are in the same service (AM or FM).

- In a radio market with 14 or fewer commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to five commercial radio stations, not more than three of which are in the same service (AM or FM), except that a party may not own, operate, or control more than 50 percent of the radio stations in such market.

Because of these multiple and cross-ownership rules, if a stockholder, officer or director of SBS holds an attributable interest in SBS, such stockholder, officer or director may violate the FCC's rules if such person or entity also holds or acquires an attributable interest in other television, radio stations or daily newspapers, depending on their number and location. If an attributable stockholder, officer or director of SBS violates any of these ownership rules, we may be unable to obtain from the FCC one or more authorizations needed to conduct our radio station business and may be unable to obtain FCC consents for future acquisitions. As long as one person or entity holds more than 50% of the voting power of the common stock of SBS where the vote of such person or entity is sufficient to affirmatively direct the affairs of SBS, another stockholder, unless serving as an officer and/or director, generally would not hold an attributable interest in SBS. However, as described above, the FCC is currently evaluating whether to continue the exception for a single majority stockholder of more than 50% of a licensee's voting stock. As of June 27, 1999, Raul Alarcon, Jr. held more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock.

Under its cross-interest policy, the FCC considers meaningful relationships among competing media outlets that serve substantially the same area, even if the ownership rules do not specifically prohibit the relationship. Under this policy, the FCC may consider whether to

58

prohibit one party from holding an attributable interest and a substantial non-attributable interest (including non-voting stock, limited partnership and limited liability company interests) in a media outlet in the same market, or from entering into a joint venture or having common key employees with competitors. The cross-interest policy does not necessarily prohibit all of these interests, but requires that the FCC consider whether, in a particular market, the meaningful relationships between competitors could have a significant adverse effect upon economic competition and program diversity. In a rule making proceeding concerning the attribution rules, the FCC has sought comment on, among other things, (1) whether the cross-interest policy should be applied only in smaller markets, and (2) whether non-equity financial relationships, such as debt, when combined with multiple business relationships, such as local marketing agreements or joint sales arrangements, raise concerns under the cross-interest policy.

Programming and Operations. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the public interest. A broadcast licensee is required to present programming in response to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating its responsiveness. The FCC will consider complaints from listeners about a broadcast station's programming when it evaluates the licensee's renewal application, but listeners' complaints also may be filed and considered at any time. Stations also must pay regulatory and application fees, and follow various FCC rules that regulate, among other things, political advertising, the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming, sponsorship identification, the broadcast of contests and lotteries and technical operation.

The FCC requires that licensees not discriminate in hiring practices, develop and implement programs designed to promote equal employment opportunities and submit reports to the FCC on these matters annually and in connection with each license renewal application.

The FCC rules also prohibit a broadcast licensee from simulcasting more than 25% of its programming on another radio station in the same broadcast service (that is, AM/AM or FM/FM). The simulcasting restriction applies if the licensee owns both radio broadcast stations or owns one and programs the other through a local marketing agreement, provided that the contours of the radio stations overlap in a certain manner.

Local Marketing Agreements. Often radio stations enter into LMAs or time brokerage agreements. These agreements take various forms. Separately owned and licensed radio stations may agree to function cooperatively in programming, advertising sales and other matters, subject to compliance with the antitrust laws and the FCC's rules and policies, including the requirement that the licensee of each radio station maintain independent control over the programming and other operations of its own radio station.

Joint Sales Agreements. Over the past few years, a number of radio stations have entered into cooperative arrangements commonly known as joint sales agreements or JSAs. The FCC has determined that issues of joint advertising sales should be left to enforcement by antitrust authorities, and therefore does not generally regulate joint sales practices between stations. Currently, stations for which another licensee sells time under a JSA are not deemed by the FCC to be an attributable interest of that licensee. However, in connection with its ongoing rulemaking proceedings concerning the attribution rules, the FCC is considering whether JSAs should be considered attributable interests or within the scope of the FCC's cross-interest policy, particularly when JSAs contain provisions for the supply of programming services and/or other elements typically associated with local marketing agreements.

RF Radiation. In 1985, the FCC adopted rules based on a 1982 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard regarding human exposure to levels of radio frequency

59

(RF) radiation. These rules require applicants for renewal of broadcast licenses or modification of existing licenses to inform the FCC at the time of filing such applications whether an existing broadcast facility would expose people to RF radiation in excess of certain limits. In 1992, ANSI adopted a new standard for RF exposure that, in some respects, was more restrictive in the amount of environmental RF exposure permitted. The FCC has since adopted more restrictive radiation limits which became effective October 15, 1997, and which are based in part on the revised ANSI standard.

Digital Audio Radio Service. The FCC has allocated spectrum to a new technology, digital audio radio service (DARS), to deliver satellite-based audio programming to a national or regional audience and issued regulations for a DARS service in early 1997. The nationwide reach of satellite DARS could allow niche programming aimed at diverse communities that SBS is targeting. Two companies that hold licenses for authority to offer multiple channels of digital, satellite-delivered S-Band aural services could compete with conventional terrestrial radio broadcasting. The licensees will be permitted to sell advertising and lease channels in these media. The FCC's rules require that these licensees launch and begin operating at least one space station by 2001 and be fully operational by 2003.

Low Power Radio Broadcast Service. The FCC recently adopted a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking public comment on a proposal to establish two classes of a low power radio service both of which would operate in the existing FM radio band: a primary class with a maximum operating power of 1 kW and a secondary class with a maximum power of 100 watts. These proposed low power radio stations would have limited service areas of 8.8 miles and 3.5 miles, respectively. Implementation of a low power radio service or microbroadcasting would provide an additional audio programming service that could compete with SBS's radio stations for listeners, but we cannot predict the effect upon SBS.

PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters is located in Miami, Florida. The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, broadcasting studios and antenna towers where broadcasting transmitters and antenna equipment are located. We own the building housing the office and studios in New York for WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM, and in Los Angeles for KLAX-FM. Additionally, we still own a building in Los Angeles that we previously used as the office for our Los Angeles operations. We own the auxiliary transmitter site for KLAX-FM in Long Beach, California and lease our other transmitter sites, with lease terms that expire between 1999 and 2035, assuming all renewal options are exercised. The studios and offices of our Miami and South Florida stations are currently located in leased facilities with lease terms that respectively expire in 2000 and 2012. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." We lease the office and studio facilities for our stations in Chicago, San Antonio and Puerto Rico.

The transmitter sites for our stations are material to our overall operations. Management believes that our properties are in good condition and are suitable for our operations; however, we continually seek opportunities to upgrade our properties. We own substantially all of the equipment used in our radio broadcasting business.

60

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time we are involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of our business, such as contract matters and employee-related matters. We are not currently a party to litigation which, in the opinion of management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

We assigned the lease of the transmitter for WXLX-AM in Lyndhurst, New Jersey, to the purchaser of the station. The transmitter is located on a former landfill which ceased operations in the late 1960's. Although WXLX-AM has been sold, we retain potential exposure relating to possible environmental liabilities relating to the transmitter site. Because the lessee of the property is under a long-term lease, we may become liable for costs associated with remediation of the site. We are unable to assess the likelihood that any claim for remediation of this site will arise and no amounts have been accrued in the consolidated financial statements relating to this contingent liability.

On September 28, 1999, we received notice from the purchaser of KXMG-AM that it would make a claim against us for indemnification under the asset purchase agreement, pursuant to which it purchased the station, for the removal of an underground fuel storage tank. The notice did not specify the amount of the indemnification claim. We do not have sufficient information to assess the potential exposure and no amounts have been accrued in the consolidated financial statements relating to this contingent liability.

61

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the directors, executive officers and certain key employees of SBS upon completion of this offering. Each of our directors serves until his successor is elected and qualifies.

NAME                                   AGE      POSITION WITH SBS UPON COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING
----                                   ---      --------------------------------------------------
Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr...............  73    Chairman Emeritus and Director
Raul Alarcon, Jr.....................  43    Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive
                                             Officer and President
Jose Grimalt.........................  70    Secretary Emeritus and Director
Joseph A. Garcia.....................  53    Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and
                                             Secretary
Luis Diaz-Albertini..................  47    Vice President/Group Sales
Jesus Salas..........................  23    Vice President of Programming
Roman Martinez IV....................  51    Director Nominee
Jason L. Shrinsky....................  62    Director Nominee

PABLO RAUL ALARCON, SR. has been Chairman of the Board of Directors since March 1983. Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Alarcon, Sr. will become Chairman Emeritus and will continue to be a member of our board of directors. He also serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of SBS-NJ, and those of SBS's other subsidiaries that own and operate SBS's radio stations. Mr. Alarcon, Sr. has been involved in Spanish-language radio broadcasting for much of his life. He started his broadcasting career in Cuba in the early 1950's when he established a radio station chain in Camaguey, Cuba. Upon his arrival in the United States, Mr. Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr. continued his career in radio broadcasting and was an on-air personality in a New York radio station before being promoted to programming director. Mr. Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr. subsequently owned and operated a recording studio and an advertising agency. In 1983, he purchased our first radio station. Mr. Alarcon, Sr. is Raul Alarcon, Jr.'s father.

RAUL ALARCON, JR. has been Chief Executive Officer since June 1994 and President and a director since October 1985. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will become Chairman of the Board of Directors and will continue as our Chief Executive Officer and President. He also serves as the President and a Director of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a New Jersey corporation that is wholly-owned by SBS, and President or Vice President of those of SBS's other subsidiaries that own and operate our radio stations. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. joined SBS-NJ as a sales manager in 1983 and became a director and the Chief Executive Officer and President of SBS-NJ in 1986. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. is responsible for our long-range strategic planning and was instrumental in the acquisition and financing of each of our radio stations. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. is the son of Mr. Alarcon, Sr. and the son-in-law of Mr. Grimalt.

JOSE GRIMALT has been Secretary and a member of our board of directors since June 1994. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Grimalt will become Secretary Emeritus and will continue to be a member of our board of directors. From 1969 to 1986, Mr. Grimalt owned and operated Spanish-language station WLVH-FM in Hartford, Connecticut. In 1984, Mr. Grimalt became a stockholder and the President of SBS's California subsidiary which operated KXMG-AM in Los Angeles. Mr. Grimalt is Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s father-in-law.

JOSEPH A. GARCIA has been Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary since June 1994. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Garcia will become Secretary and will continue to be our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice-President. He was

62

appointed Executive Vice President in March 1996. He joined SBS-NJ in 1984 and since then has served as the Chief Financial Officer of SBS-NJ and those of SBS's subsidiaries that own and operate SBS's radio stations. Before joining SBS-NJ, Mr. Garcia spent thirteen years in financial positions with Philip Morris and Revlon, where he was Manager of Financial Planning for Revlon-Latin America.

JESUS SALAS has been the Vice President of Programming since April 1998. He joined SBS in March 1997 as the Programming Director for the Miami stations. Prior to joining SBS he worked for New Age Broadcasting, Inc., where he began his career in November 1993 as a disc jockey and was eventually promoted to programming director.

LUIS DIAZ-ALBERTINI has been the Vice President of Sales since September 1998. He began his employment with SBS as the General Manager of WLEY-FM in Chicago in March 1997. Prior to joining SBS, Mr. Diaz-Albertini's experience included being VP/General Manager of the four stations located in Miami for Hispanic Broadcasting Corporation (formerly Heftel Broadcasting Corporation). Mr. Diaz-Albertini has worked in the broadcasting industry for 26 years.

ROMAN MARTINEZ IV has been nominated to become a director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Martinez is a Managing Director for the investment banking firm of Lehman Brothers Inc. where he has held his title since 1978. Mr. Martinez has been an investment banker advising corporations on financings, mergers and acquisitions and related financial matters since 1971. Mr. Martinez sits on the Board of Governors of New York Presbyterian Healthcare System, Inc. and on the Board of Directors of the International Rescue Committee. Lehman Brothers Inc. has been engaged by us as financial advisor, lead underwriter for this offering and the concurrent offering of our senior subordinated notes due 2009, Dealer-Manager for the tender offers and consent solicitations relating to our 11% and 12 1/2% notes, and sole lead arranger and book running manager with respect to the senior credit facilities. An affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., will act as administrative agent in connection with the senior credit facilities.

JASON L. SHRINSKY has been nominated to become a director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Shrinsky is a partner of the law firm of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP, where he has been a partner since January 1, 1986. Mr. Shrinsky has been a lawyer counseling corporations and high net worth individuals on financings, mergers and acquisitions, other related financial transactions and regulatory procedures since 1964. Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP has served as counsel to us for more than 15 years, including in connection with this offering, the concurrent senior subordinated notes offering, the tender offers for our 11% and 12 1/2% notes and the pending purchase of the eight radio stations in Puerto Rico. The fees paid by us to Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP do not exceed five percent of such law firm's consolidated gross revenues for its last full fiscal year.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors intends to establish an Audit Committee whose members will be our two independent director nominees, Roman Martinez IV and Jason L. Shrinsky.

The board of directors also maintains a Compensation Committee, whose members will consist of Mr. Alarcon, Jr. and the independent director nominees. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. is our Chief Executive Officer and President. The Compensation Committee has not met in fiscal year 1999. Compensation for our executive officers for fiscal 1999 was determined by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

63

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid for services rendered to SBS and its subsidiaries in all capacities during the fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996 by our Chief Executive Officer and President and our next four highest paid executive officers at September 27, 1998, whose annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000. When reading this table you should note that we intend to enter into new employment agreements with Messrs. Alarcon, Jr., Garcia and Diaz-Albertini which will become effective upon completion of this offering and will provide for the payment of salaries and bonuses that may differ from those set forth below. For a description of these agreements see "Employment Agreements and Arrangements." Effective upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt will be retiring as salaried executives of SBS but will remain as members of our board of directors.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                                                 OTHER ANNUAL
NAME                                PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR       SALARY        BONUS     COMPENSATION
----                           -----------------------------  ----     ----------     --------   ------------
Raul Alarcon, Jr.............  Chief Executive Officer and    1998     $1,633,743(1)  $215,000     $63,624(2)
                               President                      1997      1,361,647           --      86,774(2)
                                                              1996        746,584      237,000     $78,036(2)
Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr.......  Chairman of the Board of       1998        492,577(4)    25,000      50,745(2)
                               Directors                      1997        474,000      200,000       (3)
                                                              1996        464,000      112,000      (3)
Jose Grimalt.................  Secretary and Director         1998        250,000(4)    25,000      (3)
                                                              1997        310,184           --      (3)
                                                              1996        250,000       12,000      (3)
Joseph A. Garcia.............  Executive Vice President and   1998        266,346       27,500      (3)
                               Chief Financial Officer        1997        244,671       53,000      (3)
                                                              1996        214,659        5,000      (3)
Luis Diaz-Albertini..........  Vice President/Group Sales     1998        200,000       25,000      (3)
                                                              1997         69,231           --      (3)


(1) Excludes amounts paid by us in connection with our lease of an apartment in Manhattan owned by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. which is used primarily by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. while on SBS business in New York. Excludes the payment of a dividend to our stockholders, of which Mr. Alarcon, Jr. received $3.1 million. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Excludes relocation expenses made in connection with relocation of our headquarters. Based on preliminary financial data, for the fiscal year ended 1999, it is anticipated that Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s salary and bonus pursuant to his existing employment agreement will total approximately $3.7 million.

(2) Messrs. Alarcon, Jr. and Alarcon, Sr. receive personal benefits in addition to their salaries and bonuses, including use of automobiles. We paid $23,400 in each of 1998, 1997, and 1996 for an automobile used primarily by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. We paid $30,170, $54,253 and $54,636 in each of 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, for use of a limousine (including driver's salary) used primarily by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. We paid $39,569 in 1998 for an automobile (including driver's salary) used primarily by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. Based on preliminary financial data, for fiscal year ended 1999, Mr. Alarcon, Jr., received personal benefits estimated at $121,200, including the use of automobiles and an apartment in Key Biscayne, Florida. We intend to terminate the lease for his apartment in Key Biscayne after completion of construction of his new home.

(3) Excludes perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or property which aggregate the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total of annual salary and bonus.

(4) Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt have agreed with us that effective upon completion of this offering, they will no longer be entitled to receive any compensation from us other than

64

reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses as members of the board of directors. Upon completion of this offering we intend to also provide Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt with the use of automobiles and, in the case of Mr. Alarcon, Sr., a driver. We have also entered into a memorandum of understanding to purchase annuities for the retirement of Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt. See "Employment Agreements and Arrangements."

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Directors who are officers or former officers do not receive any additional compensation for serving on our board of directors. All directors are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their service as directors. All of our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive options under our stock plans as described below. Upon election to the board of directors following completion of this offering, we intend to grant to Messrs. Roman Martinez IV and Jason L. Shrinsky options for 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock exercisable at the public offering price, of which 10,000 shall vest immediately. See "Stock Plans -- Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan."

Arnold Scheiffer, who served as a director from 1996 until August 1999, will receive a cash payment of $250,000 and options to purchase 250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock exercisable at the offering price (which vest upon completion of this offering), for his services as a director. The cash payment and grant of options are expected to be made upon the completion of this offering.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS

Raul Alarcon, Jr.

We intend to enter into an amended and restated employment agreement with Raul Alarcon, Jr. pursuant to which Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will serve as our Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President. This new agreement would become effective upon the completion of this offering, expire December 31, 2004 and renew for successive one-year periods after December 31, 2004, unless notice of termination is delivered by either party 90 days prior to the termination date. The agreement will provide for a base salary of not less than $1.0 million for each year of the employment term, which may be increased by the board of directors. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will be paid an annual cash performance bonus determined by the board of directors based on annual same station broadcast cash flow growth. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will receive options to purchase 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock each year of employment with the initial grant to be made on the pricing date of this offering (which vest upon completion of this offering) at an exercise price equal to the offering price, and thereafter on each anniversary of the effective date of the agreement at an exercise price equal to the then fair market value of our Class A Common Stock. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will also be entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans and to receive other non-salary benefits, such as health insurance, life insurance, reimbursement for business related expenses, reimbursement for country club dues and reimbursement for personal tax and accounting expenses. The agreement will provide that Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s employment may be terminated at the election of the board of directors upon his disability or for cause (as defined in the agreement). Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will be entitled to the use of one automobile and driver at our expense.

Joseph A. Garcia and Luis Diaz-Albertini

We intend to enter into an employment agreement with each of Joseph A. Garcia and Luis Diaz-Albertini pursuant to which Mr. Garcia will serve as our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary and Mr. Diaz-Albertini will serve as our Vice President/Group Sales. These employment agreements would become effective upon completion of this offering,

65

terminate on September 30, 2002 and automatically renew for successive one-year periods after September 30, 2002, unless notice of termination is delivered by either party within 90 days prior to the termination date or any succeeding September 30. Mr. Garcia and Mr. Diaz-Albertini will receive an annual base salary of $300,000 and $225,000, respectively, which may be increased by the board of directors. In addition, Mr. Garcia shall be entitled to receive (i) an annual cash bonus to be determined by the board of directors based on performance and (ii) options to purchase 250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock for past performance to be granted on the pricing date of this offering, with 50,000 shares to vest upon completion of this offering and 200,000 shares to vest ratably over a four-year period. Mr. Diaz-Albertini shall receive (i) an annual cash bonus to be determined by the board of directors based on performance and (ii) options to purchase 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock for past performance to be granted on the pricing date of this offering, with 10,000 shares to vest upon completion of this offering, and 40,000 shares to vest ratably over a four-year period. Messrs. Garcia and Diaz-Albertini will also receive standard employee benefits provided to all of our executives, such as health, life and long-term disability insurance and reimbursement for business related expenses.

Annuity

We have entered into a memorandum of understanding with Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt to purchase an annuity from The Canada Life Assurance Company as a retirement vehicle for the benefit of Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt. We will pay approximately $10.6 million for such annuity and Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt will receive annual payments of approximately $700,000 and $300,000, respectively.

STOCK PLANS

1999 Option Plan

We have adopted an option plan to incentivize our present and future executive, managerial and other employees through equity ownership. The option plan will provide for the granting of stock options to individuals selected by the compensation committee of the board of directors (or by the board if such committee is not appointed). An aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under this option plan. The option plan will allow us to tailor incentive compensation for the retention of personnel, to support corporate and business objectives, and to anticipate and respond to a changing business environment and competitive compensation practices.

The compensation committee, or such other committees as the board of directors shall determine, has discretion to select the participants, to determine the type, size and terms of each award, to modify the terms of awards, to determine when awards will be granted and paid, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or desirable in the interpretation and administration of the option plan. The option plan terminates ten years from the date that it was approved and adopted by the stockholders of SBS. Generally, a participant's rights and interest under the option plan are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Options, which include non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, are rights to purchase a specified number of shares of Class A Common Stock at a price fixed by the compensation committee. The option price may be less than, equal to or greater than the fair market value of the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock, but in no event will the exercise price of an incentive stock option be less than the fair market value on the date of grant.

Options will expire no later than ten years after the date on which they are granted (five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders). Options will become exercisable at such times and in such installments as the compensation committee or other

66

designated committee shall determine. Notwithstanding this, any nonexercisable options shall immediately vest and become exercisable upon a change in control of SBS. Upon termination of a participant's employment with SBS, options that are not exercisable will be forfeited immediately and options that are exercisable will remain exercisable for twelve months following any termination by reason of an optionholder's death, disability or retirement. If termination is for any other reason other than cause, exercisable options will remain exercisable for three months following such termination. Payment of the option price must be made in full at the time of exercise in such form (including, but not limited to, cash or common stock of SBS) as the compensation committee may determine.

In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, distribution of assets, or any other change in the corporate structure of shares of SBS, the compensation committee will have the discretion to make any adjustments it deems appropriate in the number and kind of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options and vesting of grants under the option plan and in the exercise price of outstanding options.

Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan

We have also adopted a separate option plan for our non-employee directors. The terms of the plan provide that the board of directors has the discretion to grant stock options to any non-employee director. An aggregate of 300,000 shares of Class A Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under this option plan. The plan is administered by the board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to grant each of Messrs. Shrinsky and Martinez an option under this plan to purchase 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock exercisable at the offering price. Of these 50,000 shares, 10,000 shall vest immediately and 10,000 shall vest each year over the next four years on the anniversary of the grant so long as they remain directors. Any non-exercisable options shall immediately vest and become exercisable upon a change in control of SBS. If their service as directors is terminated for any reason, all options held by non-employee directors which have not then vested shall terminate automatically.

401(k) Plan

We offer a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan (the "401(k) Plan") covering our employees. Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, an employee may elect to reduce his annual salary by 1%-15% not to exceed the statutorily prescribed annual limit which is $10,000 for 1999, and have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) Plan. We may, at our option and in our sole discretion, make matching and/or profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of all participants. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under
Section 401(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees or by us to the
401(k) Plan and income earned on plan contributions are not taxable to employees until distributed to them and contributions by us will be deductible by us when, and if, made. The trustees under the 401(k) Plan, at the direction of each participant, invest such participant's assets in the 401(k) Plan in selected investment options.

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' LIABILITY

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation has a provision which limits the liability of directors to us to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. The third amended and restated certificate of incorporation specifies that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This limitation does not apply to actions by a director or officer that do not meet the standards of conduct which

67

make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Company to indemnify such director or officer.

Our amended and restated by-laws provide for indemnification of directors and officers (and others) in the manner, under the circumstances and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. This generally authorizes indemnification as to all expenses incurred or imposed as a result of actions, suits or proceedings if the indemnified parties act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of SBS. Upon completion of this offering, it is intended that each director will enter into an indemnification agreement with us that provides for indemnification to the fullest extent provided by law. We believe that these provisions are necessary or useful to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

We have obtained insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers that provides for coverage of up to $100.0 million.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer as to which indemnification is being sought.

68

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information concerning the beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common Stock before and after giving effect to this offering, but without giving effect to the exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option, by:

- each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of common stock; and

- each director and each named executive officer.

All shares are owned with sole voting and investment power. Prior to completion of this offering, none of the principal stockholders will own any shares of Class A Common Stock.

                               CLASS B SHARES            CLASS B SHARES            CLASS A SHARES
                                PRIOR TO BOTH          UPON COMPLETION OF        UPON COMPLETION OF
                                OFFERINGS(2)            BOTH OFFERINGS(2)        BOTH OFFERINGS(2)
                           -----------------------   -----------------------   ----------------------   PERCENT OF
                                        PERCENT OF                PERCENT OF               PERCENT OF     TOTAL       PERCENT OF
                           NUMBER OF     CLASS B     NUMBER OF     CLASS B     NUMBER OF    CLASS A      ECONOMIC    TOTAL VOTING
NAME AND ADDRESS(1)          SHARES       SHARES       SHARES       SHARES      SHARES       SHARES      INTEREST       POWER
-------------------        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------   ------------
Pablo Raul Alarcon,
  Sr.....................   1,820,000       4.6%      1,070,000       3.1%           --          0%         1.9%          2.9%
Raul Alarcon, Jr.........  27,906,750      70.7%     26,156,750      75.6%      100,000(3)       *         46.0%         71.0%
Jose Grimalt.............     606,650       1.5%        481,650       1.4%           --          0%         0.8%          1.3%
Joseph A. Garcia.........       5,000         *           5,000         *        50,000(3)       *            *             *
Luis Diaz-Albertini......          --         0%             --         0%       10,000(3)       *            *             *
Roman Martinez IV........          --         0%             --         0%       10,000(3)       *            *             *
Jason Shrinsky...........          --         0%             --         0%       10,000(3)       *            *             *
All executive officers
  and directors as a
  group..................  30,338,400      76.8%     27,713,400      80.1%      180,000(3)       *         48.7%         75.2%


* Indicates less than 1%.

(1) The address of all directors and executive officers in this table, unless otherwise specified, is c/o Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., 3191 Coral Way, Miami, Florida 33145.

(2) As used in this table, "beneficial ownership" means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of a security, or the sole or shared power to dispose, or direct the disposition, of a security. A person is deemed as of any date to have beneficial ownership of any security that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person named above, any security that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of calculation is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(3) Indicates Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within sixty days of the completion of this offering and does not include shares issuable upon exercise of options that have not yet vested.

69

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth with respect to each of the selling stockholders (1) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by that selling stockholder prior to this offering, (2) the number of shares of Class A to be sold by that selling stockholder in this offering, (3) the amount of Class B Common Stock that selling stockholder will hold after completion of this offering, (4) the percentage of the outstanding Class B Common Stock that selling stockholder will hold after completion of the offering, and (5) the percentage of total voting power that selling stockholder will hold after completion of this offering, without giving effect to the exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. As of the date of this prospectus, the selling stockholders own shares of Class B Common Stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each selling stockholder will convert a number of shares of Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock being sold by such selling stockholder in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, the selling stockholders will only own shares of Class B Common Stock.

                                                                             NUMBER OF
                                             NUMBER OF       NUMBER OF       SHARES OF      PERCENTAGE
                                             SHARES OF       SHARES OF        CLASS B        OF TOTAL
                                              CLASS B         CLASS A      COMMON STOCK    COMMON STOCK    PERCENTAGE
                                           COMMON STOCK    COMMON STOCK     HELD AFTER      HELD AFTER      OF TOTAL
NAME OF SELLING                            HELD PRIOR TO   TO BE SOLD IN   COMPLETION OF   COMPLETION OF     VOTING
STOCKHOLDER                                THIS OFFERING   THIS OFFERING   THIS OFFERING   THIS OFFERING     POWER
---------------                            -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   ----------
Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr.(1)...............    1,820,000         750,000       1,070,000          1.9%           2.9%
Raul Alarcon, Jr.(2).....................   27,906,750       1,750,000      26,156,750         46.0%          71.0%
Jose Grimalt(3)..........................      606,650         125,000         481,650          0.8%           1.3%
The Brown & Williamson Master Retirement
  Trust(4)(5)(6).........................       32,400          19,450          12,950            *              *
Police Officers Pension System of the
  City of Houston(4)(5)(6)...............        2,100           1,250             850            *              *
Vulcan Materials(4)(5)(6)................          400             250             150            *              *
The Mainstay Funds, on Behalf of its High
  Yield Corporate Bond Fund
  Series(4)(5)(6)........................    2,655,750       1,593,450       1,062,300          1.9%             *
The Mainstay VP Series Fund, Inc., on
  Behalf of its High Yield Corporate Bond
  Portfolio(4)(5)(6).....................      179,900         107,950          71,950            *              *
Northstar High Total Return Fund(4)(7)...      250,000         250,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
Northstar Galaxy Trust High Yield Bond
  Portfolio(4)(7)........................        5,000           5,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
Prospect Street High Income Portfolio,
  Inc.(4)(8).............................       25,000          25,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
Vail(4)(9)(10)...........................       30,000          30,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
Omaha Public School Employees Retirement
  System(4)(9)(10).......................       30,000          30,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
City of New York Police Pension
  Fund(4)(9)(10).........................       30,000          30,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
City of New York
  Employees Retirement
  System(4)(9)(10).......................       30,000          30,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
CSAM Strategic Global Income
  Fund(4)(9)(10).........................       30,000          30,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
Credit Suisse Asset Management Income
  Fund(9)(10)............................       30,000          30,000              --          0.0%           0.0%
Davis Intermediate Investment Grade Bond
  Fund(11)...............................        5,050           5,050              --          0.0%           0.0%
Value Line Aggressive Income Trust(12)...       42,800          42,800              --          0.0%           0.0%


* Indicates less than 1%.

(1) Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr. is the Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors.

70

(2) Raul Alarcon, Jr. is Chairman of the Board of Directors and our Chief Executive Officer.

(3) Jose Grimalt is our Secretary Emeritus and a member of our board of directors.

(4) Indicates that such person is a former warrantholder and is a party to a registration rights agreement with us providing for registration and take-along rights. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights; -- Take-Along Rights."

(5) MacKay Shields Financial Corp. holds the power to vote, dispose of or direct the voting and disposition of such securities.

(6) The address of the selling stockholder is c/o MacKay Shields Financial Corp.; 9 West 57th Street; New York, New York 10019.

(7) The address of the selling stockholder is 300 First Stamford Place; Stamford, Connecticut 06902.

(8) The address of Prospect Street High Income Portfolio, Inc. is 60 State Street, Suite 3750; Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

(9) Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC holds the power to vote or direct the vote of such securities.

(10) The address of the selling stockholder is c/o Credit Suisse Asset Management; One Citicorp Center, 153 East 53rd Street; New York, New York 10022.

(11) The address of Davis Intermediate Investment Grade Bond Fund is 124 East Marcy Street; Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501.

(12) The address of Value Line Aggressive Income Trust is 220 East 42nd Street, 6th Floor; New York, New York 10017.

71

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

See "Committees of the Board of Directors."

We have a memorandum of understanding with Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt to purchase an annuity from The Canada Life Assurance Company as a retirement vehicle for the benefit of Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt. We will pay approximately $10.6 million for such annuity and Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Grimalt will receive annual payments of approximately $700,000 and $300,000, respectively.

We have entered into a memorandum of understanding with Mr. Alarcon, Sr., our Chairman Emeritus and a member of our board of directors, for the sale by us of the assets and liabilities of radio station WVMQ-FM operating in Key West, Florida and radio station WZMQ-FM operating in Key Largo, Florida. The sale price to be paid by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. for these stations is $700,000. The definitive agreement will contain customary representations and warranties, and the closing of the sale of these stations will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including approval of the FCC, the completion of this offering and the receipt by Mr. Alarcon, Sr. of his portion of the proceeds of this offering as a selling stockholder. We cannot assure you that the sale of these stations will occur during the expected time frame or at all.

We lease a two-bedroom furnished condominium apartment in midtown Manhattan from Mr. Alarcon, Jr. for a monthly rent of $9,000. The lease commenced in August 1987 and will expire in August 2007. During fiscal years 1999 and 1998, we renovated the apartment and incurred approximately $0.2 million in renovation expenses. Generally, the apartment is used by Mr. Alarcon, Jr. while on SBS business in New York. We believe that the lease for this apartment is at the market rate.

For the year ended September 27, 1998, SBS paid operating expenses aggregating $0.1 million for a boat owned by CMQ Radio, an entity owned equally by Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. The boat is used by SBS for business entertainment. For the year ended September 27, 1998, the amount paid by SBS for our use of the boat owned by CMQ Radio was comparable to amounts we would have paid had we leased the boat from an unaffiliated party. In connection with this offering, we will discontinue our arrangement with respect to this boat. We do not expect to make any further payments to CMQ Radio, Inc.

In connection with Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s relocation from the New York metropolitan area to the Miami metropolitan area, SBS advanced to Mr. Alarcon, Jr. an aggregate of $1.1 million to pay for various expenses. On July 16, 1997, Mr. Alarcon, Jr. executed a promissory note to SBS for the principal amount of $1.1 million to evidence these advances. The note was payable on demand and bore interest at a rate of 7% per annum. SBS declared and paid a dividend in 1998, and Mr. Alarcon, Jr. used his portion of the proceeds of the dividend to repay this promissory note in full.

Effective July 1993, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. executed promissory notes to SBS for the principal amounts of $0.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively. These promissory notes evidenced loans made by SBS to Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. over several prior years. The notes were to mature in 2001 and bore interest at the rate of 6% percent per annum until July 19, 1994 and after that at the lesser of 9% percent per annum or the prime rate charged by the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of the notes was payable annually. In December 1995, SBS exchanged these promissory notes for amended and restated notes in the principal amounts of $0.6 million and $1.9 million due from

72

Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr., respectively. The amended and restated notes bear interest at the rate of 6.36% per annum, and mature on December 30, 2025, and the interest is payable in 30 equal annual installments of $43,570 and $143,158, respectively, on December 30th of each year starting December 30, 1996. As of June 27, 1999, $0.6 million and $1.9 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $0.1 million and $0.4 million to date, was outstanding, respectively, on these promissory notes. In connection with this offering, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. have agreed to pay all remaining amounts outstanding under these notes using their portion of the proceeds they receive as selling stockholders in this offering.

In 1992, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. acquired a building in Coral Gables, Florida, for the purpose of housing the studios of WCMQ-AM and WCMQ-FM. In June 1992, SBS-Florida, a subsidiary of SBS, entered into a 20-year net lease with Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. for the Coral Gables building which provides for a base monthly rent of $9,000. Effective June 1, 1998, the lease on this building was assigned to SBS Realty Corp., a realty management company owned by Messrs. Alarcon, Sr. and Alarcon, Jr. This building currently houses the offices and studios of all of the Miami stations. The lease on the stations' previous studios expired in October 1993, was for less than half the space of the stations' present studios and had a monthly rental of approximately $7,500. Based upon our prior lease for studio space, we believe that the lease for the current studio is at market rates.

In 1992, Mr. Alarcon, Jr. organized Nuestra Telefonica, Inc., a New York corporation, to operate long distance telephone service in Spanish aimed at the Hispanic population in the markets served by our radio stations. In February 1993, Nuestra Telefonica entered into an access agreement with a common carrier and commenced operations. Nuestra Telefonica advertised its Spanish-language long distance telephone service on our radio stations in Los Angeles and New York and purchased this air time at standard station rates. Since early 1994, Nuestra Telefonica has not utilized any air time on our radio stations. As of September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998, Nuestra Telefonica owed SBS $0.4 million related to unpaid air time and $0.3 million related to certain expenses paid by SBS on Nuestra Telefonica's behalf. The amounts due are recorded on our books as a receivable and due from related party asset, respectively. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. has personally guaranteed the payment of $0.5 million of Nuestra Telefonica's obligations to SBS. Mr. Alarcon, Jr. is Nuestra Telefonica's Chairman and majority shareholder. Joseph A. Garcia is Nuestra Telefonica's President and a minority shareholder. Nuestra Telefonica is no longer an operating entity and, therefore, upon the completion of this offering we will forgive the loans and cancel the guarantees described above.

Mr. Grimalt's son is employed by SBS as an operations manager. He was paid $128,345 and a bonus of $5,000 for the fiscal year ended September 27, 1998. Mr. Alarcon, Jr.'s uncle is currently employed by us as an operations manager and his salary is $76,200.

73

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Set forth below is a summary of the material provisions of our capital stock as set forth in our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This summary does not purport to be complete. For a more detailed description, see our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, copies of which we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, and the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for authorized capital stock of 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. All of the shares of Class A Common Stock being issued pursuant to this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

We currently have outstanding 229,477 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, all of which will be redeemed with the proceeds from this offering.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK

General. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have identical rights except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer.

Voting Rights. Holders of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders, while holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any preferred stock. Except as otherwise provided by law or in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any outstanding preferred stock, amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. However, amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class A Common Stock so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class A Common Stock, voting as a separate class. Any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase the authorized shares of any class requires the approval only of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to the rights set forth in any series of preferred stock created as described below.

Dividends. Holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will share equally on a per share basis in any dividend declared by the board of directors, subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock may be paid only as follows: (1) shares of Class A Common Stock may be paid only to holders of Class A Common Stock, and shares of Class B Common Stock may be paid only to holders of Class B Common Stock; and (2) the number of shares so paid will be equal on a per share basis with respect to each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

74

We may not reclassify, subdivide or combine shares of either class of common stock without at the same time proportionally reclassifying, subdividing or combining shares of the other class.

Other Provisions. The holders of each class of common stock will share equally on a per share basis, upon liquidation or dissolution all of the assets available for distribution to common stockholders. The holders of common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to these shares.

Merger or Consolidation. In the event of a merger or consolidation, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to receive the same per share consideration, if any, except that if the consideration includes voting securities (or the right to acquire voting securities or securities exchangeable for, or convertible into, voting securities), we may (but are not required to) provide for the holders of Class B Common Stock to receive consideration entitling them to ten times the number of votes per share as the consideration being received by holders of the common stock.

Conversion of Class B Common Stock. Our Class B Common Stock will be convertible into Class A Common Stock on a share-for-share basis at the option of the holder at any time, or automatically upon transfer to a person or entity which is not a permitted transferee. In general, permitted transferees will include us, Messrs. Alarcon, Sr., Alarcon, Jr. and Grimalt, and any of their family members, estates, heirs, guardians, trusts, accounts and controlled entities.

Blank-check Preferred Stock. Our board of directors is empowered, without approval of the stockholders, to cause shares of preferred stock to be issued from time to time in one or more series, and the board of directors may fix the number of shares of each series and the designation, powers, privileges, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each series.

The specific matters that our board of directors may determine include the following:

- the designation of each series;

- the number of shares of each series;

- the rate of any dividends;

- whether any dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative;

- the terms of any redemption;

- the amount payable in the event of any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our company;

- rights and terms of any conversion or exchange;

- restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or any other series; and

- any voting rights.

Although no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding at the time of this offering (other than our 14 1/4% preferred stock which will be redeemed with the proceeds from this offering) and although we have no current plans to issue additional preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase shares of preferred stock, could be used to discourage an unsolicited acquisition proposal. For example, a business combination could be impeded by issuing a series of preferred stock containing class voting rights that would enable the holder or holders of this series to block the transaction. Alternatively, a business combination

75

could be facilitated by issuing a series of preferred stock having sufficient voting rights to provide a required percentage vote of the stockholders. In addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock. Although our board of directors is required to make any determination to issue any preferred stock based on its judgement as to the best interests of our stockholders, it could act in a manner that would discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a premium for their stock over prevailing market prices of the stock. Our board of directors does not at present intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of currently authorized stock, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, as authorized by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for any monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This limitation does not apply to actions by a director that do not meet the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Company to indemnify such director.

The inclusion of this provision in our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors, and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their duty of care, even though those actions, if successful, might otherwise have benefitted our company and our stockholders.

SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

We are a Delaware corporation and subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Generally, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the time a stockholder became an interested stockholder unless, as described below, certain conditions are satisfied. Thus, it may make acquisition of control of our company more difficult. The prohibitions in Section 203 of the DGCL do not apply if the following occur:

- prior to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

- upon the closing of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of our company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; and

- at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a "business combination" includes the following:

- any merger or consolidation of our company with the interested stockholder;

76

- any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition, except proportionately as a stockholder of our company, to or with the interested stockholder, of assets of our company having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of our company or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of our company;

- transactions resulting in the issuance or transfer by our company of our stock to the interested stockholder;

- transactions involving our company which have the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of our company which is owned by the interested stockholder; and

- transactions in which the interested stockholder received financial benefits provided by us.

Under Section 203 of the DGCL, an "interested stockholder" generally is one of the following:

- any person that owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of our company;

- any person that is an affiliate or associate of our company and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of our company at any time within the three-year period prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether that person is an interested stockholder; and

- the affiliates or associates of that person.

Because Mr. Alarcon, Jr. will own more than 15% of our voting stock both prior to and after the completion of this offering, Section 203 of the DGCL by its terms is currently not applicable to business combinations with Mr. Alarcon, Jr. even though Mr. Alarcon, Jr. owns 15% or more of our outstanding stock. However, if any other person acquires 15% or more of our outstanding stock following this offering, that person will be subject to the provisions of
Section 203 of the DGCL.

LISTING

Our shares of Class A Common Stock have been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SBSA," subject to official notice of issuance.

TRANSFER AGENT

Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is First Union National Bank.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1994 Warrants. We are a party to a Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement dated June 29, 1994 pursuant to which holders of at least 25% of the shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the 1994 warrants are entitled to require SBS to effect up to two registrations of their shares under the Securities Act. Upon receiving a demand for registration, we are required to prepare, file and cause to be effective within 180 days of the demand, a registration statement in respect of all of these shares of Class B Common Stock, provided that, in lieu of filing the registration statement, we may make an offer to repurchase all of these shares of Class B Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of common stock, without any discount for lack of liquidity, the amount

77

of common stock proposed to be sold or the fact the shares of common stock may represent a minority interest in a private company. The fair market value of these shares is to be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by SBS.

1997 Warrants. We are also a party to a Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement dated March 15, 1997, pursuant to which holders of at least 25% of the shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the 1997 warrants are entitled to require SBS to effect up to two registrations of their shares under the Securities Act. Upon receiving a demand for registration, we are required to prepare, file and cause to be effective within 180 days of the demand, a registration statement in respect of all of these shares of Class B Common Stock, provided that, in lieu of filing the registration statement we may make an offer to repurchase all these shares at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of Class B Common Stock, without any discount for lack of liquidity, the amount of Class B Common Stock proposed to be sold or the fact that the shares of Class B Common Stock may represent a minority interest in a private company. The fair market value of these shares is to be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by SBS.

Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the 1994 and the 1997 warrants also have the right to include the shares in any registration statement under the Securities Act filed by us for our own account or for the account of any of our securityholders for sale on the same terms and conditions. This right does not apply to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, a registration statement filed in connection with an offer of securities solely to existing securityholders, or a demand registration by other securityholders who have demand rights. If the holders exercise their right to be included in a registration statement, the number of shares requested to be included is subject to reduction to the extent that SBS is advised by the managing underwriter that the total number of shares proposed to be included would materially and adversely affect the success of the offering. Holders of 2,230,200 shares have elected to exercise their piggy-back registration rights and participate in the offering.

TAKE-ALONG RIGHTS

Pursuant to each of the Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreements described in the section above, the holders of the shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon exercise of either the 1994 warrants or 1997 warrants have certain "take-along" rights. These take-along rights require Messrs. Alarcon, Sr., Alarcon, Jr. and Grimalt and certain of their transferees to offer the holders of shares issued upon exercise of either the 1994 or 1997 warrants to participate on a pro rata basis in any transfer made by Messrs. Alarcon, Sr., Alarcon, Jr., Grimalt and certain of their transferees if such transfer is (1) of shares consisting of more than 15% of the shares of Class B Common Stock collectively owned by Messrs. Alarcon, Sr., Alarcon, Jr., Grimalt and certain of their transferees, (2) not being made as part of a bona fide public distribution pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, and (3) not a transfer among Messrs. Alarcon, Sr., Alarcon, Jr., Grimalt and certain of their transferees.

ALIEN OWNERSHIP

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation restricts the ownership and voting of our capital stock, including our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, in accordance with the Communications Act and the rules of the FCC to prohibit direct ownership of more than 25% of our outstanding capital stock (or beneficial ownership of more than 25% of our capital stock through others) by or for the account of aliens, foreign

78

governments, or non-U.S. corporations or corporations otherwise subject to control by those persons or entities. Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation also prohibits any transfer of our capital stock which would cause SBS to violate this prohibition. In addition, our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to adopt other provisions that it deems necessary to enforce these prohibitions. See "Business -- FCC Licenses -- Ownership Matters."

79

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

Concurrently with this offering of our Class A Common Stock, we are offering approximately $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of % senior subordinated notes due 2009 by means of a separate prospectus. Upon completion of this offering and the senior subordinated notes offering, we intend to enter into the senior credit facilities described below. The documentation relating to the facilities has not been completed. Accordingly, the description below is a preliminary description of the principal terms of the senior credit facilities and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the definitive documentation. Our senior subordinated notes offering is conditioned upon the completion of this offering.

SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES

We have entered into a commitment letter for the arrangement of financing in an amount of up to $200 million with Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent and Lehman Brothers Inc., as sole lead arranger and book running manager. This financing is expected to consist of senior credit facilities including: (1) a $50.0 million six-year revolving credit facility, maturing in 2005 and (2) a $150.0 million six-year delayed draw (15-months to draw) senior term loan facility, maturing in 2005. The senior credit facilities are conditioned upon, among other things, (1) the execution of definitive documentation on or before November 12, 1999 in form and substance satisfactory to the senior lenders, (2) the completion of this offering and the senior subordinated notes offering and (3) the redemption of our preferred stock. The senior credit facilities will be available to finance working capital, issue letters of credit, make permitted acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes. The senior credit facilities will contain customary covenants which, among other things will require us to maintain specified financial ratios such as debt to EBITDA, senior debt to EBITDA, minimum interest coverage, minimum fixed interest coverage and limits on capital expenditures. Subject to certain exceptions, we will be required to repay some or all of the amount outstanding under the senior credit facilities upon our issuance of debt or equity, asset sales and certain excess cash flow. The senior credit facilities will be (1) guaranteed by our subsidiaries (other than our foreign subsidiaries created or acquired after the date of the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes); (2) secured by all of our assets and all material assets of each guarantor (except to the extent prohibited by law, broadcast licenses); (3) secured by the stock of our domestic subsidiaries, including the stock of our broadcasting license subsidiaries; and (4) secured by the stock of our domestic subsidiaries, including the stock of our broadcasting license subsidiaries. In connection with the senior credit facilities, we intend to transfer our FCC broadcasting licenses to single-purpose subsidiaries which will be wholly-owned by our direct subsidiaries. The stock of these single-purpose subsidiaries will, to the extent permitted under applicable law, and in accordance with items (3) and (4) of the preceding sentence, secure our obligations under the senior credit facilities, but not under the notes.

__% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

The following summary of our % senior subordinated notes due 2009 does not purport to be complete and is subject to the terms of the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes.

The senior subordinated notes offering is conditioned upon the completion of this offering. See "Summary -- Concurrent Senior Subordinated Notes Offering and Financing Plan." The senior subordinated notes will be governed by an indenture to be entered into by us, the guarantors named in the indenture, which are certain of our subsidiaries, and The Bank of New York as trustee.

80

The senior subordinated notes will bear cash interest at a rate of % per annum on their principal amount of maturity. The senior subordinated notes will be general unsecured obligations, ranking pari passu in right of payment to all of our subordinated debt, but subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt, including the senior credit facilities. The senior subordinated notes will be unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior basis, as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally, by certain of our subsidiaries.

The senior subordinated notes are redeemable as follows: (1) before 2002, we may, subject to certain conditions, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated notes at a redemption price of % of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of an offering of our common equity, and (2) after , 2004, we may redeem all or a part of the senior subordinated notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture, expressed as percentages of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the senior subordinated notes to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period.

In the event of a change of control, as defined in the indenture, we were required to make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior subordinated notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes restricts, among other things, our incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and distributions, the creation of liens, asset sales, sale and leaseback transactions, transactions with affiliates, sales of capital stock of our subsidiaries and mergers and consolidations.

12 1/2% NOTES

The following summary of our 12 1/2% notes does not purport to be complete and is subject to the terms of the indenture governing the 12 1/2% notes. On September 30, 1999, we commenced (i) a tender offer to repurchase all of our 12 1/2% notes and (ii) a consent solicitation to approve the amendment of the indenture governing the 12 1/2% notes so as to amend most of the financial covenants contained in that indenture. We cannot assure you that any or all of the 12 1/2% notes will be tendered and the requisite consents will be achieved.

In June 1994, we issued approximately $107.1 million of 12 1/2% notes due 2002 ($93.9 million of which are outstanding as of June 27, 1999), under the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among SBS, the guarantors named in the indenture, which were the subsidiaries of SBS, and The Bank of New York, as successor to IBJ Whitehall Bank & Trust Company (formerly known as IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust Company), as trustee. The 12 1/2% notes bear cash interest at a rate of 12 1/2% per annum on their principal amount until maturity. The 12 1/2% notes are senior unsecured obligations of SBS. The 12 1/2% notes rank senior to all future subordinated indebtedness of SBS. The 12 1/2% notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior basis, as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally, by all of the active direct and indirect subsidiaries of SBS. The 12 1/2% notes are not redeemable. There are no mandatory redemption requirements with respect to the 12 1/2% notes.

In the event of a change of control of SBS, as defined in the indenture governing the 12 1/2% notes, we are required to make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding 12 1/2% notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 12 1/2% notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 12 1/2% notes indenture restricts, among other things, the incurrence of

81

additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and distributions, the creation of liens, the issuance of stock of subsidiaries, transactions with affiliates, the making of certain investments, asset sales, merger or consolidation of SBS and its subsidiaries or the transfer of their assets, subject to certain exceptions.

11% NOTES

The following summary of the 11% notes does not purport to be complete and is subject to the terms of the indenture governing the 11% notes. On September 30, 1999, we commenced (i) a tender offer to repurchase all of our 11% notes and
(ii) a consent solicitation to approve the amendment of the indenture governing the 11% notes so as to amend most of the financial covenants contained in that indenture. We cannot assure you that any or all of the 11% notes will be tendered and the requisite consents will be achieved.

In March 1997, we issued $75.0 million of 11% notes due 2004 under the Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997 among SBS, the guarantors named in the indenture, which were the subsidiaries of SBS, and The Bank of New York, as successor to IBJ Whitehall Bank & Trust Company (formerly known as IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust Company), as trustee. The 11% notes bear cash interest at a rate of 11% per annum on their principal amount until maturity. The 11% notes are senior unsecured obligations of SBS. The 11% notes rank senior to all future subordinated indebtedness of SBS. The 11% notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior basis, as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally, by all of the active direct and indirect subsidiaries of SBS. The 11% notes are redeemable at our option as follows: (1) any time on or after March 15, 2001 we may redeem the 11% notes at 105.50% of their principal amount; (2) from and after March 15, 2002 we may redeem the 11% notes at 102.75% of their principal amount; and (3) from and after March 15, 2003 we may redeem the 11% notes at 100% of their principal amount plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest. There are no mandatory redemption requirements with respect to the 11% notes.

In the event of a change of control, as defined in the indenture governing the 11% notes, we are required to make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding 11% notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 11% notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 11% notes indenture restricts, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and distributions, the creation of liens, the issuance of stock of subsidiaries, transactions with affiliates, the making of certain investments, asset sales, merger or consolidation of SBS and its subsidiaries or the transfer of their assets, subject to certain exceptions.

82

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock in the public market following the offering could adversely affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 22,355,200 shares of Class A Common Stock (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) and 34,593,350 shares of Class B Common Stock. The 22,355,200 shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market, unless the shares are held by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. For purposes of Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with, the issuer. The 34,593,350 shares of Class B Common Stock are "restricted securities" as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or upon the expiration of certain holding periods under Rule 144, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of the completion of the offering, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (a) 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock (approximately 569,486 shares immediately after the offering) or (b) the average weekly trading volume in the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed. In addition, a person who is not an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years is entitled to sell all those shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or public information requirements. To the extent that shares are acquired from one of our affiliates in a privately negotiated transaction, the holding period under Rule 144 of the person acquiring the shares being sold by our affiliate commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Messrs. Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr., Raul Alarcon, Jr., Jose Grimalt and Joseph
A. Garcia who hold an aggregate of 27,758,400 shares of Class B Common Stock have agreed not to offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock during the 180-day period following the date of the prospectus without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. As a result of these restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 of 144(k), shares subject to these "lock-up" agreements will not be salable until the agreement expires.

Following the offering, holders of 6,884,950 shares of our outstanding Class B Common Stock will have demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to their shares of Class B Common Stock to require us to register their shares of Class B Common Stock under the Securities Act, and rights to participate in any future registration of securities by us. If those holders, by exercising their registration rights, cause a large number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be registered and sold in the public market, these shares could have an adverse effect on the market price for the Class A Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights."

We intend to file a registration statement covering the sale of 3,550,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 Stock Plan, the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, and the grant of options to Arnold Scheiffer. See "Management -- Stock

83

Plans." Such registration statement is expected to be filed as soon as practicable after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon the filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the public market unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions and subject to limitations on resale by "affiliates" pursuant to Rule 144. It is anticipated that approximately 430,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding options will become eligible for sale in the public market without restrictions 180 days after the date of this prospectus upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, pursuant to registration under such registration statement and subject to volume limitations and other restrictions under Rule 144.

84

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to purchasers of Class A Common Stock. The U.S. federal income tax considerations described below are based upon (1) currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"),
(2) applicable permanent, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, (3) judicial authority, and (4) current administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary view to, and no ruling from the IRS has been, or will be, sought on the issues discussed herein. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be adopted that could alter or modify the statements and conclusions described in this section of this prospectus. Any of those changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences discussed below.

This summary is not a complete analysis or description of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to, or of the actual tax effect that any of the matters described in this section will have on particular purchasers. This summary does not address foreign, state, local or other tax consequences and it does not address the concerns of special classes of taxpayers (such as S corporations, mutual funds, insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment companies, regulated investment companies, broker-dealers and tax-exempt organizations) who are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws or persons whose functional currency (within the meaning of Section 985 of the Code) is not the U.S. dollar. Furthermore, estate and gift tax consequences are not discussed in this section of the prospectus. No opinion of legal counsel will be requested with respect to any of the matters discussed in this section of the prospectus. Our discussion assumes that Class A Common Stock will be held as a capital asset within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code.

As used in this summary, the term "U.S. Holder" means (1) a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (2) a corporation or partnership (or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions (including the District of Columbia), (3) an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if (a) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and (b) one or more U.S. fiduciaries has the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust (a "U.S. Holder"). As used in this summary, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial holder of common stock that is not a U.S. Holder.

Because individual circumstances may differ, each prospective purchaser of the Class A Common Stock is strongly urged to consult his or her own tax advisor with respect to his or her particular tax situation and as to any U.S. federal, foreign, state, local or other tax considerations (including any possible changes in tax law) affecting the purchase, holding and disposition of the Class A Common Stock.

85

U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

This section describes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders. Non-U.S. Holders should see the discussion below under the heading "Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock" for a discussion of certain tax considerations applicable to them.

Dividends. Dividends paid on the Class A Common Stock will be taxable to you as ordinary income, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Dividend distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the Class A Common Stock and then as gain from the sale or exchange of Class A Common Stock. Subject to restrictions, if you are a corporate holder, dividends received by you generally will be eligible for a deduction equal to 70% of the dividends received. In addition, special rules may apply upon the receipt of any "extraordinary dividends" with respect to the Class A Common Stock.

Sale or Exchange of Class A Common Stock. If you sell or otherwise dispose of your common stock in a taxable transaction, you will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash and the fair market value of any property received in such sale or exchange and your tax basis in the Class A Common Stock. Your gain or loss will be long term gain or loss if your stock was has been held more than one year.

Redemption of Class A Common Stock. A redemption by us of some or all of your Class A Common Stock will be treated as a dividend taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, unless the redemption meets specified requirements under section 302(b) of the Code. If the requirements under section 302(b) of the Code are satisfied, the redemption will be treated as an exchange giving rise to capital gain or loss as described above, except to the extent of declared but unpaid dividends. You are advised to consult your tax advisors as to the application of section 302(b) of the Code to your particular circumstances.

Backup Withholding. Under section 3406 of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations, a noncorporate holder of the Class A Common Stock may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 31% with respect to "reportable payments," which include dividends paid on, or, in certain cases, the proceeds of a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Class A Common Stock. The payor will be required to deduct and withhold the prescribed amounts if (1) the payee fails to furnish a taxpayer identification number to the payor in the manner required, (2) the IRS notifies the payor that the taxpayer identification number furnished by the payee is incorrect, (3) there has been a "notified payee underreporting" described in section 3406(c) of the Code, or (4) there has been a failure of the payee to certify under penalty of perjury that the payee is not subject to withholding under section 3406(a)(1)(C) of the Code. Amounts paid as backup withholding do not constitute an additional tax and will be refunded (or credited against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any), so long as the required information is provided to the IRS. We will report to you and to the IRS the amount of any "reportable payments" for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payment on the Class A Common Stock.

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following information describes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to "Non-U.S. Holders." This section does not cover the U.S. federal tax rules that

86

apply to Non-U.S. Holders whose income or gain from the Class A Common Stock is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as defined by applicable U.S. tax rules.

Sale or other Disposition of the Class A Common Stock. You will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange, redemption, retirement, or other disposition of the Class A Common Stock. You may, however, be subject to tax on such gain if: (1) you are a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition; (2) you are an individual who is a former citizen or resident of the United States subject to certain U.S. tax rules relevant to that status, (3) the common stock constitutes U.S. real property interests by reason of our status as a "U.S. real property holding company" for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or your holding period for the common stock. We do not believe that we are or we will become a "U.S. real property holding company" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends on Class A Common Stock. Dividends paid that are not effectively connected with the conduct by you of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, which generally will be withheld at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, unless the rate is reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under the currently applicable Treasury regulations, dividends paid to an address in a country other than the United States are presumed to be paid to a resident of such country for purposes of the withholding discussed above (unless the payor has knowledge to the contrary) and for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty rate. However, under new Treasury regulations, effective for payments made after December 31, 2000, if you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate, you will be required to satisfy certain certification and other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting. If you receive payments in respect of common stock directly from us or through the U.S. office of a custodian, nominee, agent or broker, there is a possibility that you will be subject to both backup withholding at a rate of 31% and information reporting. Non-U.S. Holders are generally exempt from information reporting and backup withholding, but may be required to provide a properly completed Form W-8 or otherwise comply with applicable certification and identification procedures in order to prove their exemption. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

New Treasury Regulations. New Treasury regulations relating to withholding tax or income paid to non-U.S. persons will generally be effective for payments made after December 31, 2000. The new Treasury regulations modify the way in which you establish your status as a non-U.S. "beneficial owner" eligible for withholding exemptions including a reduced treaty rate or an exemption from backup withholding. You may be required to provide certifications that comply with the provisions of the new Treasury regulations, where required, not later than December 31, 2000, if you remain as a holder of the common stock on such date. If you are a Non-U.S. Holder claiming benefit under an income tax treaty you should be aware that you may be required to obtain a taxpayer identification number and to certify your eligibility under the applicable treaty's limitations on benefits article in order to comply with the new Treasury regulations' certification requirements. The new Treasury regulations are complex and this summary does not completely describe them. Please consult your tax advisor to determine how the new Treasury regulations will affect your particular circumstances.

87

This summary is included in this section of the prospectus for general information only and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of common stock in light of his or her particular circumstances and income tax situation. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to any tax consequences to them from the purchase, ownership, and disposition of Class A Common Stock, including the application and effect of state, local, foreign, and other tax laws.

88

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date hereof, the underwriters of the offering named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and CIBC World Markets Corp. are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the Underwriters, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite the name of each underwriter.

                                                              NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                                                    SHARES
------------                                                  ----------
  Lehman Brothers Inc.......................................
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                Incorporated................................
  CIBC World Markets Corp. .................................
                                                              ----------
  Total.....................................................  22,355,200
                                                              ==========

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares included in the offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel as well as to other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

The Underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share on sales to certain other dealers. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the Representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay.

                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                     --------------------------------
                                                                        WITHOUT             WITH
                                                        PER SHARE    OVER-ALLOTMENT    OVER-ALLOTMENT
                                                        ---------    --------------    --------------
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us.....

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the
  Selling Stockholders................................

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1,000,000.

We have granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 3,353,280 additional shares of our Class A Common Stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The Underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering. To the extent this option is exercised, each Underwriter will be obligated, subject to various conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to its initial purchase commitment.

89

We, Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr., Raul Alarcon, Jr., Jose Grimalt, Joseph A. Garcia and certain of our option holders have agreed not to do any of the following, whether any transaction described in clause (1), (2) or (3) below is to be settled by delivery of Class A Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

(1) offer, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transactions or device which is designed or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of, any shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or substantially similar securities, other than any of the following:

- the Class A Common Stock sold under this prospectus; and

- shares of Class A Common Stock we issue pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans existing on the date of this prospectus or pursuant to currently outstanding options, warrants or rights;

(2) sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of our Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A Common Stock or substantially similar securities, other than the grant of options pursuant to option plans existing on the date of this prospectus; and

(3) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks or ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A Common Stock.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the Representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock, the Representatives will consider, among other things and in addition to prevailing market conditions, our historical performance and capital structure, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an overall assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Our shares of Class A Common Stock have been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SBSA," subject to official notice of issuance.

Any offer of the shares of Class A Common Stock in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the prospectus filing requirement and an exemption from the dealer registration requirement (where such an exemption is not available, offers shall be made only by a registered dealer) in the relevant Canadian jurisdiction where any such offer is made.

In connection with the offering, the Representatives may purchase and sell shares of our Class A Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Over-allotment involves syndicate sales of Class A Common Stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the Underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A Common Stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases of our Class A Common Stock made for the

90

purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock while the offering is in progress.

The Underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

The Representatives also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the Representatives to reclaim a selling concession from an Underwriter when the Representatives, in covering syndicate short positions or making stabilizing purchases, repurchase shares originally sold by that Underwriter.

Any of these activities may cause the price of our Class A Common Stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of such transactions. These transactions may be affected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Purchasers of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered in this prospectus may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

At our request, the Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 1,117,760 shares of Class A Common Stock for employees, directors and certain other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing Class A Common Stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with such sales.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of those liabilities.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to appoint Mr. Roman Martinez IV, a managing director of Lehman Brothers Inc., to our board of directors. As compensation for his services, Mr. Martinez will receive options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to our Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. See "Executive Compensation -- Stock Plans -- Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan." Lehman Brothers Inc. has been engaged by us to act as lead manager of our concurrent offering of senior subordinated notes due 2009, to act as dealer-manager in connection with the tender offers and consent solicitations for our 11% and 12 1/2% notes and to provide other financial advisory services. In addition, Lehman Brothers Inc. will act as sole lead arranger and book running manager and an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., will act as administrative agent of the senior credit facilities. Lehman Brothers Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. will receive customary fees for their services in connection with the senior subordinated notes offering and the senior credit facilities.

CIBC World Markets Corp. will act as an underwriter in connection with our senior subordinated notes offering for which it will receive customary fees. Each of Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and CIBC World Markets Corp. has from time to time provided, and in the future may provide, certain investment banking services to us and our affiliates, for which they have received, and in the future would receive, customary fees.

91

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A Common Stock being offered by this prospectus and legal matters regarding FCC issues will be passed upon for us by Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP, New York, New York. Rogers & Wells LLP, New York, New York will pass upon the validity of the Class A Common Stock being offered by this prospectus for the underwriters. Jason L. Shrinsky, one of our nominee-directors, is a partner of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP, which firm has regularly represented us as our legal counsel and will continue to do so. Additionally, Mr. Shrinsky will receive options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to our Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. See "Executive Compensation -- Stock Plans."

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of SBS and its subsidiaries as of September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999, and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998 and for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

92

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The file number for our SEC filings is 33-82114. You may read and copy any document we file at the following SEC public reference rooms:

Judiciary Plaza              500 West Madison Street       7 World Trade Center
450 Fifth Street, N.W.       14th Floor                    Suite 1300
Room 1024                    Chicago, Illinois 60661       New York, New York 10048
Washington, D.C. 20549

We file information electronically with the SEC. Our SEC filings also are available from the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically. Our Class A Common Stock will be listed on The Nasdaq National Market.

This prospectus is part of a Form S-1 registration statement we are filing with the SEC. The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference any exhibits referred to in this prospectus.

We will provide a copy of the exhibits we incorporate by reference, at no cost, to any person who receives this prospectus, including any beneficial owner of our common stock. To request a copy of any or all of these exhibits, you should write or telephone us at the following address and telephone number:

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. 3191 Coral Way Miami, FL 33145 Telephone: (305) 441-6901 Attention: Joseph A. Garcia

93

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES:
Report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors....................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 28, 1997,
  September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999......................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the fiscal
  years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998
  and the nine months ended June 28, 1998 (unaudited) and
  June 27, 1999.............................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
  Deficiency for each of the fiscal years in the three-year
  period ended September 27, 1998 and the nine months ended
  June 27, 1999.............................................   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the fiscal
  years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998
  and the nine months ended June 28, 1998 (unaudited) and
  June 27, 1999.............................................   F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-9
Financial Statement Schedule -- Valuation and Qualifying
  Accounts..................................................  F-31

F-1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended September 27, 1998 and for the nine months ended June 27, 1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

                                          /s/ KPMG LLP
                                          --------------------------------------

Miami, Florida
September 3, 1999, except as to
  note 11 which is as of September 29, 1999,
  note 15a which is as of September 22, 1999,
  note 15b which is as of September 30, 1999
  and note 15c which is as of September 24, 1999.

F-2

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

                                                           SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 27,     JUNE 27,
                                                               1997            1998            1999
                                                           -------------   -------------   ------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................  $ 12,287,764    $ 37,642,227    $ 20,895,220
  Receivables:
     Trade...............................................    17,226,345      20,777,151      24,462,861
     Barter..............................................     3,290,728       3,582,751       2,058,957
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             20,517,073      24,359,902      26,521,818
  Less allowance for doubtful accounts...................     5,405,095       7,770,060       6,030,687
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net receivables................................    15,111,978      16,589,842      20,491,131
  Other current assets...................................     1,409,906       1,822,584       2,675,530
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
          Total current assets...........................    28,809,648      56,054,653      44,061,881
Property and equipment, net..............................    18,409,415      14,942,933      14,838,400
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of
  $22,048,929 in 1997, $27,563,051 in 1998 and
  $33,347,195 in 1999....................................   273,631,766     272,261,440     293,656,711
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization
  of $3,038,202 in 1997, $4,257,074 in 1998 and
  $5,377,349 in 1999.....................................     9,262,314       7,275,980       6,064,968
Due from related party...................................       289,869         289,869         289,869
Deferred income taxes....................................     3,674,287              --              --
Deferred offering costs..................................            --              --         403,334
Other assets.............................................       289,784         209,301         185,666
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                           $334,367,083    $351,034,176    $359,500,829
                                                           ============    ============    ============

F-3

                                                           SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 27,     JUNE 27,
                                                               1997            1998            1999
                                                           -------------   -------------   ------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of Senior unsecured notes..............  $ 15,000,000    $         --    $         --
  Current portion of other long-term debt................        44,644          47,496       1,049,791
  Accounts payable.......................................     1,367,572       2,612,952       1,195,949
  Accrued expenses.......................................     3,722,777       5,838,808       7,339,362
  Accrued interest.......................................     4,536,627       3,941,088       3,069,431
  Deferred commitment fee................................     1,551,255       2,141,456       2,533,310
  Dividends payable......................................       960,761       1,124,360       9,640,271
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
          Total current liabilities......................    27,183,636      15,706,160      24,828,114
12 1/2% Senior unsecured notes due 2002, net of
  unamortized discount of $3,238,037 in 1997, $2,224,535
  in 1998 and $1,779,173 in 1999.........................    88,820,963      91,668,465      92,113,827
11% Senior unsecured notes due 2004......................    75,000,000      75,000,000      75,000,000
Other long-term debt, less current portion...............     4,147,676       4,410,505       4,603,251
Deferred income taxes....................................            --       9,074,596      12,002,078
Redeemable Preferred Stock:
  14 1/4% Series A Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock,
     $.01 par value. Authorized 1,000,000 shares, issued
     and outstanding 186,706 shares (liquidation value
     $186,706,000) in 1997, 214,260 shares (liquidation
     value $214,260,000) in 1998 and 229,477 shares
     (liquidation value $229,477,000) in 1999............   171,261,919     201,367,927     218,801,691
Stockholders' deficiency
  Class A common stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized
     100,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding.....            --              --              --
  Class B common stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized
     50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 30,333,400
     shares in 1997 and 1998 and 39,448,550 shares in
     1999................................................         3,033           3,033           3,945
  Additional paid-in capital.............................     6,593,506       6,867,334       6,869,241
  Accumulated deficit....................................   (35,119,184)    (50,604,436)    (72,261,910)
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                            (28,522,645)    (43,734,069)    (65,388,724)
Less loans receivable from stockholders..................    (3,524,466)     (2,459,408)     (2,459,408)
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
          Total stockholders' deficiency.................   (32,047,111)    (46,193,477)    (67,848,132)
Commitments and contingencies (notes 10 and 12)
                                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                           $334,367,083    $351,034,176    $359,500,829
                                                           ============    ============    ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996, SEPTEMBER 28, 1997,

SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND JUNE 27,

1999

                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEAR ENDED                   --------------------------
                                 ------------------------------------------    JUNE 28,       JUNE 27,
                                     1996           1997           1998          1998           1999
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
Gross revenues.................  $ 55,337,720   $ 67,981,407   $ 86,766,158   $62,098,840   $ 80,437,296
Less agency commissions........     6,702,302      7,971,827     10,623,062     7,508,229     10,082,341
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
     Net revenues..............    48,635,418     60,009,580     76,143,096    54,590,611     70,354,955
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Operating expenses:
  Engineering..................     1,773,027      2,099,116      1,924,744     1,380,656      1,547,904
  Programming..................     5,864,066      7,081,521      8,462,258     5,996,108      7,435,754
  Selling......................    13,864,695     14,980,035     18,574,529    13,108,606     16,055,795
  General and administrative...     6,374,622      6,879,443     10,558,965     7,811,811      6,742,324
  Corporate expenses...........     3,747,714      5,595,403      6,892,705     5,122,297      7,658,456
  Depreciation and
     amortization..............     4,555,978      7,618,921      8,876,876     6,866,961      7,222,573
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
                                   36,180,102     44,254,439     55,290,077    40,286,439     46,662,806
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
     Operating income..........    12,455,316     15,755,141     20,853,019    14,304,172     23,692,149
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense, net........   (16,533,278)   (22,201,114)   (20,860,210)  (16,002,451)   (15,735,550)
  Other, net...................    (1,574,320)      (790,548)      (213,239)           --       (485,018)
  Gain on sale of AM
     stations..................            --             --     36,241,947    36,246,947             --
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
     Income (loss) before
       income taxes and
       extraordinary item......    (5,652,282)    (7,236,521)    36,021,517    34,548,668      7,471,581
Income tax expense (benefit)...    (1,165,800)    (2,714,411)    15,624,032    13,819,467      3,177,482
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item...........    (4,486,482)    (4,522,110)    20,397,485    20,729,201      4,294,099
Extraordinary item-loss on
  extinguishment of debt, net
  of income taxes of $1,097,836
  in 1997, $1,075,149 in
  1998.........................            --     (1,646,753)    (1,612,723)   (1,612,723)            --
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
     Net income (loss).........  $ (4,486,482)  $ (6,168,863)  $ 18,784,762   $19,116,478   $  4,294,099
                                 ============   ============   ============   ===========   ============
Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders [note 2(o)].....  $ (7,480,808)  $(23,212,494)  $(11,484,845)  $(3,274,875)  $(21,657,474)
                                 ============   ============   ============   ===========   ============
Basic and Diluted Loss Per
  Common Share:
  Net loss per common share
     before extraordinary
     item......................  $      (0.25)  $      (0.71)  $      (0.33)  $     (0.06)  $      (0.68)
  Net loss per common share for
     extraordinary item........  $         --   $      (0.06)  $      (0.05)  $     (0.05)  $         --
  Net loss per common share....  $      (0.25)  $      (0.77)  $      (0.38)  $     (0.11)  $      (0.68)
  Weighted average common
     shares outstanding (basic
     and diluted)..............    30,333,400     30,333,400     30,333,400    30,333,400     31,629,918

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996, SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 27, 1999

                                                     CLASS B
                                                  COMMON STOCK                                      LESS: LOANS
                                              ---------------------    ADDITIONAL                    RECEIVABLE        TOTAL
                                                NO. OF       PAR        PAID-IN      ACCUMULATED        FROM       STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                SHARES      VALUE       CAPITAL        DEFICIT      STOCKHOLDERS     DEFICIENCY
                                              ----------   --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   --------------
Balance at September 24, 1995...............  30,333,400   $  3,033   $  5,693,967   $(4,425,882)   $(2,421,272)    $ (1,150,154)
Increase in loans receivable from
  stockholders..............................          --         --             --            --        (52,964)         (52,964)
Costs associated with issuance of Redeemable
  Series A Preferred Stock..................          --         --     (1,718,437)           --             --       (1,718,437)
Issuance of warrants........................          --         --      6,833,507            --             --        6,833,507
Accretion of preferred stock................          --         --             --      (541,416)            --         (541,416)
Preferred stock dividends...................          --         --             --    (2,452,910)            --       (2,452,910)
Net loss....................................          --         --             --    (4,486,482)            --       (4,486,482)
                                              ----------   --------   ------------   ------------   -----------     ------------
Balance at September 29, 1996...............  30,333,400      3,033     10,809,037   (11,906,690)    (2,474,236)      (3,568,856)
Retirement of preferred stock and
  warrants..................................          --         --    (11,887,981)           --             --      (11,887,981)
Issuance of warrants........................          --         --     16,625,000            --             --       16,625,000
Accretion of preferred stock................          --         --             --    (1,659,695)            --       (1,659,695)
Preferred stock dividends...................          --         --             --   (15,383,936)            --      (15,383,936)
Issuance costs for preferred stock..........          --         --     (8,952,550)           --             --       (8,952,550)
Increase in loans receivable from
  stockholders..............................          --         --             --            --     (1,050,230)      (1,050,230)
Net loss....................................          --         --             --    (6,168,863)            --       (6,168,863)
                                              ----------   --------   ------------   ------------   -----------     ------------
Balance at September 28, 1997...............  30,333,400      3,033      6,593,506   (35,119,184)    (3,524,466)     (32,047,111)
Preferred stock dividends...................          --         --             --   (27,717,142)            --      (27,717,142)
Accretion of preferred stock................          --         --             --    (2,552,465)            --       (2,552,465)
Decrease in loans receivable from
  stockholders..............................          --         --             --            --         14,827           14,827
Cash dividends on common stock..............          --         --             --    (3,726,579)     1,050,231       (2,676,348)
Issuance of warrants as dividends...........          --         --        273,828      (273,828)            --               --
Net income..................................          --         --             --    18,784,762             --       18,784,762
                                              ----------   --------   ------------   ------------   -----------     ------------
Balance at September 27, 1998...............  30,333,400      3,033      6,867,334   (50,604,436)    (2,459,408)     (46,193,477)
Preferred stock dividends...................          --         --             --   (23,727,120)            --      (23,727,120)
Accretion of preferred stock................          --         --             --    (2,224,453)            --       (2,224,453)
Exercised warrants for common stock.........   9,115,150        912          1,907            --             --            2,819
Net income..................................          --         --             --     4,294,099             --        4,294,099
                                              ----------   --------   ------------   ------------   -----------     ------------
Balance at June 27, 1999 ...................  39,448,550   $  3,945   $  6,869,241   $(72,261,910)  $(2,459,408)    $(67,848,132)
                                              ==========   ========   ============   ============   ===========     ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996,
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND NINE MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 28, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND JUNE 27, 1999

                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED                    ---------------------------
                                           -------------------------------------------     JUNE 28,       JUNE 27,
                                               1996           1997            1998           1998           1999
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)......................  $ (4,486,482)  $  (6,168,863)  $ 18,784,762   $ 19,116,478   $  4,294,099
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    (loss) to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
    Loss on extinguishment of debt.......            --       2,744,589      2,687,872      2,687,872             --
    Gain on sale of AM stations..........            --              --    (36,241,947)   (36,246,947)            --
    Depreciation and amortization........     4,555,978       7,618,921      8,876,876      6,866,961      7,222,573
    Provision for doubtful accounts......     4,908,699       3,530,259      2,634,509      2,779,443      1,743,705
    Amortization of debt discount........     5,591,004       4,772,539        658,297        477,029        445,362
    Interest satisfied through issuance
       of notes..........................     2,199,121       1,185,722             --             --             --
    Amortization of deferred financing
       costs.............................       984,001       1,390,736      1,555,016      1,013,387      1,211,012
    Write down of fixed assets...........       697,741         487,973             --             --        451,048
    Accretion of interest to principal on
       long-term debt....................            --         161,523        307,200        230,400        230,400
    Deferred income taxes................    (1,357,722)     (4,062,247)    12,748,883     11,245,578      2,927,482
    Changes in operating assets and
       liabilities:
       Increase in receivables...........    (4,538,861)     (7,812,211)    (4,112,373)    (3,493,803)    (5,644,994)
       Increase in other current
         assets..........................      (762,897)       (294,574)      (412,678)      (973,270)      (852,946)
       Decrease (increase) in other
         assets..........................       148,272        (158,490)        80,483         72,724         23,635
       Increase (decrease) in accounts
         payable.........................       310,374        (196,443)     1,245,380        314,751     (1,417,003)
       Increase in accrued expenses......       292,468         368,585      2,116,031      2,119,491      1,500,554
       Increase (decrease) in accrued
         interest........................        52,702       2,142,006       (595,539)    (1,467,195)      (871,656)
       Increase in unearned revenue......       218,381         675,999        590,201        254,610        391,854
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total adjustments...............    13,299,261      12,554,887     (7,861,789)   (14,118,969)     7,361,026
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash provided by operating
           activities....................     8,812,779       6,386,024     10,922,973      4,997,509     11,655,125
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of AM stations, net
    of disposal costs of $838,167........            --              --     43,161,833     43,165,854             --
  Additions to property and equipment....    (3,811,436)     (2,022,344)    (1,644,533)    (1,290,128)    (1,684,292)
  Acquisition of radio licenses..........   (86,383,942)   (142,335,513)    (9,327,713)    (9,327,713)   (26,280,067)
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash provided by (used in)
           investing activities..........   (90,195,378)   (144,357,857)    32,189,587     32,548,013    (27,964,359)
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

F-7

                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED                    ---------------------------
                                           -------------------------------------------     JUNE 28,       JUNE 27,
                                               1996           1997            1998           1998           1999
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Dividends on common stock..............  $         --   $          --   $ (2,676,348)  $ (2,676,348)  $         --
  Purchase of Senior unsecured notes.....            --              --    (15,055,055)   (15,000,055)            --
  Retirement of Senior secured notes.....            --     (38,414,562)            --             --             --
  Retirement of Series A preferred
    stock................................            --     (42,699,590)            --             --             --
  Redemption of warrants.................            --      (8,323,000)            --             --             --
  Exercise of warrants...................            --              --             --             --          2,819
  Repayments of debt, including accrued
    interest.............................      (120,691)        (56,143)       (41,521)       (37,654)       (37,258)
  Proceeds from senior notes, net of
    financing costs of $1,605,426 in 1996
    and $5,712,407 in 1997...............    33,394,574      69,287,593             --             --             --
  Proceeds from Redeemable Series A
    Preferred stock and warrants, net of
    issuance cost of $1,718,437 in 1996
    and $8,952,550 in 1997...............    35,781,563     166,047,450             --             --             --
  Decrease in deferred financing costs...        33,999              --             --             --             --
  Increase in deferred offering costs....            --              --             --             --       (403,334)
  Decrease (increase) in loans receivable
    from stockholders....................       (52,964)     (1,050,230)        14,827         14,827             --
  Advances to related party..............        (2,922)             --             --             --             --
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash provided by (used in)
           financing activities..........    69,033,559     144,791,518    (17,758,097)   (17,699,230)      (437,773)
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net (decrease) increase in cash
           and cash equivalents..........   (12,349,040)      6,819,685     25,354,463     19,846,292    (16,747,007)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period.................................    17,817,119       5,468,079     12,287,764     12,287,764     37,642,227
                                           ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period.................................  $  5,468,079   $  12,287,764   $ 37,642,227   $ 32,134,056   $ 20,895,220
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
Supplemental cash flow information:
  Interest paid during the period........  $  8,254,402   $  13,175,308   $ 20,561,613   $ 15,913,831   $ 15,861,624
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
  Income taxes paid during the period....  $    632,990   $     294,262   $  1,787,191   $  1,693,335   $  1,253,915
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
Noncash investing and financing
  activities:
  Issuance of notes as payment for
    interest.............................  $  2,199,122   $   1,185,722   $         --   $         --   $         --
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
  Dividends declared on preferred
    stock................................  $  2,452,910   $  15,383,936   $ 27,717,142   $ 20,507,976   $ 23,727,120
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
  Issuance of preferred stock as payment
    of preferred stock dividends.........  $ (2,452,910)  $ (13,030,211)  $(27,553,543)  $(13,302,857)  $(15,217,047)
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
  Issuance of warrants as payment of
    dividends............................  $         --   $          --   $    273,828   $    273,828   $         --
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
  Issuance of note as payment towards
    purchase price of radio station......  $         --   $   3,000,000   $         --   $         --   $  1,000,000
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============
  Repayment of stockholder loan and
    accrued interest through dividend
    withholding..........................  $         --   $          --   $  1,098,368   $  1,098,368   $         --
                                           ============   =============   ============   ============   ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999
(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)

(1) ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") owns and operates thirteen Spanish-language radio stations serving the New York, Puerto Rico, Miami, Chicago, San Antonio and Los Angeles markets through its subsidiaries, SBS of Greater New York, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Greater Miami, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of San Antonio, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc. and Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation. Additionally, the Company's other subsidiaries include Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SBS Funding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, JuJu Media, Inc., a New York corporation, Alarcon Holdings, Inc. ("Alarcon"), Spanish Broadcasting System Network, Inc. ("SBS Network") and SBS Promotions, Inc. ("SBS Promotions"). Alarcon owns and operates the building where the Company's New York offices are located. SBS Network and SBS Promotions are currently dormant. SBS Network was formerly the Company's exclusive agency representative for national advertising sales. SBS Promotions formerly performed promotional services for the Company's radio stations.

The domestic broadcasting industry is subject to extensive federal regulation which, among other things, requires approval by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") for the issuance, renewal, transfer and assignment of broadcasting station operating licenses and limits the number of broadcasting properties the Company may acquire. The Company operates in the domestic radio broadcasting industry which is subject to extensive and changing regulation by the FCC.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RELATED MATTERS

(A) BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company's subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to in this paragraph collectively as "Subsidiary Guarantors") are fully, unconditionally, and jointly and severally liable for the Company's senior unsecured notes referred to in note 6. The Company has not included separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors because (i) the Subsidiary Guarantors are wholly owned and constitute substantially all of the Company's direct or indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) the Company is a holding company with no independent assets or operations other than its investments in the Subsidiary Guarantors.

The Company's fiscal year is the 52-week period which ends on the last Sunday of September and the nine month interim is a 39 week period which ends on the last Sunday of June.

F-9

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999
(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)

(B) INTERIM INFORMATION

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended June 28, 1998 reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to fairly state the financial position and the results of operations for the periods presented and the disclosures herein are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Operating results for the interim periods presented are not indicative of the results that can be expected for a full year.

(C) REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenues are recognized when advertisements are aired.

(D) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company depreciates the cost of its property and equipment using the straight-line method over the respective estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvements.

(E) LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company follows the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, (Statement 121) "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." Statement 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used or disposed of by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. See note 5 for impairment losses related to fixed assets.

(F) INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets represent the portion of the purchase price of station acquisitions allocated to FCC licenses of those stations and are amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years, based on the industry practice of renewing FCC licenses periodically. The Company assesses the recoverability of this intangible asset by determining whether the amortization of the intangible asset balance over its remaining life can be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows of the acquired station. The assessment of the recoverability of the intangible asset will be impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved.

(G) DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS

Deferred financing costs relate to the refinancing of the Company's debt and additional debt financing obtained in connection with Company's acquisition of WXDJ-FM and WRMA-FM in Miami and WLEY-FM in Chicago (see note 6).

F-10

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999
(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)

Deferred financing costs are being amortized using a method which approximates the effective interest method over the respective lives of the related indebtedness.

(H) BARTER TRANSACTIONS

Barter transactions represent advertising time exchanged for promotional items, advertising, supplies, equipment and services. Revenues from barter transactions are recognized as income when advertisements are broadcast. Expenses are recognized when goods or services are received or used. The Company records barter transactions at the fair value of goods or services received.

(I) CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents, consisting primarily of interest-bearing money market accounts and certificates of deposits which have an original maturity date of less than three months, totaled $12.3 million, $37.6 million and $20.9 million at September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999, respectively.

(J) INCOME TAXES

The Company files a consolidated Federal income tax return with its subsidiaries. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

(K) ADVERTISING COSTS

The Company incurs various marketing and promotional costs to add and maintain listenership. These costs are charged to expense in the period incurred.

(L) DEFERRED COMMITMENT FEE

On December 30, 1996 the Company entered into an agreement with a national advertising agency (the "Agency") whereby the Agency would serve as the Company's exclusive sales representative for all national sales for a seven-year period. Pursuant to this agreement, the Agency agreed to pay a commitment fee of $5.1 million to the Company, of which $1.0 million was paid upon execution of the agreement and $4.1 million is to be remitted on a monthly basis over a three-year period. The commitment fee is recognized on a straight-line basis over the seven-year contractual term of the arrangement as a reduction of Agency commissions. Deferred commitment fee represents the excess of payments received from the Agency over the amount recognized.

F-11

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999
(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)

(M) USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(N) CONCENTRATION OF RISK

All of the Company's business is conducted in the New York, Miami, Los Angeles, Chicago, San Antonio and Puerto Rico markets. Net revenue earned from radio stations in these markets as a percentage of total revenue for the fiscal years ended September 29, 1996, September 28, 1997, and September 27, 1998 and nine months ended June 27, 1999 is as follows:

                                                           1996    1997    1998    1999
                                                           ----    ----    ----    ----
New York.................................................   51%     49%     44%     45%
Miami....................................................   17%     22%     28%     25%
Los Angeles..............................................   32%     28%     17%     16%
Chicago..................................................   --       1%     11%     11%
San Antonio..............................................   --      --      --       2%
Puerto Rico..............................................   --      --      --       1%
                                                           ---     ---     ---     ---
                                                           100%    100%    100%    100%
                                                           ===     ===     ===     ===

The increase in market concentration risk in Miami and Chicago in fiscal 1997 and 1998 results from the acquisitions of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM in Miami and WYSY-FM in Chicago as discussed in note 3.

(O) BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The Company has presented net loss per common share pursuant to SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98.

In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98, certain common stock and common stock equivalents issued for nominal consideration prior to the initial filing of a registration statement relating to an initial public offering are treated as outstanding for the entire period. The Company had no nominal issuances during this period.

Basic net loss per common share was computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for each period presented. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by giving effect to common stock equivalents as if they were

F-12

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999
(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)

outstanding for the entire period. Common stock equivalents were not considered for the years presented since their effect would be antidilutive.

                                  1996           1997           1998         6/28/98       6/27/99
                               -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item.........  $(4,486,482)  $ (4,522,110)  $ 20,397,485   $20,729,201   $  4,294,099
Less accretion of preferred
  stock......................      541,416      1,659,695      2,552,465     1,883,377      2,224,453
Less dividends on preferred
  stock......................    2,452,910     15,383,936     27,717,142    20,507,976     23,727,120
                               -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Loss before extraordinary
  item.......................   (7,480,808)   (21,565,741)    (9,872,122)   (1,662,152)   (21,657,474)
Extraordinary item...........           --     (1,646,753)    (1,612,723)   (1,612,723)            --
                               -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders...............  $(7,480,808)  $(23,212,494)  $(11,484,845)  $(3,274,875)  $(21,657,474)
                               ===========   ============   ============   ===========   ============
Weighted average common
  shares outstanding (basic
  and diluted)...............   30,333,400     30,333,400     30,333,400    30,333,400     31,629,918
                               ===========   ============   ============   ===========   ============
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER
  COMMON SHARE
Net loss per common share
  before extraordinary
  item.......................  $     (0.25)  $      (0.71)  $      (0.33)  $     (0.06)  $      (0.68)
Net loss per common share for
  extraordinary item.........           --          (0.06)         (0.05)        (0.05)            --
                               -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Net loss per common share....  $     (0.25)  $      (0.77)  $      (0.38)  $     (0.11)  $      (0.68)
                               ===========   ============   ============   ===========   ============

(p) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of fair value of certain financial instruments. Cash and cash equivalents, receivables, other current assets and due from related party, as well as accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, as reflected in the consolidated financial statements, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The estimated fair value of the Company's other long-term debt instruments approximate the carrying amount as the interest rates approximates the Company's current borrowing rate for similar debt instruments of comparable maturity.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

F-13

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999
(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)

The estimated fair value of the Company's unsecured notes and preferred stock is as follows (in millions):

                                                     1997                1998            JUNE 27, 1999
                                               -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
                                               CARRYING    FAIR    CARRYING    FAIR    CARRYING    FAIR
                                                AMOUNT    VALUE     AMOUNT    VALUE     AMOUNT    VALUE
                                               --------   ------   --------   ------   --------   ------
12 1/2% Senior unsecured notes...............   $103.8    $103.8    $ 91.6    $ 91.6    $ 92.1    $102.2
11% Senior unsecured notes...................     75.0      75.0      75.0      75.0      75.0      81.0
14 1/4% Series A senior exchangeable
  preferred stock............................    171.2     171.2     201.3     201.3     218.8     236.9

The fair value estimates of the unsecured notes and preferred stock were based upon quotes from major financial institutions taking into consideration current rates offered to the Company for debt instruments of the same remaining maturities.

(Q) REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

Redeemable preferred stock is stated at redemption value less the unamortized discount. The discount is accreted into the carrying value of the preferred stock through the date at which the preferred stock is mandatorily redeemable with a charge to accumulated deficit using the effective interest method.

(R) RECLASSIFICATION

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

(3) ACQUISITIONS

On March 25, 1996, the Company acquired the FCC broadcast license and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of radio station WPAT-FM for $84.6 million, plus financing and closing costs of $1.8 million. The Company assumed operational responsibility of WPAT-FM on January 26, 1996 under an interim agreement, at which time the Company changed the musical format of WPAT-FM to Spanish language adult contemporary. The Company financed the acquisition of WPAT-FM through the issuance of senior notes and preferred stock in March 1996 (see note 6).

On March 27, 1997, the Company acquired the FCC broadcast licenses and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of WYSY-FM in Chicago for $33.0 million plus financing and closing costs of $0.2 million.

On March 27, 1997, the Company acquired the FCC broadcast licenses and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM in Miami for $111.0 million plus financing and closing costs of $1.1 million.

The Company financed the purchases of WYSY-FM, WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM with proceeds from a combination of issuances consisting of 175,000 shares of the Company's 14 1/4% Series A Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock (see note 6) and warrants to purchase 3,745,000

F-14

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock (par value $.0001 per share) and $75 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's 11% Senior Notes due 2004 (see note 6), plus a note payable to the seller of WLEY-FM (formerly WYSY-FM) for $3.0 million.

The following unaudited proforma summary presents the consolidated results of operations as if the acquisitions of WPAT-FM, WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 1997 after giving effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of intangible assets and interest expense on the acquisition debt. These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made as of that date or of results which may occur in the future. The results of WYSY-FM prior to its respective acquisition date has not been included in the proforma summary as this acquisition was not considered material.

                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                                              ------------------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Net revenues................................................     $66,762,000
Loss before extraordinary item..............................      (3,498,000)
Net loss....................................................      (5,145,000)

On May 13, 1998, the Company acquired the FCC broadcast license and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of radio station KRIO-FM serving the San Antonio area for $9.2 million, plus closing costs of $0.1 million. The Company financed this purchase from cash on hand and cash from operations. The Company subsequently changed the call letters to KLEY-FM. The aforementioned acquisition was not deemed material in fiscal 1998 for financial pro forma presentation purposes.

On December 1, 1998, the Company acquired from Pan Caribbean Broadcasting Corporation the FCC broadcast license and substantially all of the assets of WDOY-FM in Puerto Rico for $8.3 million. The acquisition of WDOY-FM was financed from cash on hand and cash from operations.

On April 30, 1999, the Company acquired the FCC broadcast licenses and substantially all of the assets used or useful in the operation of WMEG-FM and WEGM-FM, in Puerto Rico for $16.0 million. The Company financed this purchase from cash on hand and cash from operations.

On April 26, 1999, the Company acquired eighty percent of the issued and outstanding capital stock of JuJu Media, Inc., the owner and operator of LaMusica.com, an Internet Web site and "portal" targeting the U.S. Hispanic market, for $2.0 million in cash and the issuance of a promissory note for $1.0 million.

The aforementioned acquisitions are not deemed material in fiscal 1999 for financial pro forma presentation purposes.

The Company's consolidated results of operations include the results of
WPAT-FM, WYSY-FM, WRMA-FM, WXDJ-FM, KRIO-FM, WDOY-FM, WMEG-FM, WEGM-FM,

F-15

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

and JuJu Media, Inc. from the respective dates of acquisition. These acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired, principally FCC licenses.

(4) SALE OF AM STATIONS

On July 2, 1997, the Company entered into a definitive agreement (as amended, the "One-on-One Agreement") with One-on-One Sports, Inc. ("One-on-One") for the sale of the assets and FCC licenses of radio stations WXLX-AM, serving the New York metropolitan area, KXMG-AM, serving the Los Angeles metropolitan area, and WCMQ-AM, serving the Miami metropolitan area. The One-on-One Agreement contained customary representations, warranties and conditions, including receipt of FCC approval to the transfer of the FCC licenses. Pursuant to the One-on-One Agreement, on September 29, 1997, the Company sold the assets and FCC licenses of WXLX-AM and WCMQ-AM to One-on-One for a sales price of $26.0 million and recorded a gain of $18.6 million. On December 2, 1997, the Company consummated the sale of the assets and FCC license of KXMG-AM to One-on-One for a sales price of $18.0 million and recorded a gain of $17.6 million. These transactions are classified under other income as Gain on sale of AM stations.

Pursuant to the 1994 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002 (the "12 1/2% Notes") (see note 6) the Company is required to use the greater of $25.0 million or 50% of the net proceeds from any disposition of certain asset sales including the FCC broadcast licenses of the aforementioned AM stations to make offers to purchase the 12 1/2% Notes at 110% of the principal value thereof.

On October 17, 1997, the Company made a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of the 12 1/2% Notes up to $22.7 million plus accrued interest up to, but not including the payment date. The amount payable by the Company was 110% of the principal amount of the 12 1/2% Notes. The Company paid $6.3 million to the noteholders who responded to the tender offer and purchased $5.5 million in principal amount of 12 1/2% Notes for $6.0 million plus accrued interest of $0.3 million in November 1997. The Company also repurchased $7.7 million in principal amount of 12 1/2% Notes for $9.0 million plus accrued interest of $0.4 million in November 1997. The Company recognized a loss on the tender offer and repurchased notes of $1.6 million, net of income tax benefit of $1.1 million, due to the premium paid for the 12 1/2% Notes and the subsequent write-off of the deferred financing costs and original issue discounts related to the 12 1/2% Notes purchased. This amount has been classified as an extraordinary item in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Prior to the sale of the assets of WCMQ-AM, the Station operated on the frequency of 1210 kHz. As part of the sale of WCMQ-AM, the Company entered into a five-year local marketing agreement ("LMA") with One-on-One in November 1997. Under the terms of the LMA, the Company began programming and selling advertising on WCMQ-AM using a newly-authorized frequency of 1700 kHz. The 1700 kHz transmitter is co-located at the 1210 kHz transmitter/antenna site which was part of the aforementioned asset sale.

F-16

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

(5) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999:

                                                                                       ESTIMATED
                                            1997           1998           1999        USEFUL LIVES
                                         -----------    -----------    -----------    ------------
Land...................................  $ 1,413,287    $ 1,368,407    $ 1,000,000        --
Building and building leasehold
  improvements.........................   15,324,227     11,250,742     10,898,370       20 years
Tower and antenna systems..............    6,709,991      2,138,824      2,221,399     7-15 years
Studio and technical equipment.........    4,874,321      5,135,586      5,504,547       10 years
Furniture and fixtures.................    1,549,749      1,685,745      1,905,024     3-10 years
Transmitter equipment..................    1,266,747        931,750      1,216,890     7-10 years
Leasehold improvements.................    1,135,176      1,405,759      1,757,377     5-13 years
Computer equipment.....................    1,378,908      1,333,888      1,657,184        5 years
Other..................................      205,276        520,369        592,567        5 years
                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                          33,857,682     25,771,070     26,753,358
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization.........................   15,448,267     10,828,137     11,914,958
                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                         $18,409,415    $14,942,933    $14,838,400
                                         ===========    ===========    ===========

During fiscal 1996 and 1997, and the nine months ended June 27, 1999, the Company wrote down the value of one of its properties in Los Angeles (which was part of the assets acquired in the purchase of the Los Angeles AM radio station) by $0.7 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million respectively. The write downs were based on current market values of real estate in the Los Angeles area. This amount is included in other, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(6) SENIOR NOTES AND PREFERRED STOCK

12 1/2% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES

On June 29, 1994, the Company, through a private placement offering (the "Offering") completed the sale of 107,059 units (the "Units"), each consisting of $1,000 principal amount of 12 1/2% Senior Notes (the "12 1/2% Notes") due 2002 and warrants to purchase 5,352,950 shares of Class B Common Stock. The 12 1/2% Notes and warrants are separately transferable. The 12 1/2% Notes were issued at a discount and generated proceeds to the Company of $87.8 million, net of financing costs of $6.2 million. Of the $94.0 million of gross proceeds, $88.6 million was allocated to the 12 1/2% Notes and $5.4 million was determined to be the value of the warrants.

The 12 1/2% Notes bear interest at a rate of 12 1/2% per annum until maturity on June 15, 2002. Interest is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15. The 12 1/2% Notes are not

F-17

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

redeemable at the option of the Company. The 12 1/2% Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis, as to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, jointly and severally, by each subsidiary of the Company. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the offering, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. The indenture pursuant to which the 12 1/2% Notes are issued contains covenants restricting the insurance of additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and distributions, the creation of liens, asset sales, mergers or consolidations, among other things. The 12 1/2% Notes are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The discount on the 12 1/2% Notes is being amortized over their term to result in an effective interest rate of 12 1/2% per annum.

REDEEMABLE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK AND 12 1/4% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2001

On March 25, 1996 the Company financed the purchase of radio station WPAT-FM with a combination of the proceeds from the sale in a private placement of 37,500 shares of the Company's Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock and $35.0 million of the Company's 12 1/4% Senior Secured Notes due 2001 together with cash on hand.

On March 27, 1997, these financial instruments were redeemed and retired with a portion of the proceeds from issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and 11% Senior Unsecured Notes described below. The Company realized a loss on the extinguishment of the 12 1/4% Senior Secured Notes which has been classified as an extraordinary item in the accompanying fiscal 1997 consolidated statement of operations.

14 1/4% SERIES A SENIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND 11% SENIOR UNSECURED

NOTES

On March 27, 1997, the Company financed the purchase of radio stations WYSY-FM (renamed WLEY-FM by the Company), WRMA-FM and WXDJ-FM with proceeds from the sale through a private placement of 175,000 shares of the Company's 14 1/4% Series A Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred Stock") and warrants to purchase 3,745,000 shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock and the warrants are separately transferable. The gross proceeds from the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and warrants, amounted to $175.0 million. The value of the warrants was determined to be $16.6 million. The Company also issued $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's 11% Senior Unsecured Notes (the "11% Senior Notes") due 2004. In connection with this transaction, the Company capitalized financing costs of $5.7 million related to the 11% Senior Notes and charged issuance costs of $9.0 million related to the Series A Preferred Stock and warrants to paid-in-capital.

The 11% Senior Notes are guaranteed by each of the Company's subsidiaries. The 11% Senior Notes are senior obligations of the Company that rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of the Company and are equally ranked with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company including the 12 1/2% Notes. The 11% Senior Notes are due

F-18

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

on March 15, 2004 and bear interest at a rate of 11% per annum payable on each March 15 and September 15.

The 11% Senior Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time, at the following redemption (expressed as a percentage of liquidation preference) if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing March 15, in the applicable year set forth below plus, without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the redemption date:

                            YEAR                              PERCENTAGE
                            ----                              ----------
2001........................................................   105.50 %
2002........................................................   102.75 %
2003........................................................   100.00 %

In addition, the Company, at its option, may redeem in the aggregate up to 25% of the original principal amount of 11% Senior Notes at any time prior to March 15, 2000, at a redemption price equal to 110% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

Convenants under the indebentures governing the 11% Senior Notes and Series A Preferred Stock are substantially identical to the covenants of the 12 1/2% Notes.

The Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to dividends at the rate of 14 1/4% per annum payable semi-annually beginning September 15, 1997. The Company, at its option, may pay dividends on any dividend payment date occurring on or before March 15, 2002 either in cash or by the issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company has elected to satisfy all or some portion of the dividends due through the issurance of additional preferred shares for the fiscal years 1997 and 1998 and the nine month period June 27, 1999 of 11,706, 27,554 and 15,217 shares, respectively.

The Series A Preferred Stock is exchangeable at the option of the Company, on any dividend payment date for the Company's 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures ("Exchange Debentures") due March 15, 2005. Once issued the 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures are redeemable, at the option of the Company, at any time, on or prior to March 15, 2000 at a redemption price equal to 105% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. After March 15, 2000 and prior to March 15, 2002 the 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures are not redeemable. On or after March 15, 2002, the 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures are redeemable at the option of the Company.

The 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures are issuable in an aggregate principal amount equal to the liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock so exchanged, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date fixed for the exchange thereof, plus any additional 14 1/4% Exchange debentures issued from time to time in lieu of cash interest. The maturity date is March 15, 2005. The Company has not exercised its option to exchange the Series A Preferred Stock for the 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures.

F-19

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000 at the redemption price equal to 105% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption. After March 15, 2000 and prior to March 15, 2002, the Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable. On or after March 2002, the Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of liquidation preference) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing March 15, of the applicable year set forth below plus, without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the redemption date:

YEAR                                                          PERCENTAGE
----                                                          ----------
2002........................................................     107%
2003........................................................     105%
2004 and thereafter.........................................     100%

The Company is required, subject to certain conditions, to redeem all of the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on March 15, 2005 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of the redemption.

(7) WARRANTS

Warrants consist of the following:

                                                      NUMBER OF CLASS B COMMON SHARES REPRESENTED
                                                                BY OUTSTANDING WARRANTS
                                                    ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          JUNE 27,
                                                      1996        1997        1998          1999
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------   ------------
Issued in connection with:
12 1/2% Senior Notes(a)...........................  5,352,950   5,352,950   2,469,950          --
Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock and 12 1/4%
  Senior Secured Notes(b).........................  2,141,150          --          --          --
14 1/4% Series A Senior Exchangeable Preferred
  Stock(c)........................................         --   3,745,000   3,745,000         750
Replacement warrants(a)...........................         --          --   2,910,450       9,500
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------      ------
          Total...................................  7,494,100   9,097,950   9,125,400      10,250
                                                    =========   =========   =========      ======


(a) In 1994, in conjunction with the issuance of 12 1/2% Senior Notes, the Company issued warrants exercisable for 5,352,950 shares of Class B Common Stock at an exercise price of $.01 per warrant share which are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, as defined in the warrant agreement. In connection with the declaration of a cash dividend on common stock, in March 1998, holders of these warrants were given the option to participate in such dividends in lieu of maintaining their anti-dilution rights with respect to such dividends. Holders of warrants representing 2,910,450 shares of Class B Common Stock exercised this option and received cash dividends of $0.326 million and replacement warrants representing 2,910,450 shares of Class B Common Stock which have an exercise

F-20

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

price of $.01 per share. The remaining warrant holders had their underlying shares adjusted upward resulting in an increase to additional paid in capital and a charge to accumulated deficit of $0.274 million. The remaining warrant holders exercised the warrants during the nine month period ended June 27, 1999. During the nine month period ended June 27, 1999 replacement warrants were exercised for 2,900,950 shares of Class B Common Stock. The remaining replacement warrants expired on June 30, 1999 representing 9,500 shares of common stock.

(b) In 1996, in conjunction with the issuance of Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock and 12 1/4% Senior Secured Notes, the Company issued warrants exercisable for 6% at the Company's Class B Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. In 1997 these warrants were redeemed with proceeds from the Company's 14 1/4% Series A Exchangeable Preferred Stock.

(c) In 1997, in conjunction with the issuance of the 14 1/4% Series A Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Company issued warrants that entitle the holder to acquire 21.4 shares of Class B Common Stock or 3,745,000 shares at a price equal to $0.01 per 21.4 shares, subject to adjustment from time to time upon to occurrence of certain changes of common stock, certain common stock distributions, certain issuances of options or convertible securities, certain dividends and distributions and certain other increases in the number of shares or common stock. During the nine month period ended June 27, 1999 warrants were exercised for 3,744,250 shares of Class B Common Stock. The remaining warrants expired on June 30, 1999 representing 750 shares of common stock.

(8) OTHER LONG-TERM DEBT

Other long-term debt consists of the following at September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999:

                                                           1997          1998          1999
                                                        ----------    ----------    -----------
Obligation under capital lease with related party
  payable in monthly installments of $9,000, including
  interest at 6.25%, commencing June 1992 (see note
  12).................................................  $1,030,797    $  989,278    $  953,920
Note payable due on March 27, 2003 including interest
  which accrues at an annual rate of three month LIBOR
  plus 450 basis points...............................   3,161,523     3,468,723     3,699,122
Note payable due on April 26, 2000 including interest
  which accrues at an annual rate of 6%...............                        --     1,000,000
                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                         4,192,320     4,458,001     5,653,042
Less current portion..................................      44,644        47,496     1,049,791
                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                        $4,147,676    $4,410,505    $4,603,251
                                                        ==========    ==========    ==========

F-21

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

The scheduled maturities of other long-term debt are as follows at June 27, 1999:

THREE MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER                                    AMOUNT
-----------------------------                                    ------
  1999......................................................   $   12,159

FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER
  2000......................................................    1,050,572
  2001......................................................       53,825
  2002......................................................       57,287
  2003......................................................    3,760,094
  2004......................................................       64,894
  Thereafter................................................      654,211
                                                               ----------
                                                               $5,653,042
                                                               ==========

(9) LOANS RECEIVABLE FROM STOCKHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Loans receivable from stockholders are comprised of loans receivable from the Company's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Chairman), and consist of notes which bear interest at 6.36% per annum, mature on December 30, 2025 and are payable in 30 equal annual installments of $0.2 million. Loans receivable have been classified as an increase in stockholders' deficiency in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Interest receivable of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, at September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999 is included in other current assets.

At September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999, the Company has advances totaling $0.3 million due from a party related through common ownership. Payment of this balance is guaranteed by the CEO. Additionally, at September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998, and June 27, 1999, the Company had trade receivables totaling $0.4 million due from this related party which have been fully reserved as being uncollectible.

The Company pays the operating expenses for a boat owned by a party related through common ownership which is used by the Company for business entertainment purposes. Such expenses approximated $0.1 million for each of the fiscal years ended September 29, 1996, September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998 and for the nine months ended June 27, 1999.

The Company leases an apartment from its CEO for annual rentals of $0.1 million through August 2007. Certain renovation expenses were paid for by the Company totaling $0.2 million during 1998 and 1999. Additionally, the Company occupies a building under a capital lease agreement with certain stockholders (see note 12). The building lease expires in 2012 and calls for an annual base rent of approximately $0.1 million.

In connection with the relocation of offices from the New York metropolitan area to the Miami metropolitan area, the Company advanced the CEO an aggregate of $1.1 million to pay for various expenses. On July 16, 1997, the CEO executed a promissory note to the Company for the principal amount of $1.1 million to evidence these advances. The note was payable on

F-22

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

demand and bore interest at a rate of 7% per annum. The Company declared and paid a dividend in 1998 and applied a portion of the proceeds of such dividend which were otherwise payable to the CEO to the repayment in full of this promissory note.

(10) STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company maintains a stock option plan pursuant to which the Company has reserved up to 1,337,500 shares of Class B Common Stock for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the plan. The plan covers all regular salaried employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. No options have been granted under this plan to date.

(11) CAPITAL STOCK

On September 29, 1999, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation, resulting in a conversion of all existing shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of shares representing a 50 to 1 stock split for each share. The number of authorized shares of capital stock was increased to 151 million comprised of 100 million shares of Class A Common Stock, 50 million shares of Class B Common Stock and 1 million shares of Preferred Stock, and the par values of both the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock were changed from $.01 per share to $.0001 per share. In addition, Class B Common Stockholders are entitled to ten votes per share and Class A Common Stockholders are entitled to one vote per share. Upon transfer or sale of stock by Class B Stockholders to non affiliate parties, as defined, such shares automatically convert to shares of Class A Common Stock.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect these actions.

The rights of the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical except for voting rights and conversion provisions. Holders of each class of common stock are entitled to receive dividends and upon liquidation or dissolution are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to stockholders. The holders of each class have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Each class of common stock is subordinate to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution of the Company.

(12) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS

The Company occupies a building under a capital lease agreement with certain stockholders of the Company expiring in June 2012. The amount capitalized under this lease agreement and

F-23

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

included in property and equipment at September 27, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999 is as follows:

                                                           1997          1998          1999
                                                        ----------    ----------    -----------
Building under capital lease..........................  $1,230,440    $1,230,440    $1,230,440
Less: Accumulated depreciation........................    (328,011)     (389,533)     (430,548)
                                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                        $  902,429    $  840,907    $  799,892
                                                        ==========    ==========    ==========

The Company leases office space and facilities and certain equipment under operating leases, one of which is with a related party (see note 9), that expire at various dates through 2035. Certain leases provide for base rental payments plus escalation charges for real estate taxes and operating expenses.

At June 27, 1999, future minimum lease payments under such leases are as follows:

                                                               CAPITAL      OPERATING
THREE MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER                                   LEASE         LEASES
-----------------------------                                 ----------    ----------
  1999......................................................  $   37,250    $  244,100

FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER
----------------------------
  2000......................................................     149,000       793,100
  2001......................................................     149,000       594,700
  2002......................................................     149,000       542,000
  2003......................................................     149,000       463,000
  2004......................................................     149,000       332,900
Thereafter..................................................   1,142,364     2,922,800
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total minimum lease payments................................   1,924,614    $5,892,600
                                                                            ==========
Less executory costs........................................    (529,614)
                                                              ----------
                                                               1,395,000
Less interest at 6.25%......................................    (441,080)
                                                              ----------
Present value of minimum lease payments.....................  $  953,920
                                                              ==========

Total rent expense for the fiscal years ended September 29, 1996, September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998 and the nine months ended June 27, 1999 amounted to $1.1 million, $1.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

F-24

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

The Company has agreements to sublease its radio frequencies and portions of its tower sites. Such agreements provide for payments through 2002. The future minimum rental income to be received under these agreements as of June 27, 1999 is as follows:

THREE MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER                                  AMOUNT
-----------------------------                                 --------
  1999......................................................  $166,685

FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER
----------------------------
  2000......................................................     320,674
  2001......................................................     259,893
  2002......................................................     109,330
                                                              ----------
                                                              $  856,582
                                                              ==========

At June 27, 1999, the Company is committed to employment contracts for certain executives, on-air talent and general managers expiring through 2003. Future payments under such contracts are as follows:

                                                                AMOUNT
THREE MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER                                   ------
  1999......................................................  $  767,733

FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER
  2000......................................................   2,247,950
  2001......................................................   1,886,433
  2002......................................................   1,282,917
  2003......................................................      62,500
                                                              ----------
                                                              $6,247,533
                                                              ==========

Included in the future payments schedule above is a five-year employment agreement with the CEO. The agreement provides for a base salary of not less than $1.3 million, which may be increased by the board of directors in its sole discretion. Under the terms of the agreement, the CEO is paid a cash bonus equal to the sum of (a) 2.5% of the dollar increase in same station revenue in the aggregate for any fiscal year and (b) 5.0% of the dollar increase in same station broadcast cash flow for any fiscal year.

Certain employees' contracts provide for additional amounts to be paid if station ratings or cash flow targets are met.

CONTINGENCIES

In connection with the sale of the AM stations (see note 4), the Company assigned a lease for a transmitter site which is located on a former landfill which ceased operations in the late 1960s. As part of the sales agreement, the Company retained potential exposure relating to possible environmental liabilities relating to this site. Management is unable to assess the likelihood that any claim for remediation of this site will arise and no amounts have been accrued in the consolidated financial statements relating to this contingent liability.

F-25

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

(13) INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) for the fiscal years ended September 29, 1996, September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998 and the nine months ended June 27, 1999 consists of the following and were allocated as follows:

                                                                    1996
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                             CURRENT-
                                             STATE AND    CURRENT      DEFERRED
                                               LOCAL      FEDERAL       FEDERAL         TOTAL
                                             ---------    --------    -----------    -----------
Loss from operations.......................  $191,922     $     --    $(1,357,722)   $(1,165,800)
                                             ========     ========    ===========    ===========

                                                                    1997
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                             CURRENT-
                                             STATE AND    CURRENT      DEFERRED
                                               LOCAL      FEDERAL       FEDERAL         TOTAL
                                             ---------    --------    -----------    -----------
Loss from operations.......................  $250,000     $     --    $(2,964,411)   $(2,714,411)
Extraordinary item -- loss on
  extinguishment of debt...................        --           --     (1,097,836)    (1,097,836)
                                             --------     --------    -----------    -----------
                                             $250,000     $     --    $(4,062,247)   $(3,812,247)
                                             ========     ========    ===========    ===========

                                                                    1998
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                             CURRENT-
                                             STATE AND    CURRENT      DEFERRED
                                               LOCAL      FEDERAL       FEDERAL         TOTAL
                                             ---------    --------    -----------    -----------
Income from operations.....................  $950,000     $850,000    $13,824,032    $15,624,032
Extraordinary item -- loss on
  extinguishment of debt...................        --           --     (1,075,149)    (1,075,149)
                                             --------     --------    -----------    -----------
                                             $950,000     $850,000    $12,748,883    $14,548,883
                                             ========     ========    ===========    ===========

                                                                    1999
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                             CURRENT-
                                             STATE AND    CURRENT      DEFERRED
                                               LOCAL      FEDERAL       FEDERAL         TOTAL
                                             ---------    --------    -----------    -----------
Income from operations.....................  $200,000     $ 50,000    $ 2,927,482    $ 3,177,482
                                             ========     ========    ===========    ===========

During fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the nine months ended June 27, 1999, the Company utilized net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million, $0.7 million, $38.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

F-26

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

The tax effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999 is as follows:

                                                         1997           1998           1999
                                                      -----------   ------------   ------------
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards..................  $32,955,490   $ 16,919,249   $ 16,366,440
  Deferred interest.................................    5,717,617      6,080,278      6,358,461
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................    2,162,038      3,108,024      3,376,640
  Fixed assets......................................      474,286        474,286        474,286
  Unearned revenue..................................           --        856,582      1,091,856
  AMT credit........................................           --        850,000        850,000
                                                      -----------   ------------   ------------
     Total gross deferred tax assets................   41,309,431     28,288,419     28,517,683
     Less valuation allowance.......................  (17,396,470)   (17,396,470)   (17,396,470)
                                                      -----------   ------------   ------------
     Total net deferred tax assets..................   23,912,961     10,891,949     11,121,213
                                                      -----------   ------------   ------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....................   11,776,023     14,463,595     17,620,341
  Intangible assets.................................    8,382,950      5,502,950      5,502,950
  Unearned revenue..................................       79,701             --             --
                                                      -----------   ------------   ------------
     Total gross deferred tax liabilities...........   20,238,674     19,966,545     23,123,291
                                                      -----------   ------------   ------------
     Net deferred tax asset (liability).............  $ 3,674,287   $ (9,074,596)  $(12,002,078)
                                                      ===========   ============   ============

Total income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 35% for fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the nine months ended June 27, 1999 as a result of the following:

                                                                                      JUNE 27,
                                                           1996     1997     1998       1999
                                                           -----    -----    ----    -----------
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)................  (35.0)%  (35.0)%  35.0%      35.0%
State Income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit....    2.2%    (2.8)%   6.5%       6.4%
Non-deductible expenses..................................    9.0%     1.4%    0.4%       1.2%
Other....................................................    3.2%    (1.8)%   1.8%       0.1%
                                                           -----    -----    ----       ----
                                                            20.6%    38.2%   43.7%      42.7%

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of September 28, 1997, September 27, 1998 and June 27, 1999 was $17,396,470. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

F-27

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

At June 27, 1999, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income expiring as follows:

                                                                   NET
                                                                OPERATING
                                                                   LOSS
EXPIRING IN SEPTEMBER                                         CARRYFORWARDS
---------------------                                         --------------
  2007......................................................   $ 5,772,000
  2008......................................................    12,213,000
  2009......................................................    11,445,000
  2010......................................................    12,868,000
                                                               -----------
                                                               $42,298,000
                                                               ===========

(14) LITIGATION

The Company is the defendant in a number of lawsuits and claims incidental in its ordinary course of business, certain of which have been brought by former employees. The litigation which is probable to result in an unfavorable outcome and can be reasonably estimated amounts to $0.3 million which the Company has accrued. The Company does not believe the outcome of any litigation, current or pending, would have a material adverse impact on the financial position on the results of operations of the Company.

(15) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

(a) PURCHASE OF PUERTO RICO STATIONS

On September 22, 1999, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of nine subsidiaries of Chancellor Media Corporation of Los Angeles. The Company has agreed to purchase, own and operate eight radio stations in Puerto Rico, including stations WIOA-FM, WIOP-FM, WIOC-FM, WCOM-FM, WZMT-FM, WZNT-FM, WOYE-FM, AND WCTA-FM. The purchase price is $90.0 million. In connection with this acquisition, the Company made a $10.0 million nonrefundable deposit on the purchase price into escrow. The closing of this acquisition is subject to the satisfaction of certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals from the FCC and Department of Justice. The Company expects to finance the purchase of these companies from a combination of bank borrowings and cash on hand. Prior to the closing of these acquisitions (but following approval of the Department of Justice), the Company intends to operate these stations under a local marketing agreement pursuant to which the Company will pay a monthly fee in exchange

F-28

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

for the exclusive right to program and sell commercial announcements for each of the stations. The Company expects to close the acquisition of these companies by the end of December 1999. However, there can be no assurance that this acquisition can be completed during the expected time frame or at all.

(b) TENDER OFFER

On September 30, 1999, the Company commenced tender offers and consent solicitations (the "Tender Offers") relating to any and all of its outstanding 11% Notes and 12 1/2% Notes, at approximately 111% and 114%, respectively, of their par values. The Tender Offers are contingent upon completion of the Company's planned IPO and debt offering, and the valid tender of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of both the 11% Notes and the 12 1/2% Notes. The Tender Offers expire on November 2, 1999.

(c) LETTERS OF UNDERSTANDING

On September 24, 1999, the Company entered into letters of understanding with its then Chairman and Secretary. These letters outline the mutual intentions of the Company and these individuals in connection with the Company's planned IPO, and are contingent upon the completion of the IPO. These letters provide for the following:

- the sale by these individuals of $14.0 million of their Class B Common Stock in the IPO;

- the purchase by the Company of annuities providing aggregate annual retirement compensation of $1.0 million to these individuals. These annuities are estimated to cost the Company $10.6 million;

- the retention of these individuals as members of the Company's Board of Directors, with titles of Chairman Emeritus and Secretary Emeritus, respectively;

- an agreement to sell, to the Chairman, the Company's two radio stations located in the Florida Keys for $0.7 million;

- the repayment by the Chairman of a stockholder loan for approximately $0.6 million, plus accrued interest of approximately $0.1 million;

- an agreement by the Chairman to assume responsibility for a boat currently leased by the Company; and,

- the use by the Chairman of a car and driver, and by the Secretary of a car, to be provided by the Company.

(d) NEW BENEFIT PLANS (UNAUDITED)

In September 1999, the Company adopted an employee incentive stock option plan ("the 1999 ISO Plan"), a non-employee director stock option plan ("the 1999 NQ Plan"), and a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan ("the 401(k) Plan"). Options granted under the 1999 ISO Plan will vest according to terms to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, and will have a contractual life of five to ten years from

F-29

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997, SEPTEMBER 27, 1998 AND JUNE 27, 1999

(INTERIM INFORMATION FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998 IS UNAUDITED

date of grant. Options granted under the 1999 NQ Plan will vest 20% upon grant, and 20% each year for the first four years from grant. All options granted under the 1999 ISO Plan and the 1999 NQ Plan vest immediately upon a change in control of the Company, as defined. A total of 3,000,000 shares and 300,000 shares of Class A Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1999 ISO Plan and the 1999 NQ Plan, respectively.

The 401(k) Plan provides for Company contributions to match 25% of an eligible employee's contributions, up to 5% of the employee's base monthly earnings. All employees over the age of 21 that have completed at least 500 hours of service are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.

(e) PLANNED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (UNAUDITED)

The Company intends to conduct an initial public offering (IPO) for a yet to be determined number of shares of Class A Common Stock. Concurrently with this offering the Company plans to offer $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes due 2009. The Company has also entered into a commitment letter with a lender for the arrangement of senior credit facilities in an amount of up to $200.0 million. These senior credit facilities are contingent upon completion of a definitive agreement with the lender on or before November 12, 1999, the completion of the IPO and the concurrent offering of the senior subordinated notes due 2009, and the redemption of the Company's preferred stock. There is no assurance that these offerings will occur, or that the senior credit facilities will be obtained.

In connection with these offerings, the Company intends to amend its employment agreement with its CEO and enter into employment agreements with two other executive officers of the Company. In addition the CEO intends to repay a shareholder loan for approximately $1.9 million, plus accrued interest of approximately $0.4 million.

(f) CONTINGENCY (UNAUDITED)

On September 28, 1999, the Company received notice from the purchaser of KXMG-AM that it would make a claim against the Company for indemnification under the agreement pursuant to which KXMG-AM was sold, for the removal of an underground fuel storage tank located on the site of KXMG-AM's transmitter. The notice did not specify the amount involved in the indemnification claim. The Company does not have sufficient information to assess the potential exposure related to this matter, and no amounts have been accrued in the consolidated financial statements relating to this contingent liability.

F-30

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996,
SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1998
AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 27, 1999

                                                      COLUMN C ADDITIONS
                                        COLUMN B    -----------------------                    COLUMN E
                                        BALANCE     CHARGED TO   CHARGED TO                   BALANCE AT
COLUMN A                               BEGINNING     COST AND      OTHER        COLUMN D         END
DESCRIPTION                            OF PERIOD     EXPENSE      ACCOUNTS    DEDUCTIONS(1)   OF PERIOD
-----------                            ----------   ----------   ----------   -------------   ----------
Fiscal year 1996:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts....  $5,184,886   $4,908,699      --         $5,582,822     $4,510,763
Fiscal year 1997:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts....  $4,510,763   $3,530,259      --         $2,635,927     $5,405,095
Fiscal year 1998:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts....  $5,405,095   $2,634,509      --         $  269,544     $7,770,060
Nine month ended June 27, 1999:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts....  $7,770,060   $1,743,705      --         $3,483,078     $6,030,687


(1) Write-offs, net of recoveries.

F-31

22,355,200 Shares

[SPS LOGO]
SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
Class A Common Stock
PROSPECTUS

October , 1999


LEHMAN BROTHERS
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
CIBC WORLD MARKETS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following is an itemized statement of estimated expenses in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities being registered by this registration statement.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........  $  114,351.32
Printing....................................................      75,000.00
Accounting fees and expenses................................     325,000.00
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     450,000.00
Blue sky fees and expenses..................................             --
Miscellaneous...............................................      35,648.68
                                                              -------------
          Total.............................................  $1,000,000.00
                                                              =============

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or complete action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 145 further provides that a corporation similarly may indemnify any such person serving in any such capacity who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation has a provision which limits the liability of directors and officers to us to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. The third amended and restated certificate of incorporation specifies that our directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, as applicable. This limitation does not apply to actions by a director or officer that do not meet the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Company to indemnify such director or officer.

II-1


Additionally, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of SBS pursuant to this prospectus, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Our amended and restated by-laws provide for indemnification of directors and officers (and others) in the manner, under the circumstances and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. This generally authorizes indemnification as to all expenses incurred or imposed as a result of actions, suits or proceedings if the indemnified parties act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of SBS. Upon completion of this offering, it is intended that each director will enter into an indemnification agreement with us that provides for indemnification to the fullest extent provided by law. We believe that these provisions are necessary or useful to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

We have obtained insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers that provides for coverage of up to $100.0 million.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On March 25, 1996 we sold 37,500 shares of our redeemable series A preferred stock and $35.0 million of our 12 1/4% senior secured notes due 2001, in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. We also issued to the holders of the preferred stock and notes warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, 6% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis which are exercisable no later than June 29, 1998. We received gross proceeds of $72.5 million from this offering. The securities were sold to certain qualified institutional buyers through CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as exclusive placement agent.

In June 1996, September 1996 and December 1996, we elected to satisfy interest due on the notes through the issuance of $3,384,843 additional notes issued at face value. In June 1996, September 1996 and December 1996, we elected to satisfy the dividends due of $3,773,000 through the issuance of 3,773 additional shares of preferred stock. On March 27, 1997, the notes, the preferred stock and the warrants were repurchased or redeemed by SBS.

In lieu of paying dividends on the senior preferred stock, we paid dividends in the form of shares of senior preferred stock on each of September 15, 1997, March 15, 1998 and September 15, 1998 of 11,706, 13,303 and 14,251, respectively.

On March 27, 1997, we sold 175,000 units comprised of 175,000 shares of our series A senior exchangeable preferred stock, liquidation preference $1,000 per share, and warrants to purchase 74,900 shares of our Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share and (b) $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11% notes due 2004 in transactions not registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of the Act. We received gross proceeds of $250,000,000 from these offerings. The securities were sold to

II-2


certain qualified institutional buyers through CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as exclusive placement agent.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(A) EXHIBITS

1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement with Lehman Brothers Inc.,
      Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and CIBC
      World Markets Corp., dated October   , 1999.*
3.1   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
      the Company, dated September 29, 1999 (Exhibit A to this
      exhibit 3.1 is incorporated by reference to the Company's
      Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 25, 1996 (the
      "Current Report")).
3.2   Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated
      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September
      29, 1999.
3.3   Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
4.1   Article V of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Company, dated September 29, 1999. (See
      Exhibit 3.1)
4.2   Certificate of Designation filed as Exhibit A to the Third
      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
      Company, dated September 29, 1999. (See Exhibit 3.1)
4.3   Indenture dated June 29, 1994 among the Company, IBJ
      Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, the Guarantors
      named therein and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated
      by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's 1994
      Registration Statement on Form S-4).
4.4   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 25, 1996 to
      the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company,
      the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
      Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
      Current Report).
4.5   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 1997 to
      the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company,
      the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
      Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
      Current Report).
4.6   Form of Supplemental Indenture dated as of November   , 1999
      to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the
      Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank
      & Trust Company, as Trustee.
4.7   Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among the Company, the
      Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
      Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
      Current Report).
4.8   Form of Supplemental Indenture dated as of November   , 1999
      to the Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among the
      Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank
      & Trust Company, as Trustee.
4.9   Exchange Debenture Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997,
      among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and U.S.
      Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by
      reference to the Current Report).


* To be filed by amendment.


II-3


 4.10  Indenture with respect to      % Senior Subordinated Notes
       due 2009 with The Bank of New York as Trustee, dated
                      , 1999.*
 5.1   Opinion of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
       regarding legality.*
10.1   Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 1997
       among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and CIBC
       Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
       (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.2   Unit Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company,
       the Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
       Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.3   Warrant Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the
       Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Warrant
       Agent (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.4   Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement
       dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company, certain
       Management Stockholders named therein and CIBC Wood Gundy
       Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by
       reference to the Current Report).
10.5   Notes Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15,
       1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and
       CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
       (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.6   Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
       March 15, 1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named
       therein and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial
       Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.7   National Radio Sales Representation Agreement dated as of
       February 3, 1997 between Caballero Spanish Media, L.L.C. and
       the Company (incorporated by reference to the Current
       Report).
10.8   Employment Agreement dated as of March 4, 1997 between Raul
       Alarcon, Jr. and the Company (incorporated by reference to
       the Current Report).
10.9   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of
                  , 1999, by and between the Company and Raul
       Alarcon, Jr.*
10.10  Employment Agreement dated February 5, 1997 between Carey
       Davis and the Company.*
10.11  Employment Agreement dated as of October         , 1999, by
       and between the Company and Joseph A. Garcia.*
10.12  Employment Agreement dated as of October      , 1999, by and
       between the Company and Luis Diaz-Albertini.*
10.13  Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 1999, between Spanish
       Broadcasting System of Greater Miami, Inc. and Jesus Salas.*
10.14  Letter Agreement dated January 13, 1997 between the Company
       and Caballero Spanish Media, LLC (incorporated by reference
       to the Current Report).
10.15  1994 Stock Option Plan of the Company (incorporated by
       reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1994 Registration
       Statement).


* To be filed by amendment.


II-4


10.16  Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Louis Viola
       Company and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996
       Current Report).
10.17  Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Frank F. Viola
       and Estate of Thomas C. Viola and SBS-NJ (incorporated by
       reference to the 1996 Current Report).
10.18  Lease and License Agreement dated February 1, 1991 between
       Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY, as
       tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of the
       1994 Registration Statement).
10.19  Modification of Lease and License dated June 30, 1992
       between Empire State Building Company and SBS-NY related to
       WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 of the
       1994 Registration Statement).
10.20  Lease and License Modification and Extension Agreement dated
       as of June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company,
       as landlord, and SBS-NY as tenant (incorporated by reference
       to Exhibit 10.15.3 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
10.21  Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
       Alarcon, Sr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $577,323
       (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's
       1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
10.22  Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
       Alarcon, Jr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $1,896,913
       (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's
       1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
10.23  Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1992 among Raul Alarcon, Sr.,
       Raul Alarcon, Jr., and SBS-Fla (incorporated by reference to
       Exhibit 10.30 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
10.24  Indenture dated October 12, 1988 between Alarcon Holdings,
       Inc. and SBS-NJ related to the studio located at 26 West
       56th Street, NY, NY (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
       10.32 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
10.25  Agreement of Lease dated as of March 1, 1996. No.
       WT-1744-A119 1067 between The Port Authority of New Jersey
       and SBS-GNY as assignee of Park Radio (incorporated by
       reference to the 1996 Current Report).
10.26  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and
       between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey),
       Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish
       Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting
       System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by
       reference to Exhibit 10.62 of the Company's Registration
       Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File No. 333-26295)).
10.27  Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 29, 1997 to the Asset
       Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and between
       Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey), Spanish
       Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish
       Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting
       System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by
       referent to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
       S-1, dated January 21, 1999).
10.28  Promissory Note dated July 16, 1997 of Raul Alarcon, Jr. to
       the Company in the principal amount of $1,050,229.63
       (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 of the Company's
       Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File No.
       333-26295)).


* To be filed by amendment.


II-5


10.29  Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 28, 1998 by and
       between Spanish Broadcasting System of San Antonio, Inc. and
       Radio KRIO, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to the Company's
       Form 10-Q dated February 12, 1998).
10.30  Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 16, 1998 by and between
       Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc. and Pan
       Caribbean Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by
       reference to the Company's Form 10-Q dated July 12, 1998).
10.31  Extension of lease of a Condominium Unit (Metropolitan Tower
       Condominium) between Raul Alarcon, Jr. ("Landlord") and
       Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. ("Tenant") (incorporated
       by reference to the Company's 1998 Annual Report on Form
       10-K).
10.32  Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 8, 1999 by and
       between Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc. and
       Guayama Broadcasting Company, Inc. and LaMega Estacion, Inc.
       (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration
       Statement on Form S-1, dated January 21, 1999).
10.33  Stock Purchase Agreement among JuJu Media, Inc., each of the
       individual sellers, and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.,
       dated April 26, 1999.
10.34  Form of Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October, 1999,
       by and between Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.,
       and            .
10.35  Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of            ,
       1999 between the Company and            .
10.36  Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Stock Option Plan.
10.37  Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Company Stock Option Plan
       for Nonemployee Directors.
13.1   Annual Report of the Company (incorporated by reference to
       the Company's 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2   Consent of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
       (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3   Consent of Roman Martinez IV.
23.4   Consent of Jason L. Shrinsky.
24.1   Power of Attorney (included herein).


* To be filed by amendment.

(b) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The financial statement schedule -- "Valuation and Qualifying Accounts" -- appears on page F-31. All other schedules are omitted because they either are not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or corresponding notes appearing elsewhere in this registration statement.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of SBS pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange

II-6


Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by SBS of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of SBS in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b) We hereby undertake:

(1) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved in the transaction, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(2) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

- To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

- To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

- To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(4) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-7


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, SBS has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 6th day of October, 1999.

SPANISH BROADCASTING
SYSTEM, INC.

By:                  *
  ------------------------------------
Name:  Raul Alarcon, Jr.
Title:    Chief Executive Officer and
          President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 6th day of October, 1999. Each person whose signature appears below hereby authorizes Raul Alarcon, Jr. and Joseph A. Garcia, and each of them, as attorney-in-fact, to sign and file in his behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, all amendments and post-effective amendments to this registration statement.

                     SIGNATURE
                     ---------

                         *                           Chief Executive Officer, President and a
---------------------------------------------------    Director (principal executive officer)
                 Raul Alarcon, Jr.

               /s/ JOSEPH A. GARCIA                  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
---------------------------------------------------    Officer, and Assistant Secretary
                 Joseph A. Garcia                      (principal financial and accounting
                                                       officer)

                         *                           Chairman of the Board of Directors
---------------------------------------------------
              Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr.

                         *                           Secretary and a Director
---------------------------------------------------
                   Jose Grimalt


* The undersigned by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign and execute this Amendment No. 3 to the Form S-1 Registration Statement on behalf of the above named officers and directors of the Company pursuant to the Power of Attorney executed by such officers and directors previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

               /s/ JOSEPH A. GARCIA
---------------------------------------------------
                 Joseph A. Garcia

II-8


EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
  NO.
-------
 1.1      Underwriting Agreement with Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill
          Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and CIBC World
          Markets Corp., dated October   , 1999.*
 3.1      Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
          the Company, dated September 29, 1999 (Exhibit A to this
          exhibit 3.1 is incorporated by reference to the Current
          Report).
 3.2      Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated
          Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September
          29, 1999.
 3.3      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
 4.1      Article V of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of
          Incorporation of the Company, dated September 29, 1999. (See
          Exhibit 3.1)
 4.2      Certificate of Designation filed as Exhibit A to the Third
          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
          Company, dated September 29, 1999. (See Exhibit 3.1)
 4.3      Indenture dated June 29, 1994 among the Company, IBJ
          Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, the Guarantors
          named therein and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's 1994
          Registration Statement on Form S-4).
 4.4      First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 25, 1996 to
          the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company,
          the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
          Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
          Current Report).
 4.5      Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 21, 1997 to
          the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company,
          the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
          Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
          Current Report).
 4.6      Form of Supplemental Indenture dated as of November   , 1999
          to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the
          Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank
          & Trust Company, as Trustee.
 4.7      Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among the Company, the
          Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
          Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the
          Current Report).
 4.8      Form of Supplemental Indenture dated as of November   , 1999
          to the Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997, among the
          Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank
          & Trust Company, as Trustee.
 4.9      Exchange Debenture Indenture dated as of March 15, 1997,
          among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and U.S.
          Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by
          reference to the Current Report).
 4.10     Indenture with respect to      % Senior Subordinated Notes
          due 2009 with The Bank of New York as Trustee, dated
                         , 1999.*
 5.1      Opinion of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
          regarding legality.*


* To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT
  NO.
-------
10.1      Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 24, 1997
          among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and CIBC
          Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
          (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.2      Unit Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company,
          the Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
          Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.3      Warrant Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the
          Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Warrant
          Agent (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.4      Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement
          dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company, certain
          Management Stockholders named therein and CIBC Wood Gundy
          Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by
          reference to the Current Report).
10.5      Notes Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 15,
          1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and
          CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial Purchaser
          (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.6      Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
          March 15, 1997 among the Company, the Guarantors named
          therein and CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., as Initial
          Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the Current Report).
10.7      National Radio Sales Representation Agreement dated as of
          February 3, 1997 between Caballero Spanish Media, L.L.C. and
          the Company (incorporated by reference to the Current
          Report).
10.8      Employment Agreement dated as of March 4, 1997 between Raul
          Alarcon, Jr. and the Company (incorporated by reference to
          the Current Report).
10.9      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of
                     , 1999, by and between the Company and Raul
          Alarcon, Jr.*
10.10     Employment Agreement dated February 5, 1997 between Carey
          Davis and the Company.*
10.11     Employment Agreement dated as of October         , 1999, by
          and between the Company and Joseph A. Garcia.*
10.12     Employment Agreement dated as of October      , 1999, by and
          between the Company and Luis Diaz-Albertini.*
10.13     Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 1999, between Spanish
          Broadcasting System of Greater Miami, Inc. and Jesus Salas.*
10.14     Letter Agreement dated January 13, 1997 between the Company
          and Caballero Spanish Media, LLC (incorporated by reference
          to the Current Report).
10.15     1994 Stock Option Plan of the Company (incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1994 Registration
          Statement).
10.16     Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Louis Viola
          Company and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996
          Current Report).


* To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT
  NO.
-------
10.17     Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Frank F. Viola
          and Estate of Thomas C. Viola and SBS-NJ (incorporated by
          reference to the 1996 Current Report).
10.18     Lease and License Agreement dated February 1, 1991 between
          Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY, as
          tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of the
          1994 Registration Statement).
10.19     Modification of Lease and License dated June 30, 1992
          between Empire State Building Company and SBS-NY related to
          WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 of the
          1994 Registration Statement).
10.20     Lease and License Modification and Extension Agreement dated
          as of June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company,
          as landlord, and SBS-NY as tenant (incorporated by reference
          to Exhibit 10.15.3 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
10.21     Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
          Alarcon, Sr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $577,323
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's
          1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
10.22     Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 1995 of Raul
          Alarcon, Jr. to SBS-NJ in the principal amount of $1,896,913
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's
          1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
10.23     Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1992 among Raul Alarcon, Sr.,
          Raul Alarcon, Jr., and SBS-Fla (incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 10.30 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
10.24     Indenture dated October 12, 1988 between Alarcon Holdings,
          Inc. and SBS-NJ related to the studio located at 26 West
          56th Street, NY, NY (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.32 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
10.25     Agreement of Lease dated as of March 1, 1996. No.
          WT-1744-A119 1067 between The Port Authority of New Jersey
          and SBS-GNY as assignee of Park Radio (incorporated by
          reference to the 1996 Current Report).
10.26     Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and
          between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey),
          Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish
          Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting
          System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 10.62 of the Company's Registration
          Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File No. 333-26295)).
10.27     Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 29, 1997 to the Asset
          Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and between
          Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey), Spanish
          Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish
          Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting
          System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by
          referent to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
          S-1, dated January 21, 1999).
10.28     Promissory Note dated July 16, 1997 of Raul Alarcon, Jr. to
          the Company in the principal amount of $1,050,229.63
          (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 of the Company's
          Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File No.
          333-26295)).


* To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT
  NO.
-------
10.29     Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 28, 1998 by and
          between Spanish Broadcasting System of San Antonio, Inc. and
          Radio KRIO, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to the Company's
          Form 10-Q dated February 12, 1998).
10.30     Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 16, 1998 by and between
          Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc. and Pan
          Caribbean Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by
          reference to the Company's Form 10-Q dated July 12, 1998).
10.31     Extension of lease of a Condominium Unit (Metropolitan Tower
          Condominium) between Raul Alarcon, Jr. ("Landlord") and
          Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. ("Tenant") (incorporated
          by reference to the Company's 1998 Annual Report on Form
          10-K).
10.32     Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 8, 1999 by and
          between Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc. and
          Guayama Broadcasting Company, Inc. and LaMega Estacion, Inc.
          (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration
          Statement on Form S-1, dated January 21, 1999).
10.33     Stock Purchase Agreement among JuJu Media, Inc., each of the
          individual sellers, and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.,
          dated April 26, 1999.
10.34     Form of Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October, 1999,
          by and between Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.,
          and            .
10.35     Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of            ,
          1999 between the Company and            .
10.36     Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Stock Option Plan.
10.37     Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Company Stock Option Plan
          for Nonemployee Directors.
13.1      Annual Report of the Company (incorporated by reference to
          the Company's 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
21.1      List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1      Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2      Consent of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
          (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3      Consent of Roman Martinez IV.
23.4      Consent of Jason L. Shrinsky.
24.1      Power of Attorney (included herein).


* To be filed by amendment.


EXHIBIT 3.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. was duly authorized, approved and adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). Pursuant to Section 228(d) of the DGCL, written notice has been given to the stockholders who have not consented in writing. The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 1, 1994, and an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 27, 1994 and on March 21, 1996. The provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated, shall at the Effective Date (as defined below) read as follows:

ARTICLE I - NAME

The name of the corporation is Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II - REGISTERED OFFICE

The post office address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

ARTICLE III - PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

ARTICLE IV - RECLASSIFICATION AND STOCK SPLIT

Immediately upon the filing of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Effective Date"), each share of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be, without further action by the Corporation or any holder thereof, changed, converted and reclassified into a number of shares of newly authorized Class B Common Stock equal to the number of shares representing a 50 to 1 stock split for each share (the "Conversion Factor"). Each certificate then outstanding stating on its face that it represents shares of Class A Common Stock existing prior to the Effective Date, shall automatically represent, from and after the Effective Date, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of shares


on the face of the certificate of Class A Common Stock existing prior to the Effective Date multiplied by the Conversion Factor.

ARTICLE V - CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.1. General. The maximum number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred and Fifty-One Million (151,000,000) shares of capital stock, of which One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares shall be Class A Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share and of which Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares shall be Class B Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall collectively be referred to as the "Common Stock") and One Million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock are sometimes referred to herein as the Capital Stock of the Corporation.

Section 5.2. Preferred Stock/Certificate of Designation.

(a) Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series. The Corporation's Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized without further action by the Corporation's stockholders, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL, to authorize and otherwise provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to determine the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, including voting rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock and may increase or decrease the number of shares within each such series; provided, however, that the Corporation's Board of Directors may not decrease the number of shares within a series to less than the number of shares within such series that are then outstanding and may not increase the number of shares within a series above the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock for which the powers, designations, preferences and rights have not otherwise been set forth herein. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(i) the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

(ii) the dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

(iii) whether that series shall have voting, optional and/or special rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, including, without limitation, the right to elect one or more members of the Board of Directors;

2

(iv) whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

(v) whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

(vi) whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund; and

(vii) the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series.

(b) Certificate of Designation. The Designations, Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and other Special Rights of 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A, and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof are set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

Section 5.3. Provisions Applicable to Both Classes of Common Stock. Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or as otherwise provided in Sections 5.4 and 5.6 hereof and Section 5.3(a) below, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall be identical.

(a) Voting Rights. The holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote per share in person or by written proxy at all annual or special meetings of the Corporation or on matters in which the holders of Capital Stock are entitled to vote. The holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes per share, in person or by written proxy at all annual or special meetings of the Corporation or on matters in which the holders of Capital Stock are entitled to vote. Except as set forth herein, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall each be entitled to vote separately as a class with respect to (i) amendments to this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of their respective class of stock so as to affect them adversely and (ii) such other matters as require class votes under the DGCL or other applicable laws. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or other applicable law or pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof or by resolution or resolutions of the Board providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall have the sole voting power for all purposes, each holder of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock being entitled to vote as provided in this Section 5.3(a).

3

(b) Stock Splits. The Corporation shall not in any manner subdivide (by any stock split, reclassification, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) or combine the outstanding shares of one class of Common Stock unless the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock shall be proportionately subdivided or combined; provided, however, that the Corporation shall effect the reclassification and stock split set forth in ARTICLE IV upon the filing of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(c) Liquidation Rights. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment shall have been made to holders of outstanding Preferred Stock, if any, of the full amount to which they are entitled pursuant to this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions that may be adopted from time to time by the Corporation's Board of Directors for the purpose of fixing the designations, preferences, rights and restrictions of any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder, in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution among the holders of Common Stock, whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings. For purposes of this paragraph, neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations pursuant to which the holders of Capital Stock of the Corporation receive capital stock and/or other securities (including debt securities) of the acquiring corporation (or of the direct or indirect parent corporation of the acquiring corporation), nor the sale, lease or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation as those terms used in this paragraph.

(d) Dividends. If and when dividends on the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are declared payable from time to time by the Board as provided in this Section 5.3(d), whether payable in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in such dividends, subject to the limitations described below. If dividends are declared that are payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, such dividends shall be payable at the same rate on all classes of Common Stock and the dividends payable in shares of Class A Common Stock shall be payable only to holders of Class A Common Stock and the dividends payable in shares of Class B common Stock shall be payable only to holders of Class B Common Stock. If the Corporation shall in any manner subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class of Common Stock shall be proportionally subdivided or combined in the same manner and on the same basis as the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, that have been subdivided or combined.

Section 5.4. Transfer of Class B Common Stock.

(a) A Beneficial Owner (as hereinafter defined) of shares of Class B Common Stock (herein referred to in this section as a "Class B Stockholder") may transfer, directly or indirectly, shares of Class B Common Stock, whether by sale, assignment, gift or otherwise, only

4

to a Class B Permitted Transferee (as hereinafter defined) and no Class B Stockholder may otherwise transfer Beneficial Ownership (as hereinafter defined) of any shares of Class B Common Stock. In the event of any attempted transfer of the Beneficial Ownership of any shares of Class B Common Stock in violation of the limitation provided in the preceding sentence, the shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to which the transfer of such Beneficial Ownership has been attempted shall be deemed to have been converted automatically, without further deed or action by or on behalf of any person, into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock.

"Class B Permitted Transferee" shall mean, if the Class B Stockholder is an individual:

(i) the estate of the Class B Stockholder or any legatee, heir or distributees thereof;

(ii) the spouse of the Class B Stockholder;

(iii) any parent or grandparent and any lineal descendant (including any adopted child) of any parent or grandparent of the Class B Stockholder or of the Class B Stockholder's spouse;

(iv) any guardian or custodian (including a custodian for purposes of the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Uniform Transfers to Minor Act) for, or any executor, administrator, conservator and/or other legal representative of, the Class B Stockholder and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees thereof;

(v) a trust (including a voting trust), and any savings or retirement account, such as an individual retirement account for purposes of federal income tax laws, whether or not involving a trust, principally for the benefit of such Class B Stockholder and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees thereof, including any trust in respect of which such Class B Stockholder and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees thereof has any general or special power of appointment or general or special non-testamentary power or special testamentary power of appointment limited to any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees;

(vi) any corporation, partnership or other business entity if Substantial Beneficial Ownership (as hereinafter defined) thereof is held by such Class B Stockholder and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees thereof; provided, however, that if such Class B Stockholder, and all Class B Permitted Transferees thereof, cease, for whatever reason, to hold Substantial Beneficial Ownership of such corporation, partnership or other business entity, then any and all shares of Class B Common Stock that such corporation, partnership or other business entity is the Beneficial Owner of shall be deemed to be converted automatically, without further deed or action by or on behalf of any person, into shares of Class A Common Stock;

5

(vii) Pablo Raul Alarcon, Sr., Raul Alarcon, Jr. and Jose Grimalt (each a "Founding Investor") and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees of a Founding Investor; and

(viii) the Corporation.

"Class B Permitted Transferee" shall mean, if the Class B Stockholder is a corporation, partnership or other business entity:

(i) any employee benefit plan, or trust thereunder or therefor, sponsored by the Class B Stockholder;

(ii) any trust (including any voting or liquidating trust) principally for the benefit of the Class B Stockholder and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees thereof;

(iii) any corporation, partnership or other business entity if Substantial Beneficial Ownership thereof is held by such Class B Stockholder and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees thereof; provided, however, that if such Class B Stockholder, and all Class B Permitted Transferees thereof, cease, for whatever reason, to hold Substantial Beneficial Ownership of such corporation, partnership or other business entity, then any and all shares of Class B Common Stock that such corporation, partnership or other business entity is the Beneficial Owner of shall be deemed to be converted automatically, without further deed or action by or on behalf of any person, into shares of Class A Common Stock;

(iv) the stockholders of the corporation, partners of the partnership or other owners of equity interests in any other business entity, who receive such shares, by way of dividend or distribution (upon dissolution, liquidation or otherwise), provided that such transfer will not result in Beneficial Ownership of any of such shares by any person who did not have the power to control such corporation, partnership or business entity at the time such corporation, partnership or business entity first acquired Beneficial Ownership of such shares of Class B Common Stock (other than by any person who qualifies as a Class B Permitted Transferee pursuant to any other provision of this paragraph (i) of this Section 5.4);

(v) the Corporation; and

(vi) any Founding Investor and/or any Class B Permitted Transferee or Class B Permitted Transferees of a Founding Investor.

(b) Any person who holds shares of Class B Common Stock for the Beneficial Ownership of another, including (A) any broker or dealer in securities; (B) any clearing house; (C) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution; (D) any other nominee; and (E) any savings plan or account or related trust, such as an individual retirement account, may transfer such shares to the person or persons for whose benefit it holds

6

such shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any holder of Class B Common Stock may pledge such shares to a pledgee pursuant to a bona fide pledge of such shares as collateral security for indebtedness due to the pledgee, provided that such shares may not be transferred to or registered in the name of the pledgee unless such pledgee is a Class B Permitted Transferee. In the event of foreclosure or other similar action by the pledgee, such pledged shares shall automatically, without any act or deed on the part of the Corporation or any other person, be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock unless within five business days after such foreclosure or similar event such pledged shares are returned to the pledgor or transferred to a Class B Permitted Transferee. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall not be deemed to restrict or prevent any transfer of such shares by operation of law upon incompetence, death, dissolution or bankruptcy of any Class B Stockholder or any provision of law providing for, or judicial order of, forfeiture, seizure or impoundment.

(c) Any transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to a transfer made in violation of this Section shall have no rights as stockholder of the Corporation and no other rights against or with respect to the Corporation except the right to receive the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the automatic conversion of such transferred shares of Class B Common Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be entitled to issue shares of Class B Common Stock to any person from time to time.

(d) The Corporation and any transfer agent of Class B Common Stock may as a condition to the transfer or the registration of any transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock permitted by this Section 5.4 require the furnishing of such affidavits or other proof as they deem necessary to establish that such transferee is a Class B Permitted Transferee.

(e) For purposes of this Section: (A) the term "Beneficial Ownership" in respect of shares of Class B Common Stock shall mean possession of the power and authority, either singly or jointly with another, to vote or dispose of or to direct the voting or disposition of such shares and the term "Beneficial Owner" in respect of shares of Class B Common Stock shall mean the person or persons who possess such power and authority; and (B) the term "Substantial Beneficial Ownership" in respect of any corporation, partnership or other business entity shall mean possession of the power and authority, either singly or jointly with another, to vote or dispose of or to direct the voting or disposition of at least 80% of each class of equity ownership interest in such corporation, partnership or other business entity.

Section 5.5. Conversion of Class B Common Stock by Holder.

(a) The holder of each share of Class B Common Stock shall have the right at any time, or from time to time, at such holder's option, to convert such share into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

(b) In order to exercise his conversion privilege, the holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted shall present and surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares during usual business hours at any office or agency of the Corporation

7

maintained for the transfer of Class B Common Stock and shall deliver a written notice of the election of the holder to convert the shares represented by such certificate or any portion thereof specified in such notice. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on such conversion shall be registered. If required by the Corporation, any certificate for shares surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder of such shares or his duly authorized representative. Each conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have been effected on the date (the "conversion date") on which the certificate or certificates representing such shares shall have been surrendered and such notice and any required instruments of transfer shall have been received as aforesaid, and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock shall be issuable on such conversion shall be, for the purpose of receiving dividends and for all other corporate purposes whatsoever, deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares of Class A Common Stock represented thereby on the conversion date.

(c) As promptly as practicable after the presentation and surrender for conversion, as herein provided, of any certificate for shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver at such office or agency, to or upon the written order of the holder thereof, certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion. In case any certificate for shares of Class B Common Stock shall be surrendered for conversion of a part only of the shares represented thereby, the Corporation shall deliver at such office or agency, to or upon the written order of the holder thereof, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock represented by such surrendered certificate that are not being converted. The issuance of certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock by the registered holder thereof shall be made without charge to the converting holder for any tax imposed on the Corporation in respect of the issue thereof. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable with respect to any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the registered holder of the shares being converted, and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

(d) Upon any conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant hereto, no adjustment with respect to dividends shall be made; only those dividends shall be payable on the shares so converted as have been declared and are payable to holders of record of shares of Class B Common Stock on a date prior to the conversion date with respect to the shares so converted; and only those dividends shall be payable on shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon such conversion as have been declared and are payable to holders of record of shares of Class A Common Stock on or after such conversion date.

(e) In case of any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Corporation as an entirety, a holder of a share of Class B Common Stock shall

8

have the right thereafter to convert such share into the kind and amount of cash, shares of stock and other securities and properties receivable upon such sale or conveyance by a holder of one share of Class A Common Stock and shall have no other conversion rights with regard to such share. The provisions of this subparagraph shall similarly apply to successive sales or conveyances.

(f) Shares of the Class B Common Stock converted into Class A Common Stock shall be retired and shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.

(g) Such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as may from time to time be required for such purpose shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

Section 5.6. No Interference. Except as otherwise provided in ARTICLE X of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation will not close its books against the transfer of any share of Common Stock or of any of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of such shares of Common Stock in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of any of such shares.

Section 5.7. Mergers, Consolidations. In the case of a merger or consolidation which reclassifies or changes the shares of Common Stock, or in the case of the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or corporations or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation or corporations, each share of Class B Common Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of shares of Class A Common Stock would have been entitled upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger or transfer, and, in any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Corporation's Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Class B Common Stock to the end that the provisions set forth herein shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be practicable, in relation to any shares of stock or other securities on property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock, including, but not limited to, the provisions set forth in Section 5.3(a) with respect to the ten (10) votes per share allocable to each share of Class B Common Stock as compared to the one vote per share allocable to each share of Class A Common Stock. In case of any such merger or consolidation, the resulting or surviving corporation (if not the Corporation) shall expressly assume the obligation to deliver, upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock, such stock or other securities or property as the holders of the Class B Common Stock remaining outstanding shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions hereof, and to make provisions for the protection of the conversion rights provided for in this ARTICLE V.

ARTICLE VI - EXISTENCE

The Corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

9

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.1. Registration of Transfer. The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of Capital Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing Capital Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation's expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing in the aggregate the number of shares represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of shares as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Capital Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such Capital Stock represented by the surrendered certificate. The issuance of new certificates shall be made without charge to the original holders of the surrendered certificates for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such issuance.

Section 7.2. Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of any class or series of Capital Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (provided that if the holder is a financial institution or other institutional investor its own agreement shall be satisfactory), or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lien of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class or series represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Capital Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

Section 7.3. Issuance of Stock. The shares of all classes and series of Capital Stock of the Corporation may be issued by the Corporation from time to time for such consideration as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, provided that shares having a par value shall not be issued for a consideration less than such par value, as determined by the Board. At any time, or from time to time, the Corporation may grant rights or options to purchase from the Corporation any shares of its Capital Stock of any class or series to run for such period of time, for such consideration, upon such terms and conditions, and in such form as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have authority, as provided by law, to determine that only a part of the consideration which shall be received by the Corporation for the shares of its Capital Stock having a par value be capital provided that the amount of the part of such consideration so determined to be capital shall at least be equal to the aggregate par value of such shares. The excess, if any, at any time of the total net assets of the Corporation over the amount so determined to be capital, as aforesaid, shall be surplus. All classes and series of Capital Stock of the Corporation shall be and remain at all times nonassessable.

10

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby expressly authorized, in its discretion, in connection with the issuance of any obligations or Capital Stock of the Corporation (but without intending hereby to limit its general power so to do in other cases), to grant rights or options to purchase Capital Stock of the Corporation of any class or series upon such terms and during such period as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine, and to cause such rights to be evidenced by such warrants or other instruments as it may deem advisable.

Section 7.4. Inspection of Books and Records. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have power from time to time to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless and until authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 7.5. Location of Meetings, Books and Records. Except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws, the stockholders of the Corporation and the Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold their meetings and have an office or offices outside of the State of Delaware, and, subject to the provisions of the laws of said State, may keep the books of the Corporation outside of said State at such places as may, from time to time, be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.6. Board of Directors Meeting. The Board of Directors shall be comprised of the number of directors specified in the Corporation's Bylaws, and such directors shall be elected in the manner contemplated by such Bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereinafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX - LIABILITY

Section 9.1. Limitation of Liability.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted as of the date this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the State of Delaware), and except as otherwise provided in the Corporation's Bylaws, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

11

(b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

Section 9.2. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter, a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation (including any subsidiary of the Corporation) or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter, an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide for broader indemnification rights than permitted as of the date this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the State of Delaware), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.3 of this ARTICLE IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section of this ARTICLE IX shall be a contract right and shall include the obligation of the Corporation to pay the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter, an "advance of expenses"); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Corporation requires, an advance of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter, an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same or lesser scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 9.3. Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation or advance of expenses under Section 9.2 of this ARTICLE IX shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days) upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by

12

the Corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE IX is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE IX shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person's costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 9.2 of this ARTICLE IX, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholder) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The procedure for indemnification of other employees and agents for whom indemnification is provided pursuant to Section 9.2 of this ARTICLE IX shall be the same procedure set forth in this Section for directors or officers, unless otherwise set forth in the action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation providing for indemnification for such employee or agent.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation (including any subsidiary of the Corporation), partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 9.5. Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (hereinafter, a "subsidiary" for this ARTICLE IX) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision are directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, or a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights

13

contained in this ARTICLE IX in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE IX shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

Section 9.7. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.8. Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this ARTICLE IX, references to "the Corporation" shall include any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed into the Corporation in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

ARTICLE X - ALIEN OWNERSHIP OF STOCK

Section 10.1. Applicability. This ARTICLE X shall be applicable to the Corporation so long as the provisions of Section 310 of the Communications Act of 1934, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Communications Act") (or any successor, provisions thereto) are applicable to the Corporation. As used herein, the term "alien" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") on the date hereof and in the future as Congress or the FCC may change such meaning from time to time. If the provisions of Section 310 of the Communications Act (or any successor provisions thereto) are amended, the restrictions in this ARTICLE X shall be amended in the same way, and as so amended, shall apply to the Corporation. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may make such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to enforce the provisions of this ARTICLE X.

Section 10.2. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law, not more than twenty-five percent of the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation outstanding in any class or series entitled to vote on any matter before a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall at any time be held for the account of aliens or their representatives or for the account of a foreign government or representative thereof, or for the account of any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country.

Section 10.3. Stock Certificates. Shares of Capital Stock issued to or held by or for the account of aliens and their representatives, foreign governments and representatives thereof, and corporations organized under the laws of foreign countries shall be represented by

14

Foreign Share Certificates. All other shares of Capital Stock shall be represented by Domestic Share Certificates. All of such certificates shall be in such form not inconsistent with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as shall be prepared or approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 10.4. Limitation on Foreign Ownership. Except as otherwise provided by law, not more than twenty-five percent of the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation outstanding shall at any time be owned of record by or for the account of aliens or their representatives or by or for the account of a foreign government or representatives thereof, or by or for the account of any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country. Shares of Capital Stock shall not be transferable on the books of the Corporation to aliens or their representatives, foreign governments or representatives thereof, or corporations organized under the laws of foreign countries if, as a result of such transfer, the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock owned by or for the account of aliens and their representatives, foreign governments and representatives thereof, and corporation organized under the laws of foreign countries shall be more then twenty-five percent of the number of shares of Capital Stock then outstanding. If it shall be found by the Corporation that Capital Stock represented by a Domestic Share Certificate is, in fact, held by or for the account of aliens or their representative, foreign governments or representatives thereof, or corporations organized under the laws of foreign countries, then such Domestic Share Certificate shall be canceled and a new certificate representing such Capital Stock marked "Foreign Share Certificate" shall be issued in lieu thereof, but only to the extent that after such issuance the Corporation shall be in compliance with this ARTICLE X; provided, however, that if, and to the extent, such issuance would violate this ARTICLE X, then, the holder of such Capital Stock shall not be entitled to vote, to receive dividends, or to have any other rights with regard to such Capital Stock to such extent, except the right to transfer such Capital Stock to a citizen of the United States.

Section 10.5. Transfer of Foreign Share Certificates. Any Capital Stock represented by Foreign Share Certificates may be transferred either to aliens or non-aliens. In the event that any Capital Stock represented by a certificate marked "Foreign Share Certificate" is sold or transferred to a non-alien, then such non-alien shall be required to exchange such certificate for a certificate marked "Domestic Share Certificate." If the Board of Directors of the Corporation reasonably determines that a Domestic Share Certificate has been or is to be transferred to or for the account of aliens or their representatives, foreign governments or representatives thereof, or corporations organized under the laws of foreign countries, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate for the shares of Capital Stock transferred to the transferee marked "Foreign Shares Certificate", cancel the old Domestic Share Certificate, and record the transaction upon its books, but only to the extent that after such transfer is complete, the Corporation shall be in compliance with this ARTICLE X.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the transfer or conversion of the Corporation's Capital Stock, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall not be permitted, and shall be ineffective, if such transfer or conversion would (i) violate (or would result in violation of) the Communications Act or any of the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or (ii) require the prior approval of the FCC, unless such prior approval has been obtained.

15

Signed on September 29, 1999

/s/ Raul Alarcon, Jr.
----------------------------
Raul Alarcon, Jr., President

16

EXHIBIT 3.2

STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Preferences and Relative Rights of 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A, and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof (the "Certificate of Designations") set forth as Exhibit A to the Certificate of Incorporation be amended by changing the following references in the Certificate of Designation as follows:

(i) all references to "Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share" shall be changed to "Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share";

(ii) all references to "Class A Common Stock" shall be changed to "Class B Common Stock";

(iii) all references to "Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share" shall be changed to "Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share"; and

(iv) all references to "Class B Common Stock" shall be changed to "Class A Common Stock".

SECOND: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Raul Alarcon, Jr., an Authorized Officer, this 29th day of September, 1999.

By:   /s/ Raul Alarcon, Jr.
      -----------------------------------
              Authorized Officer


Name: Raul Alarcon, Jr.
      -----------------------------------
Title: President
      -----------------------------------

2

EXHIBIT 3.3

AMENDED & RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

(hereinafter called the "Corporation")

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.


Section 3. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer or (iii) the President, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or upon the affirmative vote, verified in writing, of the holders of fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 4. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate of Incorporation") the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 5. Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be

2

decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each holder of Class A Common Stock represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Each holder of Class B Common Stock represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast ten votes for each share of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

Section 6. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Such written consent shall be deemed effective upon receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation of a copy of such written consent executed by each stockholder of record by facsimile, telex, telegram or cable. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Section 7. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the

3

meetings arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

Section 8. Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or, to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three and not more than nine members (at least two of which shall be independent directors), as such number shall be established from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Removal and Vacancies. At any time, the stockholders may remove any director or the entire Board of Directors and elect directors to fill the vacancies created by such

4

removal, unless otherwise provided by law. A director may be so removed, with or without cause, at any time.

In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors at any time, if not filled by the Board of Directors, the stockholders shall meet or act by consent as promptly as practicable, and in any event within twenty (20) days of the occurrence of such vacancy, for the purpose of electing a new director.

Section 3. Duties and Powers. The business, operations and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may delegate such management responsibilities to such officer(s) as it may appoint to the extent permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws and the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 4. Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors, or the stockholders, acting by a majority vote, may call a meeting of the Board of Directors or require action by consent for the Directors, including a meeting by written consent, at any time. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours' notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

5

Section 5. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 6. Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such written consent shall be deemed effective upon receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation of a copy of such written consent by facsimile, telex, telegram or cable executed by each director.

Section 7. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 8. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to

6

consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 9. Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may, in the case of non-employee directors, receive such compensation as the Board of Directors determines for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 10. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the

7

Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a majority vote of the stockholders; or
(iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

8

Section 2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement with such officer, and if no such agreement exists, then at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice-President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. Except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same

9

power as the President to sign all Contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. He shall have general active management responsibility for the business of the Corporation and shall be responsible for carrying out the orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In addition, he shall have such powers and perform such duties as are prescribed by the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. In general, he shall make reports to the Board of Directors and stockholder and shall perform any and all other duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer, as herein defined, and all such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the Chairman of the Board (providing that the Chief Executive Officer is a member of the Board of Directors).

Section 6. President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation. He shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, shall sign or countersign all certificates, contracts or other instruments of the Corporation as authorized by the Board of Directors, shall make reports to the Board of Directors and stockholders and shall perform any and all other duties as are incident to the office of President or are properly assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. During the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other

10

powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 7. Vice-Presidents. Each Vice-President shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may prescribe. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, then at the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of the President's inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President or the Vice-Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. If there is no Chief Executive Officer and no Vice-President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 8. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the Board of Directors and for standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and

11

when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 10. Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the

12

duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 11. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 12. Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of' Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice-President and (ii) by the

13

Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.

Section 2. Signatures. Where a certificate is countersigned by
(i) a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 4. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law, the Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be issued.

14

Section 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6. Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited

15

in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by facsimile, telex, telegram or cable.

Section 2. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 2. Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware".

16

The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any

17

person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director officer, employee or

18

agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the

19

absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director, officer, employee or agent seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director, officer, employee or agent seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an individual seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract,

20

vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall

21

stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonable believed to be in the interests of the participants and the beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article VIII.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof) , the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification

22

and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in these Bylaws generally, the term "entire Board of Directors" means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

23

EXHIBIT 4.6

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (the "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of ________ __, 1999, by and between SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors and IBJ WHITEHALL BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a banking organization organized under the laws of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 8.02 of the Indenture, relating to the 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002, (the "Notes") of the Company, dated as of June 29, 1994, by and between the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the "Indenture"), the Trustee, the Guarantors, the Company and the Holders of more than a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of the date hereof desire to amend certain terms of the Indenture as described below (the "Proposed Amendments"); and

WHEREAS, the Company intends to consummate a series of reorganization transactions (collectively, the "Reorganization") designed to simplify its corporate and capital structure, which include among other transactions: (i) the redesignation of the Company's previously outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock and the fifty-to-one stock split of the Company's Class B Common Stock; (ii) an initial public offering of the Company's Class A Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "IPO"), as described in the registration statement on Form S-1 originally filed on August 18, 1999 (Registration No. 333-85499), as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); (iii) a public offering by the Company of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of its senior subordinated notes due 2009 (the "Debt Offering"), as described in the registration statement on Form S-1 originally filed on August 18, 1999 (Registration No. 333-85519), as amended, with the Commission; (iv) the use by the Company of the net proceeds of the IPO to redeem its 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock; and (v) a concurrent tender offer for the Company's 11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B (the "11% Notes").

WHEREAS, the Company has solicited (the "Solicitation") consents from the Holders to the amendments contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Company has received consents from Holders of more than a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, concurrent with the Solicitation, the Company has offered to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding Notes from the Holders thereof upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated


September 30, 1999, as amended from time to time (the "Offer"); and

WHEREAS, it is intended that this Supplemental Indenture become effective upon acceptance for purchase by the Company pursuant to the Offer of the Notes tendered into the Offer; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid supplement to the Indenture according to its terms and the terms of the Indenture have been done:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Certain Terms Defined in the Indenture. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

SECTION 2. Deletion of Certain Definitions. The following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Indenture are hereby deleted in their entirety:

Acquisition Indebtedness

Asset Sale

Asset Sale Proceeds

Attributable Indebtedness

Available Asset Sale Proceeds

Change of Control Offer

Change of Control Payment Date

Change of Control Purchase Price

Consolidated Interest Expense

Consolidated Net Income

Corporate Trust Office

EBITDA

Excess Proceeds Offer

Investments

Lien

Net Income

Offer Period

Offering Memorandum

Permitted Investments

Permitted Liens

Property

Purchase Date

Reinvestment Date

Responsible Officer

Restricted Payment

Sale and Leaseback Transaction

Temporary Cash Investments

Units

2

SECTION 3. Waiver of Application of Covenants. Subject to
Section 8(b) hereof, the application of the covenants contained in the Indenture is hereby waived to the extent required to effect the Reorganization that is consummated substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Offer (the "Waiver").

SECTION 4. Deletion of Certain Covenants. The text of Sections
4.02 (SEC Reports), 4.03 (Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws), 4.04 (Compliance Certificate), 4.05 (Taxes), 4.06 (Limitation on Additional Indebtedness), 4.07 (Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries),
4.08 (Limitation on Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), 4.09 (Limitation on Restricted Payments), 4.10 (Limitations on Certain Asset Sales), 4.11 (Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates), 4.12 (Limitation on Liens), 4.13 (Limitations on Investments), 4.14 (Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries),
4.15 (Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions), 4.16 (Payments for Consent), 4.17 (Corporate Existence), 4.18 (Change of Control) and 4.19 (Maintenance of Office or Agency) of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety and is hereby replaced in each such Section, with "[Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]."

SECTION 5. Deletion of Certain Restrictions with Respect to Consolidations and Mergers. The text of Section 5.01(a)(iii) (Limitations on Consolidation, Merger, and Sale of Assets) of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety.

SECTION 6. Deletion of Certain Events of Default. The text of paragraph (3) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety and is hereby replaced with "[Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]." Any reference to the text "or any Restricted Subsidiary" in paragraphs 6.01(4), (5),
(6) and (8) is hereby deleted in its entirety.

SECTION 7. Deletion of Certain Cross-References. Any reference to Section 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 5.01(a)(iii) and 6.01(3) in the Indenture is hereby deleted.

SECTION 8. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. (a) Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be amended and supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby, as hereby amended and supplemented; provided, however, the Proposed Amendments, except as described in (b) with respect to the Waiver, shall not become operative until the Company has notified the Trustee that it has accepted for payment at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Securities pursuant to the offer to purchase for cash any and all of the Notes, (and at such time the Proposed Amendments shall automatically become operative without the requirement of any further action by or notice to the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Trustee or any Holder of Securities).

(b) The Waiver shall become operative immediately upon execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

3

However, if the Offer is terminated or withdrawn or the tendered Notes are not accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer, the Waiver will cease to be operative.

SECTION 9. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 10. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[Signature pages to follow]

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
a Delaware corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
a New Jersey corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
CALIFORNIA, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
FLORIDA, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:


SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM
NETWORK, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SBS PROMOTIONS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

ALARCON HOLDINGS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SBS OF GREATER NEW YORK, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
ILLINOIS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:


SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
GREATER MIAMI, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
SAN ANTONIO, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
PUERTO RICO, INC. a Delaware corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
PUERTO RICO, INC. a Puerto Rico corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

JUJU MEDIA, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:


IBJ WHITEHALL BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:


EXHIBIT 4.8

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (the "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of ________ __, 1999, by and between SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors and IBJ WHITEHALL BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a banking organization organized under the laws of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Indenture, relating to the 11% Senior Notes due 2004, Series B (the "Notes") of the Company, dated as of March 15, 1997, by and between the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Trustee (the "Indenture"), the Trustee, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Company and the Holders of more than a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of the date hereof desire to amend certain terms of the Indenture as described below (the "Proposed Amendments"); and

WHEREAS, the Company intends to consummate a series of reorganization transactions (collectively, the "Reorganization") designed to simplify its corporate and capital structure, which include among other transactions: (i) the redesignation of the Company's previously outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of currently outstanding Class B Common Stock and the fifty-to-one stock split of the Company's Class B Common Stock; (ii) an initial public offering of the Company's Class A Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "IPO"), as described in the registration statement on Form S-1 originally filed on August 18, 1999 (Registration No. 333-85499), as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); (iii) a public offering by the Company of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of its senior subordinated notes due 2009 (the "Debt Offering"), as described in the registration statement on Form S-1 originally filed on August 18, 1999 (Registration No. 333-85519), as amended, with the Commission; (iv) the use by the Company of the net proceeds of the IPO to redeem its 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock; and (v) a concurrent tender offer for the Company's 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2002 (the "12 1/2% Notes").

WHEREAS, the Company has solicited (the "Solicitation") consents from the Holders to the amendments contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Company has received consents from Holders of more than a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized this Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, concurrent with the Solicitation, the Company has offered to purchase for cash any and all of the outstanding Notes from the Holders thereof upon the terms


and conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated September 30, 1999, as amended from time to time (the "Offer"); and

WHEREAS, it is intended that this Supplemental Indenture become effective upon acceptance for purchase by the Company pursuant to the Offer of the Notes tendered into the Offer; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid supplement to the Indenture according to its terms and the terms of the Indenture have been done:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Certain Terms Defined in the Indenture. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

SECTION 2. Deletion of Certain Definitions. The following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Indenture are hereby deleted in their entirety:

Acquisition Indebtedness
Affiliate Transaction
Attributable Debt
Bank Indebtedness
Capitalized Lease Obligations Certificate of Designation
Consolidated Interest Expense Consolidated Net Income
Credit Facility
EBITDA
Exchange Debentures
fair market value
FCC

Independent Financial Advisor

Infinity Note
Investments
Net Income
Old Warrants
Permitted Investments
Permitted Liens
Property
Ratio Indebtedness
Redeemable Dividend
Refinancing Indebtedness
Restricted Payment
Sale and Leaseback Transaction

2

Senior Preferred Stock
Temporary Cash Investments
Warrants
Wholly Owned Subsidiary

SECTION 3. Amendment of Certain Definitions. The following definition in Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall be amended as indicated:

Guarantee. The text of the definition of Guarantee is hereby restated to read in its entirety as follows:

"Guarantee" means an unconditional guarantee executed by an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4. Waiver of Application of Covenants. Subject to Section 9(b) hereof, the application of the covenants contained in the Indenture is hereby waived to the extent required to effect the Reorganization that is consummated substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Offer (the "Waiver").

SECTION 5. Deletion of Certain Covenants. The text of Sections 4.03 (Limitation on Additional Indebtedness), 4.04 (Limitation on Restricted Payments), 4.05 (Corporate Existence), 4.06 (Payment of Taxes and Other Claims),
4.07 (Maintenance of Properties and Insurance), 4.08 (Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default), 4.09 (Compliance with Laws), 4.10 (SEC Reports), 4.11 (Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws), 4.13 (Limitation on Investments),
4.14 (Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), 4.15 (Limitation on Liens), 4.18 (Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates), 4.19 (Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries), 4.20 (Limitation on Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), 4.21 (Lines of Business), 4.22 (Payment of Consents) and 4.23 (Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety and is hereby replaced, in each such Section, with "[Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]."

SECTION 6. Deletion of Certain Restrictions with Respect to Mergers and Consolidations. The text of Sections 5.01(a)(ii) and 5.01(c)(iv) (Limitations on Mergers and Consolidations) of the Indenture are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with "[Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]."

SECTION 7. Deletion of Certain Events of Default. The text of paragraphs (3), (4) and (7) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture are hereby deleted in their entirety and are hereby replaced with "[Intentionally Deleted by Amendment]." Any reference to the text "or any Restricted Subsidiary" in paragraphs 6.01(5) and (6) is hereby deleted in its entirety.

SECTION 8. Deletion of Certain Cross-References. Any reference to
Section 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23, 5.01(a)(ii), 5.01(c)(iv), 6.01(3), 6.01(4) and 6.01(7) in the Indenture is hereby deleted.

SECTION 9. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. (a) Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be amended and supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental

3

Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby, as hereby amended and supplement; provided, however, the Proposed Amendments, except as described in (b) with respect to the Waiver, shall not become operative until the Company has notified the Trustee that it has accepted for payment at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Securities pursuant to the offer to purchase for cash any and all of the Notes, (and at such time the Proposed Amendments shall automatically become operative without the requirement of any further action by or notice to the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Trustee or any Holder of Securities).

(b) The Waiver shall become operative immediately upon execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. However, if the Offer is terminated or withdrawn or the tendered Notes are not accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer, the Waiver will cease to be operative.

SECTION 10. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 11. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[Signature pages to follow]

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
a Delaware corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
a New Jersey corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
CALIFORNIA, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
FLORIDA, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM
NETWORK, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SBS PROMOTIONS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

5

ALARCON HOLDINGS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SBS OF GREATER NEW YORK, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
ILLINOIS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
GREATER MIAMI, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
SAN ANTONIO, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

6

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
PUERTO RICO, INC. a Delaware corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF
PUERTO RICO, INC. a Puerto Rico corporation

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

JUJU MEDIA, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

IBJ WHITEHALL BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:

7

EXHIBIT 10.33

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of April 26, 1999, among JuJu Media, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Company") each of the individuals listed under the heading "Sellers" on the signature pages hereto (each, a "Seller," and collectively, the "Sellers"), and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation or its wholly owned subsidiary ("Buyer").

RECITALS:

A. The Sellers are the record owners of 200 shares of common stock of the Company which constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

B. The Sellers desire to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from the Sellers, an aggregate of 160 shares of Common Stock of the Company, which constitutes eighty percent (80%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Company (the "Purchased Shares") upon the terms set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company, the Sellers and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

"ACTIONS" shall mean any action, suit or legal, administrative or arbitral proceeding or investigation before any Governmental Authority.

"AFFILIATE" shall mean with respect to any Person, any Person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.

"AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"BREACH" shall mean a Breach of a representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision of this Agreement or any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement will be deemed to have occurred if there is or has been (a) any inaccuracy in or breach of, or any failure to perform or comply with, such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation, or other provision, or (b) any claim (by any Person) or other occurrence or circumstance that is or was inconsistent with such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision, and the term "Breach" means any such inaccuracy, breach, failure, claim, occurrence or circumstance.


"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in New York are authorized or obligated by Law or executive order to close.

"BUYER" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"BUYER'S KNOWLEDGE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).

"CLOSING" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"CLOSING DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"CLOSING DATE BALANCE SHEET" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

"CLOSING DATE INDEBTEDNESS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

"CLOSING LIABILITIES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

"CLOSING NET QUICK" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"COMMON STOCK" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

"COMPANY" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"COMPANY'S KNOWLEDGE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

"COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

"CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

"CONSENT" shall mean any consent, approval, authorization, qualification, waiver, registration or notification required to be obtained from, filed with or delivered to a Governmental Authority or any other Person in connection with the consummation of the transactions provided for herein.

"CONTRACTS" means all contracts, leases, licenses, and other agreements (including leases for personal or real property and employment agreements), written or oral (including any amendments and other modifications thereto), to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party and which relate to or affect the business or operations of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (i) which are in effect on the date of this Agreement or (ii) which are entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

"CURRENT ASSETS" shall mean with respect to the Company, at the date of measurement, the sum as at such date of all accounts receivable (including, without limitation, all receivables related to advertising time and coop reimbursements and other miscellaneous receivables arising in the

-2-

ordinary course of business), net of a reasonable loss reserve and allowance for doubtful accounts related to such accounts receivable, plus all prepaid expenses and other current assets other than cash, but excluding any deferred tax assets, all to be determined in accordance with GAAP.

"CURRENT LIABILITIES" shall mean with respect to the Company, at the date of measurement, the sum as at such date of all accounts payable plus all accrued liabilities and expenses (excluding liability for accrued vacation and any indebtedness of the Company), plus all agency or national representation commissions, plus all accrued volume discounts payable, plus all sales commissions attributable to the accounts receivable included in Current Assets, but excluding any deferred tax liabilities, all to be determined in accordance with GAAP.

"DAMAGES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

      "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

      "GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles

in effect on the date hereof, applied on a consistent basis.

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any government or political subdivision, whether federal, state, local or foreign, or any agency or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or any federal, state, local, or foreign court or arbitrator.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means any (i) indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company reflected in any promissory note, indenture, bond, mortgage, credit agreement or other similar instrument, including any and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon as well as any and all costs, fees and charges required in connection with the payment or prepayment thereof, but excluding any broadcast rights payables and the Reserve Square Debt, and (ii) liability for the payment of money relating to a lease that is required to be classified as a capitalized lease obligation in accordance with GAAP.

"INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d).

"INDEMNIFIED PERSONS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

"INVESTMENTS" shall mean any equity interest, directly or indirectly, in any other Person in excess of 5% of the total equity ownership of such Person.

"LAWS" shall mean any law, statute, code, ordinance, regulation or rule of any Governmental Authority.

"LIENS" shall mean any mortgage, lien, Option, pledge, adverse claim, interest charge or other similar encumbrance.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

"MATERIAL CONTRACTS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.

-3-

"MATERIAL EQUIPMENT" shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.11.

"NET QUICK" shall mean, as of the date of measurement, the amount by which the Current Assets exceeds the Current Liabilities.

"NOTICE OF OBJECTION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

"OBJECTION PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

"OPTION" means any option, warrant, call, convertible or exchangeable security, subscription, preemptive right, voting trust or agreement, any agreement restricting sale or transfer, or other agreement or right of a similar nature.

"ORDERS" shall mean any order, judgment, ruling, injunction, assessment, award, decree or writ of any Governmental Authority.

"OUTSIDE DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(b).

"PAYMENT DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

"PERMITS" shall mean any license, permit, authorization, certificate of authority, grant, approval, franchise, waiver, Consent, qualification or similar document or authority which has been, or is required to be, issued or granted by any Governmental Authority.

"PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated society or association, trust or other entity or Governmental Authority.

"PLANS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.

"PROCEEDING" shall mean any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted, or heard by or before or otherwise involving any Government Authority or arbitrator.

"PROMISSORY NOTE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

"PURCHASE PRICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

"PURCHASED SHARES" shall have the meaning set forth in recital B of this Agreement.

"REAL PROPERTY" means all of the Company's real property and interests in real property, leaseholds and subleaseholds, purchase options, easements, licenses, rights to access, right of way, all buildings and other improvements thereon (including transmission towers and related fixtures), and other real property interests used in the business or operations of the Company, together with any additions thereto between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

-4-

"REGULATORY AUTHORIZATIONS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).

"REMAINING SHARES" shall mean the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company which (i) constitute 20% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company; (ii) are not being sold to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) are subject to the Right of First Refusal and the Voting Trust Agreement.

"RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).

"SELLERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"SHARES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 of this Agreement.

"STRADDLE PERIOD" shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 7.6(c).

"TAX" and/or "TAXES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 and
Section 9.

"VOTING TRUST" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

"VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

ARTICLE II

SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

2.1 SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES. At the Closing (a) the Sellers shall sell, assign and transfer the Purchased Shares to Buyer, (b) each of the Sellers shall deliver to Buyer one or more stock certificates (with any required transfer stamps attached) representing the Purchased Shares owned by that Seller with duly executed stock powers attached reasonably satisfactory to Buyer in proper form for transfer, (c) Seller shall transfer the Purchased Shares free and clear of all Liens, and (d) Buyer shall pay and deliver to the Sellers the Purchase Price (as defined in Section 2.2. hereof) in accordance with Schedule 2.2 provided to Buyer on or prior to the Closing.

2.2 PURCHASE PRICE. (a) In full consideration for the Purchased Shares and subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 2.3, Buyer shall (i) pay to the Sellers at the Closing by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds an aggregate amount in cash equal to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) less the aggregate amount of the indebtedness of the Company outstanding as of the Closing Date ("Closing Date Indebtedness"); (ii) repay, or cause the Company to repay at the Closing, the Closing Date Indebtedness, to the Persons entitled thereto; and (iii) execute and deliver to each of the Sellers a Promissory Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A in the amounts set forth on Schedule 2.2 hereof.

(b) Company and Sellers shall place the Remaining Shares in a Voting Trust pursuant to the Voting Trust Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B and dated as of the date of Closing.

-5-

(c) Company and Sellers shall deliver the Right of First Refusal Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C and dated as of the date of Closing.

2.3 PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT. (a) The "Closing Net Quick" shall mean the Net Quick of the Company as of the close of business on the Closing Date as reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheet (as defined in Section 2.3(b)).

(b) Within forty-five (45) calendar days of the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to the Sellers (i) a balance sheet of the Company as of the close of business on the Closing Date, compiled, if necessary, by an independent accounting firm selected by the parties (the "Closing Date Balance Sheet"), prepared in accordance with GAAP and (ii) a calculation of the Closing Net Quick based on the Closing Date Balance Sheet. In connection with the Seller's review of the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick, Buyer shall, promptly upon request, provide to the Sellers and their agents access to the work papers of Buyer's accountants (both internal and external) relating to the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick and any and all documentation related thereto.

(c) Unless the Sellers give Buyer written notice of their objection to Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick, which notice shall include the basis of Sellers' objection in reasonable detail ("Notice of Objection"), within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick (the "Objection Period"), the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to this Agreement.

(d) If Sellers deliver a Notice of Objection within the Objection Period, Buyer and the Sellers shall use good faith efforts to resolve all disputes regarding Sellers' objections set forth in the Notice of Objection. If Buyer and the Sellers are not able to resolve all disputes regarding the Sellers' objections set forth in the Notice of Objection within thirty (30) calendar days after the Sellers delivery of the Notice of Objection, the remaining disputed items shall be submitted for final resolution to a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by mutual agreement of Buyer and the Sellers (the "Independent Accountants") at Buyer's sole cost and expense. After offering the Sellers and Sellers' representatives and Buyer and Buyers' representatives the opportunity to present their positions as to the disputed items which opportunity shall not extend for more than 10 calendar days after the Independent Accountants have been selected, the Independent Accountants shall resolve all disputed items within thirty (30) calendar days after the Sellers and Buyer have presented their positions as to the dispute items. Such resolution shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties to this Agreement and shall be reflected if any necessary revisions to the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the scope of the Independent Accountants' review of any dispute between Buyer and the Sellers regarding the Closing Date Balance Sheet or the calculation of Closing Net Quick pursuant to this Section 2.3(d) shall be limited solely to the resolution of the Sellers' objections set forth in the Notice of Objection and Buyer shall have no right to change, revise or otherwise modify the Closing Date Balance Sheet except as agreed to in writing by the Sellers or as required by the Independent Accountants, and Sellers shall have no

-6-

right to change, revise or otherwise modify the Notice of Objection, except as agreed in writing by Buyer.

(e) Once the Closing Net Quick is finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.3, an adjustment will be made as follows: (i) if all liabilities of the Company as of the date of Closing ("Closing Liabilities") exceed the Closing Net Quick amount, Sellers shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Net Quick and the Closing Liabilities. "Payment Date" shall mean: (i) if no Notice of Objection is timely delivered by the Sellers to Buyer, three Business Days after the earlier of (A) the expiration of the Objection Period and (B) the date of delivery by the Sellers to Buyer of a Notice of Objection that Buyer's calculation of the Closing Net Quick will be accepted without objection; or (ii) if a Notice of Objection is timely delivered by the Sellers to Buyer, three Business Days after the date all disputed items are finally resolved pursuant to Section 2.3(d).

(f) The amount, if any, payable to the Buyer pursuant to this
Section 2.3, as ultimately determined in accordance with this Section 2.3, shall bear interest from the Closing Date until the date of payment at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum.

ARTICLE III

CLOSING AND DELIVERIES

3.1 CLOSING. The closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP, 425 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, on the third Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than those conditions that are to be satisfied at the Closing), or on such other date or at such other time and place as the parties shall mutually agree in writing (the "Closing Date"). All proceedings to be taken and all documents to be executed and delivered by all parties at the Closing shall be deemed to have been taken and executed simultaneously and no proceedings shall be deemed to have been taken nor documents executed or delivered until all have been taken, executed and delivered.

3.2. DELIVERIES BY THE SELLERS. At the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer the following items:

(a) One or more certificates, representing the Purchased Shares accompanied by duly executed stock powers in proper form for transfer;

(b) The organizational documents of the Company certified as of the most recent practicable date by the Secretary of State or the comparable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of its organization;

(c) A Certificate of the Secretary of State or comparable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of its organization as to the good standing as of the most recent practicable date of the Company in such jurisdiction and a certificate of good standing as of the most recent

-7-

practicable date from the appropriate Governmental Authority in each state where the Company is qualified to do business;

(d) A certificate of the Secretary of the Company certifying as to the bylaws of the Company and as to the resolutions of the Company authorizing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(e) A certificate from an officer of the Company to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.2(a) and (b) have been satisfied;

(f) The resignation of Tony Slevira and Judith Eve Faber as officers of the Company and each of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, each effective upon Closing;

(g) A certificate of the Treasurer of the Company certifying as to the aggregate amount of Closing Date Indebtedness, together with payoff letters setting forth in reasonable detail the payoff amounts for all Closing Date Indebtedness to be repaid in accordance with Section 2.2;

(h) The executed Voting Trust Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B; and

(i) The executed Right of First Refusal Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

3.3. DELIVERIES BY BUYER. At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Sellers the following items:

(a) The Purchase Price, paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with Section 2.2.;

(b) A certificate of an officer of Buyer to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1(a) and (b) have been satisfied;

(c) The duly executed Promissory Notes in the form attached as Exhibit A hereof; and

(d) Employment Agreements between the Company and Juan Estaban Rodriguez and Judy Faber and a Consulting Agreement between the Company and Tony Slevira in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D hereof.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to Buyer as of the date of this Agreement as follows:

-8-

4.1 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company is duly qualified to do business, and in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Material Adverse Effect" means, with respect to the Company or Buyer, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities or financial condition of such party taken as a whole.

4.2. AUTHORIZATIONS, VALIDITY AND EFFECT. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all agreements and documents contemplated hereby to be executed and delivered by it, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other agreements and documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action in respect thereof on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered to the Company and represents the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally from time to time in effect and (b) the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

4.3 CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 200 shares of Common Stock, no par value (the "Shares"), of which 200 shares are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding Shares are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid and nonassessable. The Shares have not been issued in violation of, and are not subject to, and there are no outstanding Options relating to the Shares. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.3, there are no authorized or outstanding Options under which the Company may be obligated to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of any other securities or equity interests in the Company. The Shares represent the only issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.3, there are no agreements, commitments or contracts relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of the Company.

4.4 NO CONFLICT; REQUIRED FILINGS AND CONSENTS. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated herein, nor compliance by the Company with any of the provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or (ii) except as set forth in Schedule 4.4, constitute or result in the breach of any term, condition or provision of, or constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration with respect to, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of the Company, pursuant to any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which Company is a party or by which Company or assets may be subject, and to the actual knowledge of Juan Estaban Rodriguez, Judy Faber and Tony Slevira (the "Company's Knowledge"), violate any Order or Law applicable to the Company or any of its respective properties or assets.

-9-

4.5 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The compiled balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 1998 and the related compiled statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the period ended December 31, 1998 (the "Company Financial Statements"), all of which have been delivered to Buyer, fairly present the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the date and for the period indicated.

4.6 NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. The Company has no liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) that are not fully reflected or reserved against in the Company Financial Statements, except for (a) liabilities and obligations identified in Schedule 4.6 and (b) liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practice since the date of the Company Financial Statements.

4.7 TAXES. The Company has filed extensions for all federal and state tax returns for 1998 and has made adequate provision for the payment of all taxes, if any, that may be shown on such returns to be owed by it, including those with respect to income, withholding, social security, unemployment, workers compensation, franchise, ad valorem, premium, excise and sales taxes and any interest and penalties thereon ("Taxes"). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, the Company is not a party to any pending Action, nor, to the Company's Knowledge, is any such Action threatened by any Governmental Authority for the assessment or collection of taxes, interest, penalties or deficiencies that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

4.8 PROPERTIES. Except as disclosed or reserved against in the Company Financial Statements, the Company has good and valid title to all of the properties and assets, tangible or intangible, reflected in the Company Financial Statements as being owned by the Company as of the dates thereof, free and clear of all Liens except such imperfections or irregularities of title, Liens or defaults that are publicly disclosed or do not affect the use thereof in any material respect and statutory Liens security payments not yet due.

4.9 REAL PROPERTY. Company does not own nor does the Company have any interest in Real Property.

4.10 LEASES. Company does not have any vehicle leases or subleases nor lease or subleases pursuant to which the Company leases personal property.

4.11 PERSONAL PROPERTY. Schedule 4.11 specifically identifies as such and contains a complete description of all of the Company's machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property which are used in the operation of the Company's business (collectively, the "Material Equipment").

4.12 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12 of the Company.

(i) is in material compliance with all Laws and Orders applicable to its business or employees conducting its business; and

-10-

(ii) has received no notification or communication from any Governmental Authority (A) asserting that the Company is not in compliance with any Law or (B) threatening to revoke any Permit of any Governmental Authority.

4.13 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Company has no "Employee Benefit Plans," as described under Section 3(3) of ERISA, or retirement, pension, profit-sharing, thrift, savings, target benefit, cash or deferred, multiple employer, multiemployer or other similar plan or program, a "phantom stock" or similar arrangement, or other program providing payment or reimbursement for or of medical, dental or vision care, psychiatric counseling, or vacation, sick, disability or severance pay, or other "fringe benefit" plan or welfare plan arrangement.

4.14 MATERIAL CONTRACTS. Set forth in Schedule 4.14 is a list, as of the date hereof, of the following agreements (the "Material Contracts"):

(a) Each partnership or joint venture agreement to which the Company is a party;

(b) Each agreement limiting the right of the Company to engage in or compete with any Person in any business or in any geographical area;

(c) Each agreement or other arrangement of or involving the Company with respect to indebtedness for money borrowed, including letters of credit guaranties, indentures, swaps and similar agreements;

(d) Each management, consulting, severance or similar agreements, and each employment agreement to which the Company is a party;

(e) Each collective bargaining agreement to which the Company is a party;

(f) Each other Contract that is material to the Company.

Each of the Material Contracts is in full force and effect and is a legal, valid and binding contract or agreement, and to the Company's knowledge there is no default or breach or any event that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would result in a material default or breach by the Company or, to the Company's Knowledge, any other party, in the timely performance of any obligation to be performed or paid thereunder or any other material provision thereof, that, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

4.15 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. As of the date of this Agreement, except as set forth in Schedule 4.15, there are no Actions instituted or pending, or to the Company's Knowledge, threatened, against the Company, or against any property, asset, interest or right of Company. The Company is not subject to any Order other than as set forth in Schedule 4.15.

4.16 NO BROKERS. No broker, finder or similar agent has been employed by or on behalf of the Sellers or the Company, and no Person with which the Sellers or the Company has had any dealings or communications of any kind is entitled to any brokerage commission, finder's fee or any similar compensation in connection with this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

-11-

The Sellers shall indemnify the Buyer and hold Buyer harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action , losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements) suffered or incurred by Buyer arising out of or in connection with a breach by the Company of the representation contained in this Section 4.13.

4.17 TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS, TRADE NAMES, COPYRIGHTS AND DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS. All trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights and other registrable or licensed intellectual property used by the Company in the conduct of its business is described in Schedule 4.17. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17, the Company has either (i) the right to use or (ii) a valid ownership interest in each of such trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other registrable or licensed intellectual property identified in Schedule 4.17. The Company has no Knowledge of the infringement by any Person of any such trademark, service mark, trade name or copyright. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17, all of such trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights that have been registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyrights Office, or the patent, copyright, trademark or related office of subdivision of any state are valid and enforceable and are currently in material compliance with all formal legal requirements (including the timely post registration filing of affidavits of use and in consideration and renewal applications).

4.18 INSURANCE. Schedule 4.18 sets forth all policies of insurance covering the Company and its business and such policies are in full force and effect.

4.19 PERSONNEL.

(a) Employees and Compensation. Schedule 4.19 contains a true and complete list of all employees of the Company, their job titles and current salary.

(b) Labor Relations. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14, the Company is not a party to or subject to any collective bargaining agreements. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.19, the Company has complied in all material respects with all Laws relating to the employment of labor, including those related to wages, hours, collective bargaining, occupational safety, discrimination, and the payment of social security and other payroll related taxes and it has not received any written notice alleging that it has failed to comply in any material respect with any such Laws. As of the date hereof, except as set forth in Schedule 4.14, no labor union or other collective bargaining unit represents, or to the Company's Knowledge, claims to represent any of its or any Subsidiary's employees. As of the date hereof except as set forth in Schedule 4.19, there is no union campaign being conducted to solicit cards from employees to authorize a union to request a National Labor Relations Board certification election with respect to the Company's employees.

4.20 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS IN ORDINARY COURSE. Except for the transactions contemplated hereby, since December 31, 1998, the Company has conducted its business and operations in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in all material respects and has not:

(a) made any sale, assignment, lease, or other transfer of any of its properties other than obsolete assets no longer used in the operation of its business or other assets sold or

-12-

disposed of in the normal and usual course of business with suitable replacement being obtained thereof;

(b) canceled any debts owed to or claims held by the Company, except in the normal and usual course of business;

(c) suffered any material write-down of the value of any assets or any material write-off as uncollectible of any accounts receivable; or

(d) suffered any Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

Each Seller, severally but not jointly, represents and warrants to Buyer as of the date of the Agreement as follows:

5.1 AUTHORITY. Such Seller has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Seller pursuant to all necessary authorization and is the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally from time to time in effect and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5.2 TITLE. Each of the Sellers (i) is the record and beneficial owner of all of the Purchased Shares set forth opposite his, her or its name on Schedule 5.2; (ii) has full power, right and authority, and any approval required by Law, to make and enter into this Agreement and to sell assign, transfer and deliver the Purchased Shares and the Remaining Shares to Buyer, and (iii) has good and valid title to the Purchased Shares and the Remaining Shares set forth opposite his, her or its name on Schedule 5.2 free and clear of all Liens and Options (other than Liens which shall be released at the Closing upon repayment of the Closing Date Indebtedness). Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, Buyer shall acquire good and marketable title to the Purchased Shares, free and clear of all Liens.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer represents and warrants to the Company and the Sellers as of the date of this Agreement as follows:

-13-

6.1 INVESTMENT INTENT. The Shares are being purchased for its own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

6.2 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as presently being conducted.

6.3 AUTHORIZATION, VALIDITY AND EFFECT. Buyer has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all agreements and documents contemplated hereby to be executed and delivered by it, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other agreements and documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action in respect thereof on the part of Buyer. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer and represents the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms except as limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

6.4 NO CONFLICT; REQUIRED FILINGS AND CONSENTS. (a) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer, nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated herein, nor compliance by Buyer with any of the provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws or equivalent organizational documents of Buyer, (ii) constitute or result in the breach of any term, condition or provision of, or constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration with respect to, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon, any property or assets of Buyer or, pursuant to any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be subject, and that would, in any such event, have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer, or (iii) violate any Order or law applicable to Buyer or any of its properties or assets.

(b) No notice to or filing with, authorization of, or Consent of any Governmental Authority is necessary for the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

6.5 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. There are no Actions instituted or pending, or to Buyer's Knowledge threatened, against Buyer, or against any of its properties, assets, interests or rights that would have either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer if adversely decided. Buyer is not subject to any Order that would have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.

6.6 INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

-14-

6.7 NO BROKERS. No broker, finder or similar agent has been employed by or on behalf of Buyer, and no Person with which Buyer has had any dealings or communications of any kind is entitled to any brokerage commission, finder's fee or any similar compensation in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer shall indemnify the Sellers and the Company and hold the Sellers and the Company harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements) suffered or incurred by the Seller arising out of or in connection with a breach by Buyer of the representation contained in this Section 6.7.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

7.1 INTERIM OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY. (a) Prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shall not nor shall they permit the Company to:

(i) grant any increase in compensation or benefits to its employees or to its officers, except for increases which do not exceed in the aggregate the amount set forth in the Company's budget for the then current year with respect to such increases; pay any bonus compensation except in the ordinary course consistent with past practice or in accordance with the provisions of any applicable program or plan adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the date hereof; enter into or amend the terms of any severance agreements with its officers (unless such change is required by applicable Law); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7.1(a)(i) shall prevent the payment or other performance of any award or grant made prior to the date hereof and disclosed in the schedules hereto or pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii) hire or terminate any employee who is a department head or whose salary is $20,000 or greater, amend any existing employment contract between the Company and any person having a salary thereunder in excess of $20,000 per year (unless such amendment is required by Law) to increase the compensation or benefits payable thereunder or enter into any new employment contract with any person having a salary thereunder in excess of $20,000 that the Company does not have the unconditional right to terminate without liability (other than liability for services already rendered) at any time on or after the Closing Date;

(iii) adopt any new employee benefit plan or make any change in or to any existing Plans and other than any such change that (A) is required by Law, or (B) in the opinion of counsel is necessary or advisable to maintain the tax qualified status of any such Plan.

(iv) sell, lease, abandon or otherwise dispose of any of its material assets or properties (including capital stock), except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(v) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, incur or, assume indebtedness in excess of $10,000, or make any payment with respect to any

-15-

obligation for money borrowed before such payment is due in excess of $10,000 except as may be necessary, due to possible transmittal delays, to assure that payment will be timely made;

(vi) guarantee any Indebtedness of any Person;

(vii) mortgage or otherwise encumber or subject to any Lien any properties or assets owned by the Company except for such of the foregoing as are in the normal course of business consistent with past practice and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company;

(viii)make any change to its accounting (including tax accounting) methods, principles or practices, except as may be required by GAAP or of the type consistent with past practices;

(ix) make any amendment to its articles of incorporation;

(x) issue or sell any capital stock of the Company or split, combine or subdivide the capital stock of the Company;

(xi) merge or consolidate with any other corporation or entity or acquire or agree to acquire any stock or substantially all of the assets of any other Person;

(xii) declare or pay any dividends, or declare or make any other distributions of any kind to its shareholders, or make any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any shares of its capital stock, except for distributions to shareholders of the Company for the payment of income taxes payable by the shareholders of the Company in respect of taxable income by them which is attributable to the Company's income (which shall not be duplicative of any loan or advance made with respect to such income taxes pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(xiv) and for distributions in connection with estate planning activities which are funded through the incurrence of Indebtedness;

(xiii) terminate or fail to renew any Contract relating to the assets, liabilities, business, operations, financial condition or results of operations of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business or which would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company;

(xiv) make any loan or advance to Sellers or any directors, officers or employees, consultants, agents or other representatives of any of the Sellers and the Company, or make any other loan or advance otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, except for any loans or advances to shareholders for payment of income taxes payable by the shareholders of the Company in respect of taxable income payable by them which is attributable to the Company's income (which shall not be duplicative of any distribution made with respect to such income taxes pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(xvi) and for loans or advances in connection with estate planning activities which are funded through the incurrence of Indebtedness; or

-16-

(xv) delay or postpone the payment of accounts payable and other liabilities or institute any unusual or accelerated collection efforts with respect to its accounts receivable, in each case, beyond its normal practice.

7.2 REASONABLE ACCESS; CONFIDENTIALITY. (a) From the date hereof until the Closing, the Sellers shall cause the Company to give Buyer and its representatives, upon reasonable notice to the Company and during normal business hours, full and complete access to the assets, properties, books, records, agreements and employees and advisors of the Company and shall cause the Company to permit Buyer to make such inspections as it may reasonably require and to furnish Buyer during such period with all such information relating to the Company as Buyer may from time to time reasonably request.

(b) Any information provided to or obtained by Buyer pursuant to paragraph (a) above or obtained by Buyer prior to the date hereof from the Company, the Sellers or any agent thereof, shall be held by Buyer in strict confidence and used only in connection with evaluating the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Following the Closing, the Sellers agree to retain in confidence, and to require its professional representatives and agents (collectively, "Seller Representatives") to retain in confidence information concerning the Company and further agrees that, at the Closing, it will not use for its own benefit and will not use or disclose to any party, or permit the use or disclosure to any third party of, any such information, except that Sellers may disclose the information to those of the Seller Representatives who use information for the property performance of their assigned duties with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the preparation of appropriate Tax Returns. In making such information available to its Representatives, the Sellers shall take any and all precautions necessary to ensure that the Seller Representatives use the information only as permitted hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such information may be disclosed (a) if it is required by court order or decree or applicable Law or in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns, (b) if it is ascertainable or obtained from public information, or (c) it is received from a third party not known to the recipient to be under an obligation to keep such information confidential. If any Seller shall be required to disclose any such information by operation of Law (other than in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns), such Seller shall give Buyer prior notice of the making of such disclosure and shall use all reasonable efforts to afford Buyer an opportunity to contest the making of such disclosure.

7.3 PUBLICITY. The Company, the Sellers and Buyer shall make a joint press release announcing in general terms the business relationship between the parties that shall be acceptable to each of the Company, the Sellers and Buyer. No other publicity release or announcement concerning the transactions contemplated hereby shall be issued by either party without the advance written consent of such other party, except any government filings as may be required by applicable Law.

-17-

7.4 TAX MATTERS. From and after the Closing:

(a) Sellers and Buyer shall (i) each provide the other and shall cause their respective accountants to provide the other party's accountant, and Buyer shall cause the Company to provide Sellers, with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by any of them in connection with the preparation of any Tax Return, or the conduct of any audit or other examination by any taxing authority or judicial or administrative proceedings relating to liability for Taxes; (ii) each retain and provide the other and shall cause their respective accountants to provide the other party's accountant, and Buyer shall cause the Company to retain and provide Sellers with, any records or other information that may be relevant to such Tax Return, audit or examination, proceeding or determination, and (iii) each provide the other with any final determination of any such audit or examination, proceeding or determination that affects any amount required to be shown on any Tax Return of the other for any period. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall retain, and shall cause the Company to retain, and Sellers shall retain, until the applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions) have expired, copies of all Tax Returns, supporting work schedules, and other records or information that may be relevant to such returns for all Tax periods or portions thereof ending before or including the Closing and shall not destroy or otherwise dispose of any such records without first providing the other party with a reasonable opportunity to review and copy same at the cost of such other party.

(b) Sellers shall be responsible for payment of all individual income taxes associated with the sale of stock contemplated hereby and for preparing income tax returns with respect thereto.

(c) The Company shall be responsible for preparing income tax returns with respect to the Company, for all periods commencing prior to and ending on or before the Closing Date, and shall be responsible for payment of all income taxes of the Company that becomes due and payable prior to the Closing Date, and Buyer shall be responsible for payment of all Taxes of the Company for all taxable periods (pre- and post-Closing) that become due and payable after the Closing Date, and for preparing and filing all Tax Returns with respect to the Company for all periods commencing on the Closing Date and ending thereafter.

(d) For any Tax period that begins on or before and ends after the Closing Date (a "Straddle Period"), for purposes of apportioning a Tax to the portion of such Tax period that ends on the Closing Date, the parties shall treat the day before the Closing Date as the last day of such period; and the Tax for the Tax period that is allocated to the portion of the Tax period ending on the Closing Date shall be (i) in the case of a Tax that is based on income or gross receipts, the Tax that would be due with respect to the period ending on (and including) the Closing Date, based on actual operations of the Company during such period as shown on its Records, and (ii) in the case of a Tax that is not based on income or gross receipts (e.g., real estate or franchise tax), the total Tax for the Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of days in the Straddle Period.

(e) No new elections with respect to Taxes or any changes in current elections with respect to Taxes affecting the Company shall be made after the date of this Agreement without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

-18-

(f) Sellers shall pay any state and local sales and stock transfer taxes and all recording costs and fees however styled or designated that are required to be paid in connection with the transfer of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement.

(g) Sellers and Buyer shall provide to each other prompt notice of any audit or similar investigation or proceeding in which the Internal Revenue Services or any other Governmental Authority makes or proposes to make a Tax adjustment to any Tax period of the Company ending on or before the Closing Date. Buyer shall control all other such proceedings.

(h) For federal, state and local Tax purposes, Buyer and the Company shall treat the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as resulting in carry-over basis treatment for the Company, and Buyer shall not take any action inconsistent with such treatment before or after the Closing.

7.5 RECORDS. With respect to the financial books and records and minute books of the Company relating to matters on or prior to the Closing Date: (a) for a period of ten (10) years after the Closing Date, Buyer shall not cause or permit their destruction or disposal without first offering to surrender them to the Sellers, and (b) where there is legitimate purpose, including, without limitation, an audit of any of the Sellers by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority, Buyer shall allow the Sellers and their respective representatives access to such books and records during regular business hours.

7.6 EXCLUSIVE DEALING. The Company agrees that form the date hereof until the earlier of (a) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX hereof and (b) the Closing, neither the Company nor Sellers will directly or indirectly (i) initiate, discuss or negotiate any sale or merger of the Company or the Company assets or entertain any inquiries concerning the foregoing, or
(ii) provide any information relating to the Company or the Company assets or any aspects of its business to any person or entity, with the exception of information necessary to comply with the requirements of any Governmental Authority.

7.7 UPDATING SCHEDULES. In connection with the Closing, the Company and Buyer will promptly supplement or amend the various Schedules to this Agreement to reflect any matter which, if existing, occurring or known on the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such Schedules or which is necessary to correct any information in such Schedules which was or has been rendered inaccurate thereby. No such supplement or amendment to the Schedules shall have any effect for the purpose of determining satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article VIII hereof, or the compliance by any party hereto with its covenants and agreements set forth herein.

7.8 GUARANTEES. On or prior to the Closing, the Company shall cause any guarantees issued by the Company between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date to have been terminated.

-19-

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

8.1 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AND SELLERS. The obligations of the Company and the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (provided that any representation or warranty of Buyer contained herein that is subject to a materiality, Material Adverse Effect or similar qualification shall not be so qualified for purposes of determining the existence of any breach thereof on the part of Buyer) as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of an earlier date), except for such breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate with other breaches on the party of Buyer materially adversely affect the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Each of the agreements and covenants of Buyer to be performed and complied with by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement prior to the Closing Date shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

(c) Buyer shall have delivered to the Company a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed on its behalf by its officer and its chief financial officer, as to the satisfaction by it of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b).

8.2 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF BUYER. The obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company and Sellers set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (provided that any representation or warranty of the Company contained herein that is subject to a materiality, Material Adverse Effect or similar qualification shall not be so qualified for purposes of determining the existence of any breach thereof on the part of the Company) as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of an earlier date), except for such breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate with other breaches on the part of Company, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) Each of the agreements and covenants of the Company to be performed and complied with by the Company pursuant to this Agreement prior to the Closing Date shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

(c) The Company shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed on its behalf by an officer of the Company, as to the satisfaction by it of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.2(a) and 8.2(b).

-20-

(d) Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no change or event shall have occurred which has had a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(e) Buyer shall have received a certificate signed by the Treasurer of the Company setting forth the aggregate amount of Closing Date Indebtedness.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

9.1 SURVIVAL. The representations and warranties in this Agreement shall survive for the time period set forth in Section 11.10 hereof. The right to indemnification, payment of Damages or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, and the covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement will not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, payment of Damages or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

9.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND PAYMENT OF DAMAGES BY SELLERS. Sellers, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, the Company and their representatives, stockholders, controlling persons and affiliates (collectively, the Indemnified Persons") for, and will pay to the Indemnified Persons the amount of, any loss, liability, claim, damage (including incidental and consequential damages), expense (including costs of investigation and defense and reasonably attorneys' fees) or diminution of value, whether or not involving a third-party claim (collectively, "Damages"), arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with:

(a) Any Breach of any representation or warranty made by Sellers in their capacity as stockholders in this Agreement and the schedules hereto, or any other certificate or document delivered by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement; or

(b) Any Breach by any Seller of any covenant or obligation of such Seller in this Agreement; or

(c) Any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder's fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by any such Person with either Sellers or the Company (or any Person acting on their behalf) in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Any taxes that may become payable after the Closing relating to periods prior to the Closing that were not reflected as Current Liabilities in the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

-21-

(e) The indemnification and payment of Damages by Sellers under this Agreement shall be limited to the Purchase Price amount and no more.

9.3 INDEMNIFICATION AND PAYMENT OF DAMAGES BY BUYER. Buyer will indemnify and hold harmless Sellers, and will pay to Sellers the amount of any Damages arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with (a) any Breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement or in any certificated delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, (b) any Breach by Buyer of any covenant or obligation of Buyer in this Agreement, or (c) any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder's fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by such Person with Buyer (or any Person acting on its behalf) in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The indemnification and payment of Damages by Buyer under this Agreement shall survive for the time period set forth in Section 11.10 hereof.

9.4 ESCROW; RIGHT OF SET-OFF. Upon notice to Sellers specifying in reasonable detail the basis for such set-off, Buyer may set-off any amount to which it may be entitled under this Section 9 against amounts otherwise payable under the Promissory Note. The exercise of such right of set-off by Buyer in good faith, whether or not ultimately determined to be justified, will not constitute an event of default under the Promissory Note. Neither the exercise of nor the failure to exercise such right of set-off will constitute an election of remedies or limit Buyer in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to it.

9.5 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION - THIRD PARTY CLAIMS.

(a) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 9.2 or 9.3 of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding against it, such indemnified party will, if a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party under such Section, give notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such claim, but the failure to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party, except to the extent that the indemnifying party demonstrates that the defense of such actions is prejudiced by the indemnified party's failure to give such notice.

(b) If any Proceeding referred to in Section 9.5 is brought against an indemnified party and it gives notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such Proceeding, the indemnifying party will, unless the claim involves Taxes, be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and, to the extent that it wishes (unless (i) the indemnifying party is also a party to such Proceeding and the indemnifying party determines in good faith that joint representation would be inappropriate, or (ii) the indemnifying party fails to provide reasonable assurance to the indemnified party of its financial capacity to defend such Proceeding and provide indemnification with respect to such Proceeding), to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party will not, as long as it diligently conducts such defense, be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 9 for any fees of other counsel or any other expenses with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in each case subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such Proceeding, other than reasonable costs of investigation. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of a Proceeding, (i) it will be conclusively established for purposes of this Agreement that the claims

-22-

made in that Proceeding are within the scope of and subject to indemnification;
(ii) no compromise or settlement of such claims may be effected by the indemnifying party without the indemnified party's consent unless (A) there is no finding or admission of any violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance, regulation, statute or court order, or any violation of the rights of any Person and no effect on any other claims that may be made against the indemnified party; and (B) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the indemnifying party; and (iii) the indemnified party will have no liability with respect to any compromise or settlement of such claims effected without its consent. If notice is given to an indemnifying party of the commencement of any Proceeding and the indemnifying party does not, within ten
(10) days after the indemnified party's notice is given, give notice to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the indemnifying party will be bound by any determination made in such Proceeding or any compromise or settlement effected by the indemnified party.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an indemnified party determines in good faith that there is a reasonable probability that a Proceeding may adversely affect it or its Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages for which it would be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the indemnified party may, by notice to the indemnifying party, assume the exclusive right to defend, compromise or settle such Proceeding, but the indemnifying party will not be bound by any determination of a Proceeding so defended or any compromise or settlement effected without its consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).

9.5 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION - OTHER CLAIMS. A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a third-party claim may be asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

ARTICLE X

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

10.1 TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date:

(a) by mutual written consent of Buyer and the Company (acting on its own behalf and for the Sellers);

(b) by Buyer or the Company (acting on its own behalf and for the Sellers), upon written notice to the other party, if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been consummated on or prior to June 30, 1999 (the "Outside Date"), unless such failure of consummation shall be due to the failure of the party seeking such termination to perform or observe in all material respects the covenants and agreements hereof to be performed or observed by such party; or

(c) by Buyer or the Company (acting on its own behalf and for the Sellers) by reason of the breach by the other in any material respect of any of its representations, warranties,

-23-

covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach continues uncurred for a period of 15 days after notice thereof.

10.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION. In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, no party shall have any liability or any further obligation to any other party, except as provided in this Section 10.2 and except that nothing herein shall release, or be construed as releasing, any party hereto from any liability or damage to any other party hereto arising out of the breaching party's willful and material breach in the performance of any of its covenants, agreements, duties or obligations arising under this Agreement. The obligations of the parties to this Agreement under Sections 4.16, 6.7, 7.2, 7.3 and 11.1 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

11.1 EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, all costs and expenses (including all legal and accounting fees) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses except as expressly provided herein (it being understood that all such costs and expenses incurred by the Company and Sellers in connection herewith shall be borne by the Company, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3).

11.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, but shall not be assignable by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

11.3 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Each party hereto intends that this Agreement shall not benefit or create any right or cause of action in or on behalf of any person other than the parties hereto.

11.4 NOTICES. Any notice or other communication provided for herein or given hereunder to a party hereto shall be sufficient if in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission (electronically confirmed), delivered in person, mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by Federal Express or other overnight courier of national reputation, addressed as follows:

If to Buyer:      Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.
                  3191 Coral Way
                  Suite 805
                  Miami, Florida  33145
                  ATTN:  Raul Alarcon, Jr.

-24-

With copies       Jason L. Shrinsky, Esq.
                  Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, LLP
                  901 15th Street, N.W.
                  Suite 1100
                  Washington, D.C.  20005

If to Company:    JuJu Media, Inc.
                  250 West 26th Street
                  New York, New York  10001
                  ATTN: Juan Estaban Rodriguez

If to Sellers:    Juan Esteban Rodriguez
                  2900 St. Teresa Avenue
                  Apt. 4A
                  Bronx, New York 10461

                  Judith Eve Faber
                  11 Maiden Lane
                  Apt. 3A
                  New York, New York 10038

                  Mr. Tony Slevira
                  26 Slocum Street
                  New Rochelle, New York 10801

With copies to:   Mauricio F. Paez, Esq.
                  Lowenstein Sandler PC
                  65 Livingston Avenue
                  Roseland, New Jersey  07068

or to such other address with respect to a party as such party shall notify the other in writing as above provided.

11.5 COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the schedules hereto and the other documents delivered by the parties in connection herewith contain the complete agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties hereto with respect thereto.

11.6 CAPTIONS; REFERENCES. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a clause, a Section or an Article, such reference shall be to a clause, a Section or Article of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

11.7 AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing duly executed by the parties to this Agreement.

-25-

11.8 WAIVER. At any time prior to the Closing Date, the parties hereto may
(a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein, to the extent permitted by applicable Law. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a writing signed on behalf of such party.

11.9 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its rules of conflict of laws. Any claim, dispute or disagreement arising out of, connected with or in respect of this Agreement may be brought only in the courts of the State of New York or the federal courts within the State of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction thereof, and each party hereby waives any claim that such courts do not have jurisdiction or are an inconvenient forum.

11.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the rights of indemnification of any party for breach thereof as specified in Section 9.2(a) and 9.3(a) shall survive the Closing Date for a period of three (3) years, except for the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 which shall survive forever and for which indemnification will be available forever. This Section 11.10 shall not limit any covenant or agreement of the parties which by its terms contemplates performance after the Closing Date.

11.11 SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

11.12 BEST EFFORTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES. Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each of the parties hereto shall use its best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things that are commercially reasonable, and proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations, to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of the Company and the Buyer will use their respective best efforts to obtain consents of all Governmental Authorities and third parties necessary to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that at any time after Closing any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Sellers or the Buyer and the proper directors or officers of the Buyer, as the case may be, shall take all such action without any further consideration therefor.

11.13 ENFORCEMENT OF AGREEMENT. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the

-26-

terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

11.14 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in original or by facsimile in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute but one instrument.

ARTICLE XII

PROTECTION OF REMAINING SHAREHOLDERS

12.1 PURCHASE RIGHTS. In the event that after the Closing the Company shall propose to issue any additional shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock of the Company, then the Company shall deliver notice thereof to each holder of record of Remaining Shares and each such holder shall have a right, exercisable for a period of twenty days after notice of such proposed issuance, to purchase such number of shares of the common stock or securities convertible into common stock being offered as would result in such holder's holding the same percentage interest in the common stock (assuming the conversion of all convertible securities being offered if any) of the Company as such holder held immediately prior to such issuance at the same price the Company is proposing to issue said securities; provided however that the right specified herein shall not apply to the following issuances ("Excluded Issuances") of capital stock: (i) securities issued in connection with any debt financing with unaffiliated third parties, (ii) securities issued in connection with an acquisition of an unaffiliated third party (whether by acquisition of stock or by merger consolidation or the acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of such third party, (iii) securities issued in a public offering,
(iv) securities issued to an employee of the Company in connection with his employment with the Company, whether pursuant to an employee stock option plan or otherwise, (v) securities issued in connection with a joint venture, teaming agreement or strategic alliance with an unaffiliated third party or (vi) securities issued upon the exercise or conversion of any of the securities issued pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) above, notwithstanding the above, such right shall terminate upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of common stock of the Company. For the purposes of this Section, in determining a holder's percentage interest in the common stock at any time, such percentage interest shall be calculated without regard to the issuance of any securities issued as Excluded Issuances.

12.2 AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS TO BE ON ARMS'-LENGTH BASIS. After the Closing, all transactions between the Company and SBS or between Company and any Affiliates of SBS, including, without limitation, sales or purchases of Company securities, shall be on terms as fair and reasonable to the Company as could be obtained by the Company in a comparable transaction with an unaffiliated third party. A good faith determination by the Board of Directors of JuJu that a transaction is in compliance with the preceding sentence, including in making such a determination the consideration by the Board of Directors of JuJu whether or not it believes it needs to obtain an independent valuation, shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

12.3 NO IMPAIRMENT. The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under Sections 12.1 and 12.2 by the Company.

-27-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Purchase Agreement as of the day and date first above written.

JUJU MEDIA, INC.                          SPANISH BROADCASTING
                                          SYSTEM, INC.
By: /s/ Juan Esteban Rodriquez            By: /s/ Joseph A. Garcia
    ----------------------------------        ----------------------------
     Juan Esteban Rodriguez, President        Joseph A. Garcia, Vice-President
                                              and Chief Financial Officer

SELLERS:

By: /s/ Juan Esteban Rodriguez
    -----------------------------------
    Juan Esteban Rodriguez

By: /s/ Judith Eve Farber
    -----------------------------------
     Judith Eve Farber




By: /s/ Tony Slevira
    -----------------------------------
     Tony Slevira

-28-

EXHIBIT 10.34

FORM OF ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of August __, 1999, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.,a Florida corporation ("Seller"), and __________________, a _____________ corporation ("Buyer").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Seller is the licensee of and owns and operates radio stations WZMQ(FM), Key Largo, Florida and WVMQ(FM), Key West, Florida (collectively, "Stations"), and related licenses and authorizations pursuant to licenses issued by the Federal Communications Commissions ("FCC"); and

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell certain properties and assets pertaining to the Stations, and Buyer desires to purchase the same, all subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:

SECTION 1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF PROPERTIES AND ASSETS.

(a) STATIONS' ASSETS. Subject to and in reliance upon the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein, and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, on the Closing Date (as defined in
Section 4), Seller agrees to convey, sell, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase, accept, assume and, as the case may be, perform the following (collectively, the "Stations' Assets"):

1

(i) LICENSES AND AUTHORIZATIONS. The licenses, permits and authorizations of the FCC listed on Schedule A attached hereto, together with any renewals, extensions or modifications thereof and additions thereto made between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (collectively, the "Licenses"), and the rights of Seller in and to the call letters "WVMQ(FM)" and "WZMQ(FM)".

(ii) AGREEMENTS, ETC. The business agreements, leases and contracts listed individually or by category on Schedule B attached hereto, including any renewals, extensions, amendments or modifications thereof.

(iii) COPYRIGHTS, ETC. All copyrights, trademarks, service marks or other similar rights or modifications thereto listed on Schedule C attached hereto, made by Seller in the ordinary course of business between the date of such schedule and the Closing Date.

(iv) PERSONAL PROPERTY. All good will and all general intangibles and the tangible personal property owned by the Seller and used or useful in the operation of the Stations listed on Schedule D attached hereto.

(v) REAL PROPERTY. All of Seller's right, title and interest in the real property leases described on Schedule E attached hereto.

(vi) PUBLIC FILE. The Stations' local public inspection file together with all its contents.

(b) EXCLUDED ASSETS. It is understood that no corporate records, accounts receivable, bank deposits, other cash equivalents and/or investment securities, contracts of insurance and insurance proceeds of settlement and revenue claims made by Seller relating to property, equipment repaired, replaced or restored by Seller prior to the Closing Date, unless

2

otherwise specified herein (all of which are hereinafter referred to as "Excluded Property") shall be sold, conveyed or assigned hereunder.

(c) LIENS. Seller agrees that the Stations' Assets to be conveyed on the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement will be conveyed free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, adverse interests and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever owed to, owned by, accruing to or in favor of any person whatsoever.

(d) LIABILITIES TO BE ASSUMED. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and as described on Schedule B attached hereto, Buyer will not assume, incur or be charged with, in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, any liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever, contingent or otherwise arising prior to the Closing or liabilities or obligations of Seller in connection with the Closing.

SECTION 2. PURCHASE PRICE. The aggregate purchase price to be paid to Seller by Buyer shall be One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) ("Purchase Price") payable as follows:

(a) Upon the execution of this Agreement, Buyer will deposit with __________________________ as Escrow Agent, an escrow deposit ("Escrow Deposit") in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to be held in escrow and deposited in a special interest bearing escrow account and which shall be delivered by said Escrow Agent to Seller at the Closing hereunder to be applied to the Purchase Price pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 1. The interest earned on the Escrow Deposit shall be the property of Buyer and paid over to Buyer at the closing of the transactions contemplated herein (the "Closing"). In the event that Buyer defaults under this Agreement, the Escrow Deposit shall be forfeited to Seller as liquidated damages. In the event

3

that there is no Closing of this Agreement and the Buyer is not in default, the Escrow Deposit, plus interest earned thereon, shall be returned to Buyer.

(b) On the Closing Date, Buyer shall pay to Seller by wire transfer of federally available funds the sum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

SECTION 3. ADJUSTMENTS AND ASSUMPTIONS. The operation of the Stations, and the cash income and the expenses attributable thereto, up to 12:01
A.M. on the Closing Date (the "Adjustment Time") shall be for the account of Seller and thereafter shall be for the account of Buyer. Expenses such as power and utility charges, lease rents, frequency discounts, prepaid time sales agreements, wages, commissions, vacation pay, payroll taxes and fringe benefits or employees of the Seller who enter the employment of Buyer, and similar prepaid and deferred items shall be prorated between the Seller and Buyer. All prorations shall be made and paid [insofar as feasible] on the Closing date, with a final settlement within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date.

SECTION 4. THE CLOSING.

(a) FCC CONSENT. Consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder is conditioned upon the FCC having given its consent in writing to the assignment to Buyer of the FCC licenses and other authorizations set forth in subparagraph 1(a) hereof, and said consent becoming final. For purposes of this Agreement, such consent shall be deemed final when it is no longer subject to timely review by the FCC or by any court or, in the event of reconsideration upon its own motion or otherwise by the FCC to an appeal by any person to any court, upon the decision of such body becoming no longer subject to review. In all events, the Closing shall take place on a date not later than three (3) days from June 30, 2000 ("Outside Closing Date").

4

(b) FCC APPLICATION. On or before September 15, 1999, the parties shall file an application requesting FCC consent to the transactions involved herein. The parties hereto shall each bear their own legal fees and any and all costs and expenses not specified herein with respect to the sale and purchase of the assets covered by this Agreement. All FCC filing fees shall be paid by Seller.

(c) FAILURE OF FCC CONSENT. If the FCC has failed or refused to grant its consent to the assignment of the Licenses (as hereinafter defined) for a period of longer than nine months following the filing of the application, or if the application for consent to assignment of the Licenses is designated for hearing, Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Seller, provided that the Buyer is not in material default or breach at the time of said notice. In no event shall the Closing take place later than the Outside Closing Date, unless mutually agreed to by the parties. The termination pursuant to this subsection shall not relieve either party of any liability previously incurred because of a party being in material default pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(d) CLOSING. The date of the Closing and the time thereof (herein referred to as the "Closing Date"), shall be set by Seller. The Closing shall take place at the office of Seller.

(e) CONTROL OF THE STATIONS AND ACCESS TO INFORMATION. Until the Closing, Seller shall have complete control of the Stations, their equipment and operation. Buyer shall be entitled, however, to reasonable inspection during normal business hours of the Stations' premises and Stations' Assets.

SECTION 5. SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Seller represents, warrants and agrees now and as of the Closing as follows:

5

(a) DUE INCORPORATION. Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida, and has the full power and authority to own the Stations' Assets and to carry on the business of the Stations as now being conducted.

(b) AUTHORIZATION OF AGREEMENT; NO BREACH. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized and approved by Seller's Board of Directors and Stockholders, and Seller has the full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither such execution, delivery and performance nor compliance by Seller with the terms and provisions hereof will (assuming receipt of all necessary approvals from the FCC) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of Seller or any judgment, order, injunction, decree, law, regulation, rule or ruling of any court or other governmental authority to which Seller is subject.

(c) LICENSES AND AUTHORIZATIONS. Schedule A attached hereto includes a true and complete list of the Licenses and any other licenses, permits, and authorizations of any governmental or regulatory authority currently held by the Seller for the Stations. The Licenses constitute all of the licenses and authorizations used in the operation of the Stations as now operated and the Licenses are now and on the Closing Date will be in full force and effect and with no material impairment by any act or omission of the Seller. There is not now pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, any action by or before the FCC to revoke, cancel, rescind, modify, or refuse to renew any of the Licenses, or any investigation, order to show cause, notice of violation, notice of apparent liability of forfeiture or material complaint against Stations or Seller. In the event of any such action, or the filing or issuance of any order, notice or

6

complaint or knowledge of the threat thereof, Seller shall notify Buyer of same in writing within five (5) business days, and shall take all reasonable measures to contest in good faith or seek removal or recession of such action, order, notice or complaint, and shall pay any sanctions imposed. All material reports, forms, and statements required to be filed by Seller with the FCC with respect to the Stations have been filed and are complete and accurate in all material respects. Stations are now and on the Closing Date will be operating with the Licenses and in compliance with the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and policies of the FCC.

(d) PERSONAL PROPERTY. Schedule D attached hereto contains a complete and accurate list, as of the date hereof, of all material tangible personal property and interests therein owned by Seller and used by it in the operation of the Stations and the conduct of their business, except as disclosed in such schedule. The tangible assets included in the Personal Property listed on Schedule D attached hereto are now and will, on the Closing Date, be in proper operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and will permit the Stations to operate in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the FCC and in accordance with the Stations' Licenses. Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller will not transfer, convey or assign to any other person, any of the Personal Property unless, in the case of tangible assets included in the Personal Property, the same are replaced by assets of equal quality and usefulness.

(e) LEASES AND OTHER AGREEMENTS. Schedule D attached hereto contains a complete and accurate list of, or reference to, as of the date hereof, all real estate leases, business agreements, leases and contracts of Seller (except for music license agreements) relating to the assets or operations of the Stations. The agreements, leases and contracts listed on Schedule B attached hereto constitute valid and binding obligations of Seller and, to the best of Sellers's

7

knowledge, of all other persons purported to be parties thereto and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

(f) NO LITIGATION. There is as of the date hereof no suit (at law or in equity), action, legal or administrative, arbitration or other proceeding or governmental investigation pending or as to which Seller has received notice which could, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the title or interest of Seller in any of the Stations' Assets or the operation of the Stations and conduct of their business.

(g) USE OF PREMISES. The occupancy and use of all leases or owned real property and the occupancy, use and placement of all structure thereon, are not at the present time, in violation in any material respect of any laws, zoning regulations, ordinances, orders or requirement of any federal, state or local governmental authority or in conflict with the rights of any other party therein or thereon.

(h) PUBLIC FILE.Seller maintains a public file for the Stations which will contain all material required by the Rules and Regulations of the FCC on the Closing Date. Seller shall deliver to Buyer at the Closing the public file for the Stations.

(i) INSURANCE. There is presently in force fire and liability insurance with respect to the properties and assets to be transferred and conveyed hereunder. Seller will maintain or cause to be maintained such insurance in full force until the Closing hereunder.

(j) EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS. Seller does not maintain, or have any present or future obligation or liability with respect to any bonus, deferred compensation, pension, profit-sharing, retirement, severance pay, insurance, stock purchase, stock option, or other fringe benefit plan, as defined in
Section 3(d) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), whether formal or informal.

8

(k) LABOR RELATIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT. Seller has not recognized and has received no demand for recognition by any collective bargaining representative. Seller has substantially complied with and is not in default in any material respect under any laws, rules and regulations relating to employment of labor, including those relating to wages, hours, equal employment opportunities, employment of protected minorities (including women and persons over 40 years of age), collective bargaining and the withholding and payment of taxes and contributions and has withheld all amounts required or agreed to be withheld from wages and salaries of its employees, and is not liable for any arrearage or wages or for any tax or penalty or failure to comply with the foregoing.

(l) TAXES. Seller has filed all federal, state, and local tax returns required by law and has paid all taxes, estimated taxes, interest, assessments, and penalties due and payable. There are no present disputes as to taxes of any nature payment by Seller which in any event could affect any of the Stations' Assets or the operation of the Stations.

SECTION 6. BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Buyer represents, warrants and agrees now and as of the date of Closing as follows:

(a) AUTHORITY AND DUE ORGANIZATION. Buyer will be a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida. Buyer has all requisite power and authority to own its property and to carry on its business as and where now conducted. Buyer has all requisite power and authority to enter into, perform, and carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to execute, perform and carry out the terms and conditions of all documents and instruments executed in connection herewith. All signatures appearing for Buyer at the end of this Agreement are true and genuine, and this Agreement and all other documents or instruments executed by Buyer in connection herewith have been duly

9

authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

(b) QUALIFICATION. Buyer has no knowledge of any facts which would, under present law (including the Communications Act of 1934, as amended) and present rules, regulations and practices of the FCC, disqualify Buyer as an assignee of the licenses, permits and authorizations listed on Schedule A attached hereto, or as an owner and/or operator of the Stations' Assets, and Buyer will not take, or unreasonably fail to take, any action which Buyer knows or has reason to know would cause such disqualification. Buyer is financially qualified and able to meet all financial undertakings contracted for herein.

(c) LITIGATION. There is no litigation or proceeding threatened or pending against Buyer that would affect Buyer's ability to carry out this Agreement.

SECTION 7. PERFORMANCE BY BUYER. The obligations of Buyer hereunder are subject to the conditions that:

(a) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct at the time of the Closing as though made at and as of such time, and each and all of the agreements of the Seller to be performed on or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall have been duly performed, and Seller shall have delivered to Buyer certificates, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a corporate officer to such effect.

(b) LITIGATION, ETC. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of any kind shall have been instituted or threatened or be pending which would materially adversely affect or relate to the Stations' Assets or the business or operations of the Stations.

10

(c) FCC LICENSES. At the Closing, the Licenses shall be assigned and transferred to Buyer, and such Licenses shall be free and clear of conditions which would have a material adverse consequence to the operation of the Stations as presently authorized.

(d) CONSENTS. All consents of third parties that are required for the valid and binding assignment from Seller to Buyer of the Stations' contracts, leases of business agreements needed to permit the operation of the Stations in all material respects in the same manner as heretofore or that are required shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing.

(e) LEGAL OPINION. Buyer shall have received an opinion of counsel for Seller, dated the Closing Date, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Buyer's counsel to the effect that:

(i) Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida.

(ii) Seller has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and is the valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller does not and will not, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, contravene the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Seller or to the best of such counsel's knowledge after due inquiry, conflict with or result in a breach, termination or modification of, or a default under any contract, instrument, authorization, license, permit, lease, easement, arrangement or understanding to which Buyer is a party or result in the violation of any law of any order, writ,

11

injunction, judgment, decree, rule or regulation of any court, administrative agency or governmental body.

(iv) Seller is the authorized legal holder of the Licenses listed on Schedule A attached hereto. The Licenses are in full force and effect to the full extent to which they can be lawfully held under the rules and regulations of the Commission. To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except for administrative rulemaking proceedings of general applicability to the broadcasting industry, (i) there is no litigation, proceeding or investigation of any nature pending against Seller or the Stations affecting Seller or the Stations which may result in a materially adverse effect upon the Stations of the business or operation of the Stations or which seeks to enjoin, prohibit or otherwise challenge the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) no judgment, award, order or decrees has been rendered against or affecting Seller or the Stations which would result in a materially adverse effect upon the Stations or the business or operation of the Stations.

(f) INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING. Seller's Initial Public Offering ("IPO") shall have been consummated and Raul Alarcon, Sr. shall have received all payments due to him from the proceeds of the IPO as well as any and all other related benefits in accordance with the terms of his agreements with Seller.

SECTION 8. SELLER'S PERFORMANCE. Seller's performance is subject to:

(a) PAYMENTS, ETC. All payments due to Seller from Buyer as provided for herein in Section 2 shall have been made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each of Buyer's representations and warranties contained herein shall, to the extent applicable, be true at the time of the Closing, as

12

though made at and as of such time and Buyer shall have delivered to Seller certificates, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a corporate officer to such effect.

(c) PERFORMANCE. Buyer shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with prior to or at the Closing hereunder.

(d) LITIGATION. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of any kind shall have been instituted or threatened which would adversely affect the financial condition of Buyer to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) LEGAL OPINION. Seller shall have received an opinion of counsel for Buyer, dated the Closing Date, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Seller's counsel to the effect that:

(i) Buyer is duly organized, validly existing, in good standing and qualified to do business under the laws of the State of Florida, and has all requisite power and authority to conduct business and operations as currently conducted.

(ii) Buyer has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform under this Agreement and to perform and carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer has duly taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and ratified by Buyer's corporation, and is the valid and binding obligations of Buyer and Buyer's corporation enforceable against each in accordance with its respective terms.

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer and as ratified by Buyer's corporation does not and will not, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, contravene the Articles of Incorporation of Buyer's corporation or,

13

to the best of our knowledge after due inquiry, conflict with or result in a breach, termination or modification of, or a default under any contract, instrument, authorization, license, permit, lease, easement, arrangement or understanding to which Buyer or Buyer's corporation is a party or result in the violation of any law or of any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree, rule or regulation of any court, administrative agency or governmental body.

(iv) No consent, approval or authorization of any person, or any state, local or federal governmental authority, not already obtained and no certificate, notice, application, report or other document required to be filed with any state, local or federal governmental authority which as not already been filed, is required to be obtained or filed prior to or on the Closing Date for the execution and delivery of the Agreement by Buyer and its ratification by Buyer's corporation, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.

(v) There is no legal action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best of our knowledge after due inquiry, threatened, before any court or other governmental body or agency to which Buyer or Buyer's corporation is a party, nor is there any judgement, order, writ, injunction or decree outstanding against Buyer or Buyer's corporation or by which Buyer or Buyer's corporation is subject, bound or affected nor, to the best of Buyer's knowledge, after due inquiry, is there any basis for any such legal action, proceeding, investigation or controversy.

(f) CONSENTS. Buyer and Buyer's corporation shall have used their respective best efforts consistent with commercial reasonableness to assist Seller in obtaining, prior to the Closing Date, all consents and approvals required, if any, for the assignment of the contracts,

14

leases and business agreements to be assigned hereunder by Seller to Buyer's corporation at Closing.

SECTION 9. RIGHTS OF INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) It is understood and agreed that Buyer does not assume and shall not be obligated to pay, any liabilities of the Seller under the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, and it shall not be obligated to perform any obligations of the Seller, of any kind or manner except by reason of the contracts, leases and business agreements expressly assigned to and assumed by Buyer hereunder. The Seller hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Buyer and its successors and assigns (collectively, "Indemnified Parties", and individually, an "Indemnified Party") harmless for a period of one (1) year from the Closing Date, from and against:

(i) Any and all damage of deficiency resulting from any misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or non-fulfillment of any agreement on the part of the Seller under this Agreement, or from any misrepresentation in or omission from any certificate or other instrument furnished to any Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(ii) Any and all actions, suits, proceeding, damages, assessments, judgments, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees incurred by any Indemnified Party as a result of the failure or refusal of Seller to compromise or defend any claim incident to, or otherwise fail to comply with, the foregoing provisions.

(b) If any claim or liability shall be asserted against any Indemnified Party which would give rise to a claim by such Indemnified Party against Seller for indemnification under the provisions of this Section, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Seller in

15

writing of the same and give all reasonable cooperation in the defense thereof and the Seller shall be entitled at its own expense to compromise or defend any such claim.

(c) Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Seller and its successors and assigns harmless, for a period of one (1) year from the Closing Date, from and against:

(i) Any and all claims, liabilities and obligations of every kind and description, contingent or otherwise arising from or related to the ownership or operation of the Stations subsequent to the Closing hereunder including, but not limited to, any and all claims, liabilities and obligations arising or required to be performed subsequent to the Closing hereunder under any contract or instrument assumed by Buyer hereunder.

(ii) Any and all damage or deficiency resulting from any misrepresentation, breach of warranty, non-fulfillment of any agreement or obligation assumed or required to be assumed by Buyer under this Agreement or from any misrepresentation in or omission from any certificate or other instrument furnished to the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(iii) Any and all actions, suits, proceedings, damages, assessment, judgments, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Seller as the result of the failure or refusal by Buyer to defend or compromise any claim incident to, or otherwise fail to comply with, any of the foregoing provisions.

(d) If any claim or liability shall be asserted against the Seller which would give rise to a claim by the Seller against Buyer for indemnification under the provisions of this section, the Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of the same and give all reasonable cooperation in the defense thereof and Buyer shall be entitled at its own expense to compromise or defend any such claim.

16

SECTION 10. RISK OF LOSS. The risk of any loss, damage or destruction to any of the Stations' Assets to be transferred hereunder from fire or other casualty or cause shall be borne by the Seller at all times prior to the Closing Date hereunder excepting that caused by Buyer.

SECTION 11. SELLER'S PERFORMANCE AT CLOSING. At the closing hereunder, the Seller will:

(a) FCC LICENSES. Deliver to Buyer assignments of the licensees and other pertinent authorizations set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, transferring the same to Buyer in customary form and substance.

(b) PERSONAL PROPERTY. Deliver to Buyer a bill of sale and all other appropriate documents and instruments in customary form and substance assigning good and marketable title to all personal property described in Schedule D attached hereto, free and clear of any mortgages, liens, attachments, conditional sales contracts, claims or encumbrances of any kind whatsoever. Seller shall pay all state and local sales tax, if any, due upon such transfer.

(c) ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENTS. Deliver to Buyer such assignments and further instruments of transfer a Buyer may reasonably require to effectuate the assignments to it of those business contracts, leases and agreements to be assigned to it as set on Schedule B attached to this Agreement.

(d) ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENT. If the adjustments and assumptions provided for in Section 3 hereof result in a net amount owing by the Seller to Buyer, deliver a good check, subject to collection, at the Closing Date.

(e) RESOLUTIONS, ETC. Deliver to Buyer a certified copy of a resolution of the Seller's Board of Directors and stockholders authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the

17

consummation of the transactions described herein, together with all other consents and approvals which counsel for Buyer may reasonable request.

(f) OTHER DOCUMENTS. Deliver to Buyer such other documents as counsel for Buyer may reasonably request for the purpose of consummating the transactions described herein.

SECTION 12. BUYER'S PERFORMANCE AT CLOSING. At the closing:

(a) PAYMENTS, ETC. Buyer will cause to be delivered to Seller all monies from Buyer as provided for in this Agreement.

(b) ASSUMPTION. Buyer will assume the contracts, leases and business agreements set forth on Schedule B attached hereto.

(c) ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENT. Buyer will, if the adjustments and assumptions provided for in Section 3 hereof result in a net amount owing to the Seller by Buyer, deliver a good check, subject to collection, at the Closing.

(d) OPINION. Deliver the written opinion of its counsel, dated as of the Closing Date, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) OTHER DOCUMENTS. Deliver to the Seller such other documents as counsel for Seller may reasonably request for the purpose of consummating the transactions described herein.

SECTION 13. DEFAULT.

(a) In the event of a material breach by Buyer prior to the Closing of any term or condition of this Agreement or any warranty or representation contained herein, Seller may terminate this Agreement and retain as its sole property the Fifty Thousand Dollar ($50,000.00) Escrow Deposit. It is understood and agreed that such sum shall constitute full payment for any

18

and all damages suffered by Seller by reason of Buyer's failure to close this Agreement. The parties agree in advance that Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) is a fair and equitable amount to reimburse for damages sustained due to Buyer's failure to consummate this Agreement because of the above-stated reason and that this provision shall constitute a liquidated damages provision between the parties.

(b) In the event of a material breach by Seller prior to the Closing, Buyer shall have the right to specific performance or to sue for damages.

SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS. All schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement (and all other documents referred to therein) shall be deemed part of this Agreement and incorporated herein, where applicable, as if fully set forth herein.

(b) NO ASSIGNMENT, SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS, ETC. This Agreement shall not be assigned or conveyed by any party hereto to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure or the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, involuntary successors and assigns.

(c) CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

(d) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19

(e) NOTICES. Any notice or other communications shall be in writing and shall be considered to have been duly given when personally delivered or deposited into first class certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested:

(i) If to the Seller to:

Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc. 3191 Coral Way
Suite 805
Miami, Florida 33145 ATTN: Mr. Raul Alarcon, Jr., President and CEO

cc: Jason L. Shrinsky, Esq.


Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler
901 Fifteenth Street, N.W.
Suite 1100
Washington, D.C. 20005

(ii) If to the Buyer to:

Mr. Raul Alarcon, Sr.


Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.
1001 Ponce de Leon Blvd
Coral Gables, Florida 33134

(f) INTEGRATION. Except as herein expressly provided, this Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between Seller and Buyer, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or in writing, with respect to the purchase and sale of the Stations' Assets.

(g) AMENDMENT. This Agreement shall not be amended or modified in any manner except by written document executed by the party or parties whom enforcement of such amendment or modification may be sought.

20

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

ATTEST:                 SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM OF FLORIDA, INC.

________________        By: _____________________________________
                            Raul Alarcon, Jr., President and CEO

ATTEST:

________________        By: ______________________________________
                              Raul Alarcon, Sr.

21

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

SCHEDULE A              Licenses, Permits & Authorizations

SCHEDULE B              Contracts, Leases & Business Agreements

SCHEDULE C              Copyrights, etc.

SCHEDULE D              Personal Property

SCHEDULE E              Real Property Leases

EXHIBIT 1               Escrow Agreement

22

EXHIBIT 10.35

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of ___________, 1999 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and _____________ ("Indemnitee").

WHEREAS, it is essential that the Company retain as directors and executive officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is or was a director [or executive officer] of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors of public companies in today's environment;

WHEREAS, the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Charter") requires the Company to indemnify directors, officers and certain other persons to the fullest extent permitted by law and Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director [or executive officer] of the Company in part in reliance on the Charter;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee's need for substantial protection against personal liability and to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection provided by the Charter will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Charter or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law and as set forth in this agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

(a) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if, (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the total voting power represented by


the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

(b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, whether instituted by or in the right of the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or alternate dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising from or in connection with the fact that Indemnitee, or a person for whom Indemnitee is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans.

(c) Expenses: include reasonable attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with investigating, defending, or preparing to defend any Claim.

(d) Independent Legal Counsel: an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last five years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

(e) Reviewing Party: (1) a Majority of directors who are not parties to the action, even though less than a quorum, or (2) a Committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, independent legal counsel, or (4) the stockholders.

(f) Voting Securities: any securities which vote generally in the election of directors.

2

2. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) In General. In connection with any Claim, whether relating to events occurring before or after the Effective Date, the Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses, to Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(b) Claims Other Than Claims by or in the Right of the Company. In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in any proceeding pursuant to any Claim, other than a Claim by or in the right of the Company, the Company shall, subject to Sections 2(e) and 2(f), indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim; provided, however, that Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 2(b) in connection with conduct finally adjudged as constituting acts or omissions not in good faith or which involved a knowing violation of the law.

(c) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in any proceeding pursuant to any Claim brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall, subject to Sections 2(e) and
2(f), indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses) of such Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any Claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such Claim was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(d) Payment of Indemnification; Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Sections 2(e) and 2(f), the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee as soon as practicable but in any event no later than 60 days after written demand is presented to the Company. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within 10 business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"); provided, however, that the payment of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of the Claim will be made only upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Indemnitee Not Entitled to Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim (or part thereof) initiated by Indemnitee unless the Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim (or part thereof).

3

(f) Determination of Entitlement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the obligations of the Company under this Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 3 is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(d) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 3. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party within 60 days after written demand for indemnification made under Section 2(d) or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

3. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company shall pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

4

4. INDEMNIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL EXPENSES.

The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within 10 business days of such request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, the Charter or any other agreement, certificate of incorporation or Company by-law now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that the payment of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such action will be made only upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement or otherwise.

5. PARTIAL INDEMNITY.

If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

6. BURDEN OF PROOF.

In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

7. NO PRESUMPTIONS.

For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law shall be a defense to

5

Indemnitee's claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

8. NONEXCLUSIVITY.

The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Charter, the Company's by-laws, the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Charter and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

9. LIABILITY INSURANCE.

Subject to the availability of insurance at substantially similar rates for similar coverage (as determined in the sole discretion of the Company), the Company will maintain insurance (i) at the levels in effect as of the date hereof with respect to Indemnitee until the _____ anniversary of the date hereof, or (ii) at the levels in effect as of the date of the expiration of the term, death, removal, retirement or resignation of Indemnitee for a period of _____ years after such event, whichever level is greater, in either case, with respect to any Claim, against all liability and loss suffered and Expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee at the Company's expense, to protect the Company and Indemnitee against any such liability, cost, payment or Expense; provided, however, that subject to the provisions of this Section 9, the Company shall only be required to maintain insurance until the earlier of the date which is (a) ___ years after the expiration of the term, death, removal, retirement or resignation of Indemnitee and (b) the _____ anniversary of the date hereof.

10. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

11. SUBROGATION.

In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

12. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.

6

The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, the Charter or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

13. BINDING EFFECT.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an executive officer or director of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.

14. SEVERABILITY.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, and the validity and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

                              By:
`                                --------------------------------
                                    Name:

                                    Title:

                              INDEMNITEE

                              -----------------------------------

8

EXHIBIT 10.36

FORM OF SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM
1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. PURPOSES.

The purposes of the Plan are to further the growth, development and financial success of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (the "Company") and its Subsidiaries by providing incentives to those officers and key employees who have the capacity to contribute in substantial measure toward the growth and profitability of the Company and to assist the Company in attracting and retaining employees with the ability to make such contributions. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant such employees either Nonqualified Stock and Incentive Stock Options, or both.

2. DEFINITIONS.

Wherever the masculine gender is used in the Plan, it shall include the feminine and neuter and wherever a singular pronoun is used, it shall include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Whenever the following terms are used in the Plan, they shall have the meaning specified below, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Cause" shall mean an Employee's willful failure to perform his duties with the Company or a Subsidiary or the willful engaging in conduct which is injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary, monetarily or otherwise, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, provided that, if an Employee has entered into an employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, the definition, if any, set forth in such agreement shall be substituted for the above.

"Change in Control" shall mean:

(a) any "person," as such term is defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act , other than the Company, any Subsidiary, Raul Alarcon Jr. (or his spouse, heirs, assigns, legatees or trust for Mr. Alarcon's or any of the foregoing's benefit) or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%)] or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

(b) during any two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director, whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;


(c) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as hereinabove defined) acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

(d) the stockholders of the Company adopt a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 6.1, or, if no such Committee has been appointed, the Board.

"Company" shall mean Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation.

"Designated Beneficiary" shall mean any individual designated by an Optionee, in a manner determined by the Committee, to receive amounts due the Optionee in the event of the Optionee's death. In the absence of an effective designation by the Optionee, Designated Beneficiary shall mean the Optionee's estate.

"Director" shall mean a member of the Board.

"Employee" shall mean any employee (including any officer whether or not a Director) of the Company, or of any corporation which is then a Subsidiary, who has been designated by the Board to participate in the Plan.

"Early Retirement" shall mean an Employee's retirement from active employment with the Company or a Subsidiary in accordance with the early retirement provisions of a pension plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary, provided that, if no such plan is in existence, it shall mean the attainment of age fifty-five (55) and the completion of fifteen (15) years of service.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Fair Market Value" per Share as of a particular date shall mean, unless otherwise determined by the Committee:

2

(a) the closing sales price per Share on a national securities exchange for the preceding ten days on which there was a sale of Shares on such exchange; or

(b) if clause (a) does not apply and the Shares are then quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system ("NASDAQ"), the closing price per Share as reported on NASDAQ for the preceding ten (10) days on which a sale was reported; or

(c) if neither clause (a) or (b) applies and the Shares are then traded on an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Shares in such over-the counter market for the preceding ten (10) days on which such bid and asked prices were quoted; or

(d) if the Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine.

"Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an Option intended to be and designated as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

"Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

"Normal Retirement" shall mean an Employee's retirement from active employment with the Company or a Subsidiary in accordance with the normal retirement provisions of a pension plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary, provided that, if no such plan exists, it shall mean retirement on or after attainment of age sixty-five (65).

"Option" shall mean an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to
Section 4.1.

"Optionee" shall mean an Employee to whom an Option has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

"Permanent Disability" shall mean a physical or mental incapacity that renders an Optionee incapable of engaging in any substantial gainful employment, or that has lasted for a continuous period of no less than six consecutive months, or six months in any twelve-month period, as determined by the Committee in good faith in its sole discretion, provided that, if an Employee has entered into an employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, the definition set forth in such agreement shall be substituted for the above definition. All determinations as to the date and extent of disability of any Optionee shall be made by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence as it deems necessary or desirable.

"Plan" shall mean the Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

3

"Retirement" shall mean an Optionee's (a) Early Retirement which the Committee, in its sole discretion, has determined should be treated as a Retirement for purposes of the Plan, or (b) Normal Retirement.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Share" shall mean a share of the Company's Class A Common Stock, .01 par value per share.

"Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each such corporation (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain), or if each group of commonly controlled corporations, then owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power in one of the other corporations in such chain.

"Ten-Percent Stockholder" shall mean an Employee, who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted to him, owns (within the meaning of
Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary (or, if applicable, a parent corporation within the meaning of
Section 424(e) of the Code).

"Termination of Employment" shall mean the Employee's termination of employment for any reason whatsoever, excluding any termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by either the Company or a Subsidiary, provided that, if a corporation that is a Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a sale of stock, such sale shall be deemed to be a Termination of Employment of the Optionees who were employed by such corporation immediately prior to such sale.

3. ELIGIBILITY.

Any Employee (whether or not a Director) who is an officer or who is designated by the Committee as a key Employee shall be eligible to be granted Options under the Plan.

4. TERMS OF OPTIONS.

4.1 TERMS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Price. The exercise price for the Shares subject to an Option, or the manner in which such exercise price is to be determined, shall be determined by the Committee, provided that, the exercise price per Share of any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Stockholder).

4

(b) Term. Options shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine, provided that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date it is granted (five years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Stockholder).

(c) Vesting. Options shall be exercisable in such installments (which need not be equal) and at such times as the Committee may designate, as set forth in an Option Agreement. To the extent not exercised, installments shall accumulate and may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of an Option at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Options that are not exercisable prior to a Change in Control shall become exercisable on the date of such Change in Control and shall remain exercisable for the remainder of their Term.

(d) Exercise of Option After Termination of Employment.

Subject to the terms of any written employment agreement and reflected in an option agreement, an Option granted under the Plan is exercisable by an Optionee only while he is an Employee, provided that any Options that are exercisable preceding an Optionee's Termination of Employment for any reason other than Cause, shall remain exercisable for the following period.

(i) If the Optionee dies while an Employee, or if his Termination of Employment is due to Permanent Disability or Retirement, the Optionee (or his Beneficiary or personal representative, as applicable) may exercise the Option no later than twelve (12) months after such death or determination;

(ii) If the Optionee's Termination of Employment is for any reason other than those set forth in (i) above and is not for Cause, the Optionee may exercise the Option within three months after such termination; or

(iii) If the Optionee dies during a period described in (i) or
(ii) above, his Beneficiary may exercise such Option no later than the expiration of such extended period;

(iv) Notwithstanding (i) through (iii) above or anything in an Option Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, at any time after the grant of an Option, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, may provide that an Option may be exercised after the relevant extended period set forth above, but in no event later than the date that it would have expired under the Option Agreement.

4.2 NONTRANSFERABILITY.

No Option granted hereunder shall be transferable by the Optionee to whom granted otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Option may be exercised during the lifetime of such Optionee only by the Optionee or his guardian or legal representative; provided, however that an Optionee may designate a Beneficiary to exercise his Option or other rights under the Plan after his death and, in the discretion of the Committee, Options may be

5

transferable pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order ("QDRO"), as determined by the Committee or its designee.

4.3 METHOD OF EXERCISE.

An Option shall be exercised by delivery of a written notice (in person or by first class mail to the Secretary of the Company at the Company's principal executive office) which specifies the number of Shares to be purchased and is accompanied by full payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Option Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The purchase price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in full upon such exercise in cash, by check or, at the discretion of the Committee and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall approve, by transferring previously owned Shares to the Company, having Shares withheld or exercising pursuant to a "cashless exercise" procedure, or any combination thereof. Any Shares transferred to the Company as payment of the purchase price under an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Option. If requested by the Committee, the Optionee shall deliver the Option Agreement evidencing the Option to the Secretary of the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Option Agreement to the Optionee. Not less than one hundred (100) Shares may be purchased at any time upon the exercise of an Option unless the number of Shares so purchased constitutes the total number of Shares then purchasable under the Option or the Committee determines otherwise, in its sole discretion.

5. ADMINISTRATION.

5.1 COMPOSITION OF COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall consist of at least two individuals appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the Board, provided that each Committee member must qualify as an "outside director" as such term is used in Section 162(m) of the Code, unless the Board determines otherwise, in its sole discretion. All Committee members shall be members of the Board. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Board and may be removed by the Board at any time for any reason. Vacancies in the Committee shall be filled by the Board.

5.2 DUTIES AND POWERS OF COMMITTEE.

(a) Subject to the provisions hereof, the Committee shall have (a) the sole and complete authority to determine which Employees shall be granted options, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the exercise price therefor and the terms and conditions applicable to the exercise of the Option,
(b) the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options or both. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and shall comply with Section 422 of the Code and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, including the requirement that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined

6

as of the date of grant) of the Shares granted under the Plan and all other option plans of the Company and any Subsidiary (and, if applicable, any parent corporation, within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) that become exercisable by an Optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence is exceeded for any reason (including the acceleration of the time for exercise of an Option), the Options with respect to such excess amount shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

(b) It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms and provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be binding upon all persons, including, but not limited to, the Company, stockholders, all Subsidiaries, Employees, Directors, Optionees and Designated Beneficiaries.

5.3 COMMITTEE ACTIONS.

The Committee shall act by a majority of its members in office in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present or by a memorandum or other written instrument signed by all of the members of the Committee.

5.4 COMPENSATION; PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE.

Members of the Committee shall receive such compensation for their services as members as may be determined by the Board. All expenses and liabilities incurred by members of the Committee in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may, with the approval of the Board, employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, or other persons. The Committee, the Company and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.

5.5 DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.

The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, delegate to any proper officer of the Company, or more than one of them, any or all of the administrative duties of the Committee under this Plan.

5.6 NO LIABILITY.

No member of the Board or the Committee, or Director, officer of the Company or other Employee shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise for any determination made or other action taken or any failure to act by such person with respect to the Plan so long as such person is not determined to be guilty by a final adjudication of willful misconduct with respect to such determination, action or failure to act.

7

5.7 INDEMNIFICATION.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, each member of the Board and the Committee and each Director, officer of the Company or Employee shall be held harmless and be indemnified by the Company for any liability, loss (including amounts paid in settlement), damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) suffered by virtue of any determinations, acts or failures to act, or alleged acts or failures to act, in connection with the administration of the Plan so long as such person is not determined by a final adjudication to be guilty of willful misconduct with respect to such determination, action or failure to act.

6. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

6.1 SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

The maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Options granted under the Plan is 3, 000,000. The Company shall reserve such number of Shares for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized but unissued Shares or out of Shares held in the Company's treasury, or partly out of each. In the event that an Option expires or is terminated unexercised as to any Shares covered thereby, or is canceled or forfeited for any reason under the Plan without the delivery of Shares, or any Restricted Shares are forfeited for any reason, such Shares shall thereafter be again available for award pursuant to the Plan. The maximum number of Shares that may be granted to an Optionee in any year is 500,000.

6.2 EFFECT OF CHANGES IN COMPANY'S SHARES.

In the event that the Committee determines that any stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase Shares at a price substantially below fair market value, or other similar corporate event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is required in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, and in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (a) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Options, and
(b) the exercise price with respect to any outstanding Option and/or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to an Optionee, provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Option shall always be a whole number.

7. MISCELLANEOUS.

7.1 EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF PLAN.

The Plan has been approved by the Board and by the Company's stockholders, and shall be effective as of September 30, 1999. The Plan shall continue in effect until September 29, 2009.

8

7.2 AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board. Neither the amendment, suspension nor termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of an Optionee, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any option theretofore granted. No Options may be granted during any period of suspension nor after termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Options be granted under the Plan after September 29, 2009.

7.3 AMENDMENT OF OPTION.

The Committee may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Option with the Optionee's consent at any time prior to payment or exercise in any manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, including without limitation, (a) to change the date or dates as of which an Option becomes exercisable or Restricted Shares become vested, or (b) to cancel and reissue an Option under such different terms and conditions as it determines appropriate.

7.4 NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER.

No holder of an Option shall be deemed to be or to have the rights and privileges of an owner of Shares unless and until certificates representing such Shares have been issued to such holder.

7.5 EFFECT OF PLAN UPON OTHER COMPENSATION AND INCENTIVE PLANS.

The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees.

7.6 REGULATIONS AND OTHER APPROVALS.

(a) The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Options shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(b) The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority or to obtain the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder for Employees granted Incentive Stock Options.

9

(c) Each Option is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Option or the issuance of Shares, no Options shall be granted or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions as acceptable to the Committee.

(d) In the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act, and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution. The certificate for any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan shall include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.

7.7 GOVERNING LAW.

The Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

7.8 WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option and the continued holding of shares received upon exercise of an Option, to the extent required by law, no later than the date as to which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of an Optionee for federal income tax purposes with respect to any award granted under the Plan, the Optionee shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law or the Company to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Optionee. In its discretion, the Committee may permit an Optionee to satisfy withholding obligations by delivering previously owned Shares or by electing to have Shares withheld.

7.9 NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT.

Nothing in the Plan or in any award agreement shall confer upon any Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge any Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

10

7.10 TITLES; CONSTRUCTION.

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural, when the context so indicates.

11

EXHIBIT 10.37

FORM OF SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM
1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
FOR NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

1. PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (the "Company") and its shareholders by increasing the proprietary and personal interest of nonemployee members of the Board in the growth and continued success of the Company by granting them Options to purchase shares of the Company's stock.

2. DEFINITIONS.

Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) any "person" as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company or any Subsidiary or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary), becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

(b) during any two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

(c) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no "person" (as hereinabove defined) acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or


(d) the stockholders of the Company adopt a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Company" shall mean Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation.

"Disability" shall mean the inability, by reason of bodily injury or physical or mental desease, or any combination thereof, of the Optionee to perform his duties as a member of the Board for a period of one hundred eighty
(180) days (whether or not consecutive) in any period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) consecutive days.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Fair Market Value" per Share as of a particular date shall mean, unless otherwise determined by the Board:

(i) the closing sales price per Share on a national securities exchange for the business day preceding the exercise date on which there was a sale of Shares on such exchange;

(ii) if clause (i) does not apply and the Shares are then quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system (known as "NASDAQ"), the closing price per Share as reported on such system for the business day preceding the exercise date on which a sale was reported;

(iii) if clause (i) or (ii) does not apply and the Shares are then traded on an over-the-counter market, the closing price for the Shares in such over-the-counter market for the business day preceding the exercise date; or

(iv) if the Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Board in its discretion may determine.

"Nonemployee Director" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company.

"Option" shall mean an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to the Plan. Options granted under the Plan are not intended to be "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

"Option Agreement" shall mean an Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and an Optionee, which shall set forth the terms and conditions of the Options granted to such Optionee.

2

"Participant" shall mean a Nonemployee Director who is granted an Option under the Plan.

"Plan" shall mean this Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors, as hereinafter amended from time to time.

"Share" shall mean a share of the Company's common stock, .01 par value.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Shares Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment as set forth in
Section 3(b), the maximum number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Options under this Plan shall be 300,000 which may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares held in the Company's treasury, or a combination thereof. Any Shares subject to an Option that cease to be subject thereto may again be the subject of Options hereunder.

(b) Changes in Company's Shares. In the event the Board determines that any stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase Shares, or other similar corporate event, affects the value of the Shares such that an adjustment is required in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, the Board shall have the right, in its sole discretion, and in such manner as it may deem equitable, to adjust any or all of
(a) the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and (b) the exercise price with respect to any Option or (c) make provision for a cash payment to an Optionee or a person who has an outstanding Option (in an amount equal to the then difference between the exercise price and the Fair Market Value of a Share).

4. PARTICIPATION.

Each Nonemployee Director shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, provided that the Board shall have the discretion to determine which, if any, Nonemployee Director shall receive a grant of Options hereunder.

5. TERMS OF OPTIONS AND SHARES.

(a) Terms. The Options granted hereunder shall have the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price of any Option shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date the Option is granted, provided, however, that the Board, in its discretion may grant Options above or below Fair Market Value.

(ii) Term. Subject to the discretion of the Board, the term of an Option shall be ten years from the date it is granted.

3

(iii) Vesting. Options shall be exercisable in such installments (which need not be equal) and at such times as the Board may designate, as embodied in the Option Agreement covering such Option, provided, however, that any Options granted hereunder as of the Effective Date shall vest and become exercisable at a rate of twenty percent (20%) immediately and an additional twenty percent (20%) each year, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and each anniversary thereof, provided that the Optionee is still a member of the Board on each such vesting date. In addition, any Option granted an individual who is elected to the Board as a Nonemployee Director during calendar year 2000 or thereafter shall vest and become exercisable at a rate of twenty percent (20%) per year, beginning on the date of grant and an additional twenty percent (20%) on the first anniversary of the date of grant and each anniversary thereafter, provided that the Optionee is still a member of the Board on each such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Options that are not exercisable prior to a Change in Control shall become exercisable on the date of such Change in Control and shall remain exercisable for the remainder of their Term.

(iv) Number. The Board shall have the discretion to determine the number of options to be granted any Nonemployee Director, and to determine the terms and conditions of any such grant, all as embodied in the Option Agreement covering such Option.

(b) Termination of Service. An Optionee who ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason other than death, retirement on or after age 65, or Disability shall have thirty (30) days from the date of such cessation to exercise any then exercisable Options, after which all such Options shall terminate and be of no further force or effects. If an Optionee ceases to be a member of the Board due to death, retirement on or after age 65, or Disability, all outstanding Options held by such Optionee that are exercisable on such date shall remain exercisable for their Term, and shall thereafter terminate and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Option Agreement. Options shall be granted only pursuant to a written Option Agreement, which shall be executed by the Optionee and an authorized officer of the Company and which shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, consistent with the Plan.

(d) Non-Transferability. No Option granted hereunder the Plan shall be transferable by the Optionee to whom granted otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Option may be exercised during the lifetime of such Optionee only by the Optionee or his guardian or legal representative. The terms of such Option shall be binding upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

(e) Method of Exercise. The exercise of an Option shall be made only by delivery of a written notice (in person or by first class mail to the Secretary of the Company at the Company's principal executive office) specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by full payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Option Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The exercise price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in full upon such exercise in cash, by check or, at the discretion of the Board and upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall approve, by transferring previously owned Shares to the Company, having Shares withheld, or pursuant to a "cashless exercise" procedure, or any combination thereof. Any Shares transferred to the Company as payment of the exercise price shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the day preceding the

4

date of exercise of such Option. If requested by the Board, the Optionee shall deliver the Option Agreement evidencing the Option to the Secretary of the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Option Agreement to the Optionee. Not less than one hundred (100) Shares may be purchased at any time upon the exercise of an Option unless the number of Shares so purchased constitutes the total number of Shares then purchasable under the Option or the Board determines otherwise in its sole discretion.

(f) Rights as Stockholder. No Optionee shall be deemed for any purpose to be or to have the rights and privileges of the owner of any Shares subject to any Option unless and until (a) the Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms thereof, and (b) the Company shall have issued the Shares to the Optionee.

6. ADMINISTRATION.

The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall be authorized to interpret and construe the Plan and the Option Agreements, to establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and to carry out its purpose. The determinations of the Board in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final and conclusive. The Secretary shall be authorized to implement the Plan in accordance with its terms and to take such actions of a ministerial nature as shall be necessary to effectuate the intent and purposes thereof. The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, delegate to any proper officer of the Company, or more than one of them, any or all of its administrative duties under this Plan.

7. OTHER PROVISIONS.

(a) Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective as of September 30, 1999, (the "Effective Date").

(b) Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3(b), no amendment, suspension nor termination shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Option theretofore granted.

(c) Governing Law. The Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

(d) Regulations and Other Approvals. The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board.

5

(i) The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority.

(ii) Each Option is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Option or the issuance of Shares, no Options shall be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions as acceptable to the Board.

(iii) In the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act, and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Board may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution. The certificate for such shall include any legend that the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.

(e) Withholding of Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option and to the extent required by law, no later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of an Optionee for federal income tax purposes with respect to Options granted under this Agreement, the Optionee shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, estate, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be conditioned on such payment or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the employee. In its discretion, the Board may permit an Optionee to satisfy withholding obligations by delivering previously owned Shares or by having Shares withheld.

(f) Titles; Construction. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural, when the context so indicates.

6

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Name                                                   State of Incorporation
----                                                   ----------------------
Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc.             California
Spanish Broadcasting System Network, Inc.                   New York
SBS Promotions, Inc.                                        New York
SBS Funding, Inc.                                           Delaware
Alarcon Holdings, Inc.                                      New York
SBS of Greater New York, Inc.                               New York
Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.                Florida
Spanish Broadcasting System of Greater Miami, Inc.          Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc.            Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.                           New Jersey
Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc.               Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System of San Antonio, Inc.            Delaware
JuJu Media, Inc.                                            New York


Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc.            Puerto Rico


EXHIBIT 23.1

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information", "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information" and "Experts" in the prospectus.

                                          /s/ KPMG LLP
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Miami, Florida

October 6, 1999


Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT

I hereby consent to the reference to me as a director nominee as set forth

in the registration statement of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.

 /s/ Roman Martinez IV
--------------------------

     Roman Martinez IV


Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT

I hereby consent to the reference to me as a director nominee as set forth in the registration statement of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.

/s/ Jason L. Shrinsky
-------------------------
    Jason L. Shrinsky